MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

The year 2021 will be historic for our Group with the achievement of a record performance.

 

In 2021, beyond our ability to make the most of a situation favourable to economic recovery, despite the ongoing public health crisis, our financial and extra-financial performances confirm the coherence of our model, the solidity of our risk profile and the relevance of the strategy we are pursuing in each of our business lines. Societe Generale is a group that creates value for its clients, shareholders, staff and all of its stakeholders.

 

Record results

 

Above all, 2021 was a record year in terms of commercial and financial performance. Across all our business lines, we increased our revenues and kept costs and risks under control, resulting in a record high level of net income. The dynamism of our business lines was also demonstrated by the many significant transactions entrusted to us by our major clients, by the increase in our client satisfaction as well as the optimisation of the client experience and the services we offer, thanks in particular to our approach to digital innovation. Our Group has a very solid balance sheet, with a very high-quality loan portfolio and high capital ratios.

 

Strategic milestones

 

We also made progress with the roll-out of our major strategic projects in 2021, with ambitious objectives across all of our business lines and a constant focus on rigorous execution.

 

In Retail Banking in France, Vision 2025 – the project to merge the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks – is now well advanced and will see the creation of a new bank from 2023, one with a commercially aggressive and more efficient model serving 10 million clients. At the same time, we are accelerating the development of Boursorama, the clear leader in online banking in France, driven by its outstanding client acquisition drive, with 800,000 new clients in 2021, and the additional benefits of the agreement signed at the start of 2022 to provide an alternative solution to clients of ING France. Boursorama is on track to achieve its target of more than four million clients a year ahead of schedule.

 

In International Retail Banking, Insurance and Financial Services, we finalised or continued our development plans for our international retail banking subsidiaries, as well as for our consumer credit activities. In Global Banking and Investor Solutions, we presented our new strategic roadmap focused on sustainable and profitable growth, with the ambition of building on our clients’ growing financing and advisory needs, and consolidating our market activities while continuing to manage our risk profile. Finally, in our specialist financial business lines, we are strengthening our banking and insurance model in all regions and moving forward with our plan for ALD to acquire LeasePlan, creating a world leader in sustainable mobility. We aim to close this transformative deal by the end of 2022.

 

Responsible banking commitments

 

In terms of ESG (Environment, Social, Governance), 2021 was also historic with our extra-financial performance recognised and welcomed by our stakeholders. Now equipped with a new ESG governance at Group level, we have reinforced our environmental commitments to achieve carbon neutrality in our business portfolios by 2050 and developed our positive-impact offers and solutions to support our clients’ energy transition, which we are actively supporting. As a responsible employer, we have made progress in achieving our objectives in terms of diversity and gender parity, as demonstrated by the recent appointments to the Group’s management bodies, and we continue to invest in our teams’ training and commitment levels. The end of the year also saw the definitive dismissal of the two legal proceedings initiated by the US authorities. We have completed the corrective action programmes and will ensure that the reinforcements of our compliance systems are incorporated over the long term.

 

Maintaining the momentum in 2022

 

In an environment set to be more volatile and uncertain, we are determined to sustain this positive momentum and maintain a regularly high level of results by combining commercial performance with a disciplined approach to costs and risks. We will resolutely pursue the implementation of major strategic projects in each of our business lines and finalise our medium-term roadmap at Group level. We will move onto the next stage in the two major transformations common to all our business lines: integrating CSR objectives into the heart of both our activities and our culture of responsibility, and focusing on digital innovation to accelerate the use of new technologies for the benefit of our clients and to improve operational efficiency.

 

To deliver on this momentum, we can count on our Group’s entrepreneurial energy and capacity for collective action, which our teams show on a daily basis. Determined, committed and responsible, we put our corporate purpose into action: to build together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future.

 
We will move onto the next stage in the two major transformations common to all our business lines: integrating CSR objectives into the heart of both our activities and our culture of responsibility, and focusing on digital innovation to accelerate the use of new technologies for the benefit of our clients and to improve operational efficiency.

 

 

 

1    KEY FIGURES
AND PROFILE
OF SOCIETE GENERALE

 

 

1.1  HISTORY

 

 

On 4 May 1864, Napoleon III signed Societe Generale’s founding decree. Founded by a group of industrialists and financiers driven by the ideals of progress, the Bank’s mission has always been “to promote the development of trade and industry in France”.

Since its beginnings, Societe Generale has worked to modernise the economy, following the model of a diversified bank at the cutting edge of financial innovation. Its retail banking branch network grew rapidly throughout the French territory, increasing from 46 to 1,500 branches between 1870 and 1940. During the interwar period, the Bank became the leading French credit institution in terms of deposits.

At the same time, Societe Generale began to build its international reach by financing infrastructure essential to the economic development of a number of countries in Latin America, Europe and North Africa. This expansion was accompanied by the establishment of an international retail banking network. In 1871, the Bank opened its London branch. On the eve of World War I, Societe Generale was present in 14 countries, either directly or through one of its subsidiaries. The network was subsequently expanded by the opening of branches in New York, Buenos Aires, Abidjan and Dakar, and by acquiring stakes in financial institutions in Central Europe.

Societe Generale was nationalised by the French law of 2 December, 1945 and played an active role in financing the reconstruction of France. The Bank thrived during the prosperous post-war decades and contributed to the increased use of banking techniques by launching innovative products for businesses, including medium-term discountable credit and lease financing agreements, for which it held the position of market leader.

Societe Generale demonstrated its ability to adapt to a new environment by taking advantage of the banking reforms that followed the French Debré laws of 1966-1967. While continuing to support the businesses it partnered, the Group lost no time in focusing its business on individual clients. In this way, it supported the emergence of a consumer society by diversifying the credit and savings products it offered private households.

In June 1987, Societe Generale was privatised with a successful stock market launch and shares offered to Group staff. The Group developed a universal banking strategy, notably through its Corporate and Investment Banking arm, to support the worldwide development of its customers. In France, it expanded its networks by founding Fimatex in 1995, which later became Boursorama, now France’s leading online bank, and by acquiring Crédit du Nord in 1997. Internationally, it established itself in Central and Eastern Europe through Komerční Banka in the Czech Republic and BRD in Romania, and in Russia with Rosbank, while consolidating its growth in Africa in Morocco, Côte d’Ivoire and Cameroon, among other countries. The Group has more than 131,000 members of staff(1) active in 66 countries. It continues its process of transformation by adopting a sustainable growth strategy driven by its core values of team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment. Firmly focused on the future by helping our clients bring their projects to life, Societe Generale has embraced with conviction the opportunities of the digital age to best anticipate the needs of clients and staff members, and embody the bank of the 21st century. Drawing on more than 150 years of expertise at the service of its clients and the development of the real economy, in January 2020 Societe Generale group defined its purpose as “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”.

(1)

Headcount at end of period excluding temporary staff.

 

1.2  PROFILE OF SOCIETE GENERALE

 

 

 

 

Societe Generale is one of the leading European financial services groups. Leveraging a diversified and integrated banking model, the Group combines financial strength and proven expertise in innovation with a strategy of sustainable growth, aiming to be the trusted partner for its clients, committed to the positive transformations of the world. Active in the real economy for over 150 years, with a solid position in Europe and connected to the rest of the world, Societe Generale employs over 131,000 members of staff(1) in 66 countries and supports on a daily basis 26 million individual clients, businesses and institutional investors(2) around the world. The Group offers a wide range of advisory services and tailored financial solutions to secure transactions, protect and manage assets and savings, and help its clients finance their projects. Societe Generale seeks to protect them in both their day-to-day life and their professional activities, offering the innovative services and solutions they require. The Group’s mission is to empower each and everyone who wants to make a positive impact on the future and defines its purpose as “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”.   (3)

 

(1)

Headcount at end of period excluding temporary staff.

(2)

Excluding Insurance policyholders. The methodology used to count the number of clients in the International Retail Banking network changed in 2021. However, like-for-like, this has no impact on the change in the number of clients vs. 2020.

(3)

Average for Group’s European and Russian entities.

 

Societe Generale follows a strategy of responsible growth, fully integrating its CSR engagements and commitments to all its stakeholders: clients, staff, investors, suppliers, regulators, supervisors and representatives from civil society. The Group strives to respect the cultures and environment of all the countries where it operates.

The Group is built on three complementary core businesses:

French Retail Banking, which encompasses the Societe Generale, Crédit du Nord and Boursorama brands. Each offers a full range of financial services with omnichannel products at the cutting edge of digital innovation;

International Retail Banking, Insurance and Financial Services, with networks in Africa, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe and specialised businesses that are leaders in their markets;

Global Banking and Investor Solutions, which offers recognised expertise, key international locations and integrated solutions.

Additional information on the Group’s organisation and key figures is provided from page 10.

The Group has an agile organisation based on 16 Business Units (business lines and regions) and 9 Service Units (support and control functions) to encourage innovation and synergies, and best meet the evolving requirements and behaviours of its clients. In a European banking sector undergoing radical industrial change, the Group is entering a new phase of its development and transformation.

Societe Generale is included in the principal socially responsible investment indices: DJSI Europe, FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and Eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indices and MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

Results (In EURm)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Net banking income

25,798

22,113

24,671

25,205 

23,954

o.w. French Retail Banking

7,777

7,315

7,746

7,860 

8,131

o.w. International Retail Banking and Financial Services

8,117

7,524

8,373

8,317 

8,070

o.w. Global Banking and Investor Solutions

9,530

7,613

8,704

8,846 

8,887

o.w. Corporate Centre

374

(339)

(152)

182 

(1,134)

Gross operating income

8,208

5,399

6,944

7,274 

6,116

Cost/income ratio(1)

68.2%

75.6%

71.9%

71.1% 

74.3%

Operating income

7,508

2,093

5,666

 6,269

4,767

Group net income

5,641

(258)

3,248

3,864 

2,806

Equity (In EURbn)

 

 

 

 

 

Group shareholders’ equity

65.1

61.7

63.5

61.0

59.4

Total consolidated equity

70.9

67.0

68.6

65.8

64.0

ROE after tax

9.6%

-1.7%

5.0%

7.1% 

4.9%

Total Capital Ratio(2)

18.7%

18.9%

18.3%

16.5%

17.0%

Loans and deposits (In EURbn)

 

 

 

 

 

Customer loans

458

410

400

389 

374

Customer deposits

502

451

410

399 

394

(1)

Excluding the revaluation of own financial liabilities for 2017, before application of IFRS 9.

(2)

Figures based on CRR2/CRD5 rules, excluding IFRS 9 phasing for 2021 and 2020.

Note: figures as published for the respective financial years. Definitions and potential adjustments presented in methodological notes on pages 41 to 46.

 

1.3  A STRATEGY OF PROFITABLE AND SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, BASED ON A DIVERSIFIED AND INTEGRATED BANKING MODEL

 

The Societe Generale Group has built a solid diversified banking model suited to the needs of its 26 million(1) corporate, institutional and individual clients. It is structured around three complementary and diversified businesses, all benefiting from strong market positions:

French Retail Banking;

International Retail Banking and Financial Services;

Global Banking and Investor Solutions.

In the Retail Banking businesses, the Group focuses on development in European markets selected for their growth potential (France, Czech Republic and Romania) and Africa, where it has an historic presence, a refined understanding of the markets and top-tier positions. In International Financial Services, Societe Generale relies on franchises benefiting from leadership positions worldwide, notably in the operational vehicle leasing and fleet management businesses, and in equipment finance. In the Global Banking and Investor Solutions businesses, the Group provides high value-added solutions to its clients in the EMEA region, the US and Asia. Focused on Europe yet connected to the rest of the world, the Societe Generale Group capitalises on leadership positions driven by cross-business synergies to create value for stakeholders. The Group leverages its diversified model to meet the needs of its corporate and professional clients as well as its individual clients.

The rebound witnessed in the second half of 2020 continued throughout 2021, with all the Group’s businesses posting strong commercial and financial performances. As a result, the Group recorded its best results in history, enabling it to post strong profitability and offer shareholders an attractive dividend.

These financial performances reflect the Group’s efforts over recent years to strengthen the inherent quality of its businesses, improve operational efficiency, preserve the excellent robustness of the credit portfolio and manage its risks.

In 2021, the Group pushed ahead with its major strategic priorities, including in particular:

merging its two banking networks in France (Vision 2025) to create a new bank serving nearly 10 million clients and and ramping up development of its online bank Boursorama following the announcement early in 2022 of the signing of a Memorandum of Understanding with ING with a view to offering the latter’s online banking clients the best alternative online banking solution;

accelerating the growth of its long-term vehicle leasing business (ALD) with the announcement in early 2022 that ALD was to acquire LeasePlan. In the medium term, the Group’s plan is for the activities of this new vehicle leasing entity to become a third pillar, alongside retail banking and insurance, and corporate and investment banking.

The Group continued to pursue its selective resource allocation strategy and its focus on achieving the optimal region/offer/client mix for both itself and its clients, and confirmed its strong resolve to keep costs firmly in check. The adjustments that have been made are designed to mark out growing, high-margin businesses that enjoy strong commercial franchises.

Looking forward, the Group is preparing its 2025 trajectory, which is built on three pillars:

continued disciplined management of costs and scarce resources, combined with risk control, to contribute to the Bank’s solid balance sheet;

digital transformation challenges, with the current crisis requiring it to step up efforts in this regard;

commitments in the environmental, social and governance fields.

One of the Group’s priorities is to press on with its commercial development, focusing on quality of service, added value and innovation to deliver client satisfaction. Its goal is to become a trusted partner for its clients, making sound use of its digital capabilities to provide them with responsible and innovative financial solutions.

Organic growth will continue to be driven by unlocking internal synergies not only within each business but also between businesses. This will entail greater cooperation between Private Banking and the Retail Banking networks, cooperation along the entire Investor Services chain, cooperation between the Insurance business and the French and International Retail Banking networks, and cooperation between regions and Global Transaction Banking’s activities, among others.

The Group has made certain changes to its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) governance. Since 1 January 2022, the Sustainable Development Department has reported directly to General Management, underscoring the Group’s decision to make CSR a core strategic concern. In keeping with its previous goals, Societe Generale has set its CSR targets for 2021 based on four development priorities, defined in light of the results from the materiality survey conducted at the end of 2020.

Two of these priorities involve being a responsible bank: fostering a culture of responsibility and being a responsible employer. The other two concern how the Group’s actions as a responsible bank can drive positive change: supporting the environmental transition and contributing to growth in local communities.

To guide its actions as a responsible bank, the Group has set itself the goal of embedding a culture of responsibility and applying the strictest control and compliance framework in the banking sector. It focuses on complying with all applicable ethics obligations and regulations, as well as with its own voluntary commitments, and on ensuring robust E&S risk management, channelling its efforts into specific actions to deliver a positive impact on the environment whilst remaining attentive to and working hand in hand with the various stakeholders in its global ecosystem.

For Societe Generale, being a responsible employer means providing a sound working environment and promoting diversity and professional development. This policy is key in boosting both employee engagement and overall performance. More specifically, the Group has identified five priority areas for action in human resources: Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles, Professions and Skills, Diversity and Inclusion, Performance and Compensation, and Occupational Health and Safety.

(1)

Excluding the Group’s insurance companies. The methodology used to count the number of clients in the International Retail Banking network changed in 2021. However, like-for-like, this has no impact on the change in the number of clients vs. 2020.

 

The Group draws on its own exemplary conduct and exceptional resources to help its clients with their environmental transition and support sustainable local communities.

Conscious of the challenges its clients face when addressing global warming, Societe Generale has made the environmental transition a priority issue. Its goal is to be at the forefront of the energy transition. The core priorities of its climate change strategy, which has been approved by the Board of Directors, are as follows:

develop a shared CSR culture in terms of risk management and commercial opportunities in connection with the energy transition;

implement a climate risk management framework;

manage the climate impact of the Group’s activities (both its direct activities and those of its portfolios);

support the Group’s clients in their energy transition, through a tailored product and service offering.

In response, the Group’s expertise in these areas has earned recognition from Dealogic, which ranked it No. 1 for financing renewable energies in EMEA at the end of June 2021. Societe Generale was also the recipient of one of the sector’s most prestigious awards when it was singled out as Best Bank in Sustainability in 2021 by International Financing Review (IFR).

Last, alongside its climate and environmental actions, Societe Generale also promotes sustainable regional development and strong local economies. It supports entrepreneurs, participates in projects to build sustainable cities and infrastructures and promotes clean mobility solutions in the regions in which it operates. Its actions in this respect are particularly noticeable in France, where they constitute one of the strategic objectives for the Group’s new retail banking network, and in Africa, through the Grow with Africa initiative.

Societe Generale’s efforts to achieve sustainable development have not gone unnoticed by the ratings agencies. Following on from its excellent ESG ratings in 2020, the Group again rated highly in 2021 across the board with all rating agencies in the three Environmental, Social and Governance segments, reflecting the depth of its commitment and the quality of its actions to promote sustainability.

The Group’s extra-financial ratings for the year were among the best in the banking sector: in the top 1% of all companies worldwide (out of 4,881 companies) in Moody’s ESG Solutions’ universe; in the top 3% banks worldwide (out of 190 banks) in MSCI’s universe; in the top quartile in the Sustainalytics universe out of a panel of 408 banks worldwide; and in the top 7% worldwide in the S&P Global Corporate Sustainability Assessment, placing the Group 8th in Europe and 26th worldwide out of 242 banks.

Societe Generale continues to foster a group-wide culture of responsibility and to strengthen its internal control framework, especially its Compliance operations, to meet the banking industry’s highest standards. It has also completed the rollout of its Culture and Conduct programme, embedding rules of conduct and strong shared values throughout the entire company.

Societe Generale announced in 2021 the end of two separate legal proceedings brought by the US Departmentof Justice, one relating to Societe Generale’s IBOR submissions and certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties, and the other relating to US economic sanctions compliance. In requesting the courts to dismiss the legal proceedings, the DOJ confirmed that the Bank had fully complied with its obligations under the related deferred prosecution agreements (DPA).

Last, the Group is determined to press ahead with its stringent and disciplined approach to risk management - maintaining credit portfolio quality, continuing efforts regarding operational risk control and compliance - and to its capital allocation management.

In line with its strategy to fully address its clients’ needs and in consideration of the new, more demanding regulatory environment, the Group’s focus will remain on optimising its consumption of scarce capital and liquidity resources and maintaining a highly disciplined approach to costs and risk management.

In 2022, the Group intends to build on the commercial momentum already embedded in its businesses and strengthen the resilience of its financial performance amid a more uncertain environment.

Excluding the Single Resolution Fund contribution, the underlying cost to income ratio is expected to range between 66% and 68% in 2022, and improve thereafter thanks to the cost reductions initiatives announced in 2021.

The cost of risk is expected to be below 30 basis points in 2022, i.e. slightly higher than the 2021 level. In the wake of recent developments in Ukraine and Russia, the Group announced on 3 March that it was not changing its cost of risk target and would update it, if necessary, at the time of its Q1 22 results publication.

The Group is aiming for a CET1 ratio at least between 200-250 basis points above the regulatory requirement, including after the entry into force of the regulation finalising the Basel III framework.

The Board of Directors approved an attractive shareholder distribution of the 2021 financial results equivalent to EUR 2.75 per share. A cash dividend of EUR 1.65 per share will be proposed to the General Meeting of Shareholders on 17 May 2022.

The Group is also envisaging a share buyback programme of approximately EUR 915 million, i.e. equivalent to EUR 1.10 per share. It has been decided to exceptionally split the pay-out as 60% in cash and 40% through a share buy-back. In future, the Group intends to maintain a dividend policy based on a 50% pay-out ratio of underlying Group net income with up to 20% of the pay-out in the form of a share buyback.

Societe Generale is the fourth-largest retail bank in France.

The French Retail Banking business has made sweeping changes to its model, in particular on the back of rapid changes in client behaviours and demand for ever-increasing convenience, expertise and customised products and services. The pace of transformation accelerated in 2020, with two major strategic initiatives: the planned merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale, and moves to ramp up growth at Boursorama. These initiatives are designed to cement the Group’s winning combination of a fully online banking model coupled with a network banking model offering both digital and human expertise – a combination that stands out in the French market. Over the course of 2021, the Group successfully moved ahead with the first stages of its merger project, the key principles of which are as follows:

a new model based on a full merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale retail banks, combining the strengths of each within a single bank: one branch network, one head office and one IT system, with nearly 10 million clients served by 25,000 employees in 2025;

a bank with local roots comprising 11 regional divisions with broader responsibilities, nationwide coverage through 1,450 branches to ensure continued branch presence, and a new branding approach that reflects these regional roots;

a bank that is more responsive, accessible and efficient, with a remodelled organisation to improve client experience and operational efficiency;

a bank better adapted to the specific needs of each client category, with the aim of ranking among the top banks for client satisfaction by training its bankers to a high standard and offering a quality client experience, whether in a branch, over the telephone or online;

a responsible bank that steps up its ESG commitments to enhance our positive local impact and confirming our commitment to being a responsible employer by supporting employees throughout the merger, and making no compulsory layoffs.

The ambition is to rank among the leaders for client satisfaction for our core client base and to create a banking model that increases profitability and conforms to the most stringent standards of responsibility. From a financial perspective, the merger will unlock considerable cost synergies, with a net cost-base reduction target of more than EUR 350 million by 2024 and around EUR 450 million by 2025, compared with 2019. The cost of the tie-up has been estimated at between EUR 700 million and EUR 800 million. The return on normative equity under Basel III is expected to range between 11% and 11.5% in 2025, equating to more than 10% under Basel IV.

French Retail Banking also aims to build on its existing growth drivers. Specifically, this means:

maximising the potential of the integrated bancassurance model by anticipating changes in the life-insurance market and taking advantage of strong client take-up potential for personal protection and non-life insurance;

increasing business among corporate and professional clients by providing strategic advisory services and comprehensive solutions;

leveraging the expertise available in Private Banking to satisfy the expectations of high net worth clients in the French networks.

In Asset & Wealth Management and Private Banking, the disposal of Lyxor to Amundi forms part of Societe Generale’s strategy of operating in open architecture, distributing savings solutions to clients across both of its networks. By offering its clients investment and asset management solutions through partnerships with external asset managers, Societe Generale gives its savers access to the best investment expertise in France and internationally, while at the same time responding to their growing demand for socially responsible investment. The new Wealth & Investment Solutions Division within Private Banking focuses on structuring savings, asset management and investment solutions for the Group’s private banking and retail banking networks, as well as structured asset management solutions for its Global Markets clients.

Last, the Group continues to support the development of its online bank Boursorama, which has consolidated its leadership position in France with a bumper year in terms of client acquisition: more than 800,000 new clients in 2021, bringing their total number to 3.3 million. Over the next few years, Boursorama intends to press ahead with investments to win over new clients and is targeting more than 4 million clients by the end of 2022, one year ahead of schedule. Societe Generale also announced that Boursorama had signed a Memorandum of Understanding with ING with a view to offering its online banking clients in France the best possible alternative banking solution that furnishes dedicated client experience and support features. The two banks intend to sign a definitive agreement by the end of April 2022. The Group has confirmed its aim of taking Boursorama to maturity, targeting 4.5 million clients and a return on normative equity of more than 25% by 2025.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services is a profitable growth driver for the Group thanks to its leading positions in high-potential markets, its operational efficiency and digital transformation initiatives, and its ability to unlock synergies with other Group activities. These businesses have undergone a major transformation over the last few years to fully refocus the portfolio, introduce a more optimised model and improve the underlying risk profile.

International Retail Banking activities are mainly located outside the Eurozone and benefit from positive long-term growth fundamentals, although the Covid-19 pandemic and associated economic crisis have somewhat slowed their historical trajectory of continuous growth. The Group nevertheless plans to press on with its strategy of consolidating leadership positions and pursuing responsible growth within its international banking activities in Europe and Africa. Its capacity to meet its clients’ needs, coupled with its innovative, unique and efficient platforms, will serve it well in this undertaking:

in Europe, the health crisis has sharply accentuated underlying trends, confirming the strategic vision of the Group’s target retail banking model, as well as the relevance of the transformation plans undertaken, which place special emphasis on ramping up digital transformation. Accordingly, the Group intends to put the finishing touches to its omnichannel banking model in the Czech Republic with its KB Change 2025 strategic plan, consolidate its franchise’s position in Romania as one of the country’s three leading banks. The Group’s exposure to Russia is limited - less than 2% of its overall exposure - and the Group is closely monitoring events in the region’s geopolitical situation. The Group also intends to tap into the full potential of its consumer finance activities in Europe through both its own retail banking networks and its specialist subsidiaries in and outside France 

in Africa, the Group plans to take advantage of the continent’s strong potential for economic growth and bank account penetration by building on its position as one of the three international banks with the largest footprint in Africa, where it enjoys leading positions in the Mediterranean Basin, as well as in Côte d’Ivoire, Guinea, Cameroon and Senegal.

As part of the Grow with Africa programme developed in partnership with a panel of international and local partners, Societe Generale has announced several sustainable growth initiatives to foster positive transformation across the continent. Accordingly, the Group is concentrating on providing multidimensional support to African SMEs, funding infrastructure, supporting the energy transition and developing innovative financing solutions.

Financial Services and Insurance enjoy competitive positions and strong profitability, in particular with ALD and Insurance, both of which have robust growth potential. These are the businesses that best withstood the economic shock of 2020. Incidentally, they are continuing to roll out their programmes to innovate and transform their operational model.

In Insurance, the Group plans to accelerate the rollout of its bancassurance model across all retail banking markets and all segments (life insurance, personal protection and non-life insurance), as well as of its digital strategy. The aim is to enhance its product range and client experience within an integrated omnichannel framework, while diversifying its business models and growth drivers through a strategy of innovation and partnerships. This growth strategy goes hand in hand with greater commitments to responsible finance at SG Assurances.

In Operational Vehicle Leasing and Fleet Management, the Group sees the planned acquisition of LeasePlan as an opportunity to create a global leader in sustainable mobility solutions. The new entity is poised to be No. 1 worldwide, excluding captives and financial leasing companies. With a total fleet of 3.5 million vehicles at end-December 2021 and operations in over 40 countries, it boasts highly complementary expertise and prospective synergies. The Group also intends to develop new activities and services in a mobility sector undergoing radical change. Having boosted its investment capacities and unique know-how, ALD has positioned itself at the heart of this changing world of mobility, asserting its global leadership to become a fully integrated player in sustainable mobility solutions with the rollout of its Move 2025 strategic plan and the planned acquisition of LeasePlan. It is now particularly well placed to take full advantage of the market’s strong growth. To this end, ALD forged ahead with its active innovation and digitalised strategy over the year.

Last, for Vendor and Equipment Finance, the Group plans to build on its leadership position in Europe in those top-tier markets to increase revenue and improve profitability. It plans to draw on its service quality, capacity for innovation, product expertise and dedicated teams to retain its preferred partner status with vendors and clients alike.

Societe Generale also plans to continue moving forward with its strategy of unlocking synergies between the activities of the various businesses in this division and elsewhere within the Group, with Private Banking and the regional Corporate and Investment Banking platforms, by developing its commercial banking services such as trade finance, cash management, payment services and factoring, and by pursuing the development of its bancassurance model.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions stands on broad and diversified foundations: it has built up a solid and stable diversified client base and benefits from high value-added product franchises and recognised sector expertise backed by a global network. It serves the financing and investment needs of a broad and diversified client base spanning corporates, financial institutions and public-sector entities. Having undergone a considerable transformation in recent years - reducing its breakeven point and de-risking the Global Markets business, and adjusting the size of its businesses - GBIS is focused on delivering value to all its stakeholders through sustainable and profitable growth.

Its growth strategy is consistent with the position of current economic growth opportunities, i.e. in increased financing needs for infrastructure and the energy transition, greater investment in private debt and the growing demand for investment solutions. At the same time, it is gradually and coherently adjusting the size of its businesses, particularly between Global Markets and Investor Services and Financing and Advisory, making targeted capital allocations to identified growth initiatives for particular client segments, businesses and regions.

The Group has also made it a priority to develop “ESG by design” businesses, setting itself the target of doubling ESG-related revenues by 2025 in both Global Markets and Investor Services and Financing and Advisory.

Tied in with this objective is the Group’s unrelenting focus on:

reducing costs to improve operating leverage without business attrition and in keeping with its long-term commitment to disciplined cost control;

adopting stringent management of both market and credit risks, notably against a backdrop of weaker market risk appetite, and prudent management of its counterparty risk, aiming to maintain a healthy diversification of all risk categories across its businesses.

 

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND OUTLOOK

The latest wave of the epidemic has incurred a proportionally lower death toll compared to the very high contamination levels. The economy’s greater adaptability has mitigated the impact on business, but the withdrawal of temporary support measures is only partly being offset by the economic reopening and recovery support measures.

Prevailing uncertainty over events in Ukraine and Russia is making it difficult to forecast the impact on the global economy and the Group, and has furthermore sparked a return of volatility in financial markets. We expect energy prices (notably oil and gas) to remain high in 2022 on back of supply chain disruptions and the consequences of the situation in Ukraine. These factors are likely to contribute to a slowdown in eurozone growth during 2022 and 2023.

Tensions in the job market are playing out in wage adjustments and specifically a rise in the minimum wage. We forecast that these gains, combined with rising energy prices, may trigger short-term inflation spikes in Europe and the US. Further out, new monetary policy strategies on both sides of the Atlantic should drive inflation closer to target, contrary to the past decade during which inflation undershot central bank targets.

The US Federal Reserve (Fed) could tighten its monetary policy in light of the increased risk of heightened inflation expectations and a wage-price spiral taking hold in the US. Emerging markets are expected to continue the monetary tightening started in early 2021, while China has already begun its measured easing cycle. Low to negative real interest rates should help trigger a global deleveraging process. That said, uncertainties persist over market expectations as consensus on the ability of central banks to keep inflation under control could shift suddenly and lead to sharper tightening of financial conditions. The 2021 regulatory landscape was marked by stimulus and easing measures in line with those of 2020 to enable banks to support the economy. Some of these measures will continue in 2022. Governments have lent massive support to the financing of companies. In France, support measures were implemented by way of government-backed loan schemes totalling EUR 14.3 billion at end-December 2021, and recovery loans.

These measures will most likely be maintained or even strengthened in 2022 in light of the continued health crisis and against the backdrop of the French elections.

The European Commission (EC), the European Central Bank (ECB) in its capacity as prudential supervisor, the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the High Council for Financial Stability (HCSF) have used the flexibility of prudential regulations to act on the liquidity and solvency of banks. These regulatory adjustments included:

the easing of countercyclical capital buffer requirements with the possibility of using them subject to automatic remedial action (maximum distributable amount mechanism and submission of a capital conservation plan);

temporary tolerance for non-compliance with minimum liquidity ratios;

greater flexibility in applying the criteria for downgrading moratoria and a recommendation that the pro-cyclical impacts of IFRS9 application be supervised.

The trend is now towards normalisation. The ECB decided not to extend its recommendation on dividend pay-outs and share buybacks beyond 30 September 2021. This recommendation involved limiting divident payment and share buyback amounts for all banks under its direct supervision. Last, the flexibility measure taken by the ECB to allow banks to have a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) below the regulatory threshold of 100% ended on 31 December 2021.

Beyond the prevailing economic conditions, several structural regulatory projects aim to strengthen the prudential framework, support environmental and digital transitions, protect consumers and develop European capital markets.

The year 2021 put the spotlight back on finalising the implementation of the Basel III prudential agreements in the European Union. In October 2021, the European Commission published its new banking rules - the proposed CRR3 regulation and the CRD6 directive - which will enter into force on 1 January 2025. The timetable for rolling out the reforms in the main non-EU jurisdictions remains uncertain and is not expected to coincide with the Basel timetable of 1 January 2023.

In accordance with the European Green Deal proposed by the European Commission in December 2019, environmental and sustainability issues took centre stage in 2021. The financial sector is facing highly ambitious expectations, the aim being to rapidly mobilise capital flows to achieve carbon neutrality and lay the groundwork for a sustainable economy. Work on the EU taxonomy for sustainable activities is ongoing; activities are classified as “sustainable”, “harmful” or “social”. Accordingly, banks and large companies are poised to publish their first climate reports in 2022.

Banks are expected to better integrate their climate risk exposure when managing risks and be more transparent about disclosing ESG risks in their prudential publications. The ECB will organise climate stress testing on top of climate pilot exercises run by the French Prudential Supervision and Resolution Authority (Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution - ACPR) and the European Banking Authority (EBA). Debate is intensifying over the prudential treatment of assets that are harmful to the climate and will be the topic of an EBA report in 2023. The European Union was a trailblazer for ESG-related topics, so the issue of harmonising European standards with those introduced in other jurisdictions will be a key consideration in 2022.

Concomitantly, digital transformation will continue to be a priority. The Commission proposed:

a digital finance action plan;

plans for regulating crypto-assets (MiCA);

the Digital Operations Resilience Act (DORA) to strengthen cybersecurity and the monitoring of outsourced services;

initiatives centred on artificial intelligence and digital identity.

The year 2021 was also marked by in-depth work on significant topics related to payments, i.e. the EPI project and ECB’s study of a central bank digital currency (CBDC) and of an acceleration in the spread of instant payments. These projects will continue in 2022 and should be supplemented by Open Finance proposals for which the DSP2 Directive assessment will be an important step.

In order to finance these environmental and digital transitions, regulated savings may be reformed with the introduction of national and European financial regulations fostering the redirecting of these savings.

Consumer issues is also set to attract considerable attention in both France and Europe. In particular, plans to revise MiFID, PRIIPS and consumer credit directives are under way at European level. Many issues related to the pricing and transparency of banking products are also being debated at the national level: protection for the self-employed (pricing, assets, financing) will continue to take centre stage, and developments in insolvency procedures and the regulation of securities will affect the mechanisms at work in the financing of the economy for the smallest businesses.

Last, in a post-Brexit environment and as part of developing its strategic autonomy plan announced in January 2021, the European Commission gave new momentum to the development of the Capital Markets Union (CMU).

At the end of 2021, the Commission proposed practical steps towards a real CMU following the European action plan published in 2020 with (i) the publication of legislative proposals for the revision of MIFIR, (ii) the publication of the directive relating to alternative management and that of the regulation on long-term investment funds, and (iii) the establishment of a European single access point (ESAP) for financial and non-financial information publicly disclosed by companies.

At the same time, the Commission launched a targeted consultation to possibly amend the Listing Act, with the aim of ensuring the attractiveness of capital markets for EU companies and facilitating access to capital for small and medium-sized enterprises.

These initiatives play a part in the ongoing work related to Brexit and address the issues of equivalences, the gradual relocation of compensation for euro products within the Union, potential regulatory differences and competitive conditions.

 

1.4  THE GROUP’S CORE BUSINESSES

 

 

French Retail Banking

International Retail Banking

and Financial Services

Global Banking

and Investor Solutions

 

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

2021

2020

2019

Number of employees (in thousands)(1)

33.8

34.3

35.3

57.4

59.3

62.8

19.4

20.2

21.3

Number of branches(2)

1,849

2,068

2,375

2,038

2,156

2,409

n/s

n/s

n/s

Net banking income (in EURm)

7,777

7,315

7,746

8,117

7,524

8,373

9,530

7,613

8,704

Group net income (in EURm)

1,492

666

1,131

2,082

1,304

1,955

2,076

57

958

Gross loan book outstandings(3)(in EURbn)

238.8

217.6

201.1

145.3

135.5

138.2

193.5

154.7

158.1

Net loan book outstandings(4)(in EURbn)

234.7

212.8

196.2

139.8

130.1

111.3

192.1

153.1

157.1

Segment assets(5) (in EURbn)

262.5

256.2

232.8

358.5

331.9

333.7

692

707.8

674.4

Average allocated capital (regulatory)(6) (in EURm)

11,149

11,427

11,263

10,246

10,499

11,075

14,916

14,302

15,201

(1)

Headcount at end of period excluding temporary staff.

(2)

Number of main branches for French Retail Banking

(2)

Customer loans, deposits and loans due from banks, lease financing and similar agreements and operating leases. Excluding repurchase agreements. Excluding entities that are reclassified under IFRS 5.

(3)

Loan book outstandings net of impairments.

(4)

Segment assets included in Note 8.1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements (segment reporting). 2020 amounts restated (See Note 1.7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(5)

Average allocated capital calculated on 11% of risk-weighted assets.

 

1.4.1  FRENCH RETAIL BANKING

 

 

French Retail Banking offers a wide range of products and services suited to the needs of a diversified base of individual and professional clients, businesses, non-profit associations and local authorities.

Leveraging the expertise of its teams and an efficient multi-channel distribution system, the pooling of best practices, and the optimised and digitalisation of processes, French Retail Banking combines the strengths of three complementary brands: Societe Generale, the renowned national bank, Crédit du Nord, a group of regional banks, and Boursorama Banque, a major online bank.

The Retail Banking networks are innovating to build the relationship-focused banking group of tomorrow. French Retail Banking is exemplified by its:

industry-recognised customer service;

leading position in online and mobile banking in France;

robust sales momentum;

constant adaptation to clients’ needs and expectations.

On 7 December 2020, the Societe Generale Group announced the launch of merger plans for the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord banking networks and for Boursorama to enter a new phase of maturity, with a goal of 4.5 million clients by 2025.

French Retail Banking strives to improve client satisfaction across all segments and to further develop value-added services and assist businesses with their expansion in France and worldwide. It capitalises on synergies with the specialised business lines, notably with Insurance, Private Banking, and Corporate and Investment Banking. For example, French Retail Banking markets insurance products developed by Sogécap and Sogessur, subsidiaries operating in the International Retail Banking and Financial Services Division.

Life insurance outstandings amounted to EUR 98 billion at the end of 2021, compared with EUR 93.6 billion in 2020.

 

* Average quarterly outstandings.

 

The networks continue to support the economy and help clients finance their projects, with growth in average loan outstandings up from EUR 217 billion in 2020 to EUR 221 billion in 2021. At the same time, and amid rife competition, deposit inflows showed resilience and resulted in a loan-to-deposit ratio of 86.8% in 2021, down 7 points on 2020.

The Societe Generale network offers solutions tailored to the needs of its 6.7 million individual clients as well as almost 430,000 professional clients, non-profit associations and corporate clients, representing EUR 108 billion in outstanding deposits and EUR 84 billion in outstanding loans in 2021.

To achieve this, the network leverages three major strengths:

approximately 1,202 main branches located mainly in urban areas where a large proportion of national wealth is concentrated;

an exhaustive and diversified range of products and services, ranging from savings vehicles and asset management solutions to corporate finance and payment means;

a comprehensive and innovative omnichannel system spanning Internet, mobile, telephone and service platforms.

Societe Generale continued to expand its network and increase its service offering in 2021 in response to its clients’ requirements and with a view to enhancing customer satisfaction. It notably improved its digital offering, focusing especially on professional and corporate clients - introducing a revamped the app and websites, promoting electronic signature services and other advantages - added Corporate and Investment Banking’s SME/mid-cap services to the range of expertise available to corporate clients, and developed Shine, its 100% online banking subsidiary for professionals and VSBs. It also announced plans to look into the option of sharing ATMs with Crédit du Nord, BNP Paribas and Crédit Mutuel, with a view to improving accessibility for the clients of all four banks.

Societe Generale has made sustainable development the linchpin of its strategy. It took further steps last year to limit its direct environmental impact by reducing waste and shrinking its carbon footprint, and to address social issues. It also developed a new range of services designed to help clients achieve their own sustainable development and energy transition goals: 2021 saw the introduction of social and environmental loans for corporates, as well as a new range of 100% SRI savings vehicles for individual clients.

In 2021, Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord confirmed plans to merge, combining their two networks to form a new retail bank serving 10 million clients. Four key principles have been defined for this new entity: it will be a bank with local roots, a bank that is more responsive, accessible and efficient, a bank better adapted to the specific needs of each client category, and a bank that is responsible. The two networks will officially merge on 1 January 2023, with a progressive rollout of the new organisation culminating in 2025.

The Crédit du Nord group consists of nine regional banks – Courtois, Kolb, Laydernier, Nuger, Rhône-Alpes, Société Marseillaise de Crédit, Tarneaud, Société de Banque Monaco and Crédit du Nord – and an investment services provider, the brokerage firm Gilbert Dupont.

Crédit du Nord entities are characterised by a large degree of autonomy in managing their activities, which is chiefly expressed by rapid decision-making and responsiveness to client demands.

The quality and strength of the results of the Crédit du Nord group have been recognised by the market and are confirmed by the long-term A- rating attributed by Fitch.

Crédit du Nord serves 1.8 million individual clients(1), 213,000 professional clients and non-profit associations and 47,000 corporate and institutional clients. In 2021, its average outstanding deposits totalled EUR 57 billion, compared with EUR 52 billion in 2020, while average loan outstandings stood at EUR 52 billion, compared with EUR 50 billion in 2020.

Boursorama is a subsidiary of Societe Generale and a pioneer and leader in France for its three main businesses: online banking, online brokerage and online financial information at boursorama.com, ranked No. 1 for economic and stock market news. An online bank accessible to all, without any revenue or financial wealth prerequisites, Boursorama’s promise is the same as it was when it was first created, i.e. simplify clients’ lives at the most competitive price and furnish the best service possible in order to boost their purchasing power.

Boursorama currently serves over 3.3 million clients – a figure it has quadrupled in the last five years. This rapid growth has been matched by an increase in the bank’s outstandings (in excess of EUR 48 billion at end-December 2021), demonstrating the appeal of its fully online model based on client autonomy and a comprehensive range of banking products and services with automated processes.

In 2021, Boursorama extended its range, particularly as regards investment solutions (such as its MATLA retirement savings plan: a 100% SRI solution and the least expensive on the market) and life insurance and brokerage products (its new PrimeTime offer gives clients access to Accelerated Book Building (ABB) transactions through the PrimaryBid platform). It also launched a warranty extension insurance and made changes to its Freedom package for 12-17 year olds.

As in 2020, Boursorama was acclaimed the least expensive bank for the 14th consecutive year at the Customer Relationship Podium Awards in 2021, taking 6th position all sectors included. It continues to boast an excellent recommendation rate of 86%, coupled with a Net Promoter Score of +40. Buoyed by these results, it is confident of achieving its targets of more than 4 million clients by 2023 and profitability of over 25% by 2025.

Launched over 20 years ago, its online portal, www.boursorama.com, is consistently ranked the No. 1 website for financial and economic news and receives 47 million visits a month (Source ACPM – December 2021).

(1)

Number of active clients.

 

2    GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT

 

2.1  SOCIETE GENERALE GROUP’S MAIN ACTIVITIES

 

 

2.2  GROUP ACTIVITY AND RESULTS

 

Definitions and details of methods used are provided on page 41 and following.

Information followed by an asterisk (*) is indicated as adjusted for changes in Group structure and at constant exchange rates.

The reconciliation of reported and underlying data is provided on page 42.

(In EURm)

2021

2020

Change

Net banking income

25,798

22,113

16.7%

17.7%*

Operating expenses

(17,590)

(16,714)

+5.2%

+5.8%*

Gross operating income

8,208

5,399

52.0%

55.1%*

Net cost of risk

700

(3,306)

-78.8%

-78.6%*

Operating income

7,508

2,093

x 3.6

x 3.7*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

6

3

100%

100%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

635

(12)

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

(114)

(684)

83.3%

83.3%*

Income tax

(1,697)

(1,204)

41.0%

43.2%*

Net income

6,338

196

x 32.3

x 43.8*

o.w. noncontrolling interests

697

454

53.5%

53.6%*

Group net income

5,641

(258)

n/s

n/s

Cost-to-income ratio

68.2%

75.6%

 

 

Average allocated capital(1)

52,634

52,091

 

 

ROTE

11.7%

-0.4%

 

 

(1)

Amounts restated compared with the financial statements published in 2020 (See Note1.7 of the financial statements).

Net banking income was substantially higher in 2021, up +16.7% (+17.7%*) vs. 2020, and +16.1% (+17.2%*) vs. 2020 on an underlying basis, with a very strong momentum in all businesses.

French Retail Banking posted a solid performance in 2021. As a result, net banking income (excluding PEL/CEL provision) increased by +4.8% vs. 2020, driven by the recovery in net interest income and by buoyant fee income, particularly in respect of financial fees.

International Retail Banking & Financial Services enjoyed strong revenue growth (+9.9%* vs. 2020), underpinned by the excellent momentum in Financial Services (+32.0%* vs. 2020) and Insurance (+8.6%* vs. 2020). International Retail Banking benefited from a rebound in its activities (+2.8%* vs. 2020).

Global Banking & Investor Solutions delivered a remarkable performance, with revenues up +25.2% (+26.1%*) vs. 2020. Financing & Advisory posted a record performance, with growth of +14.8% (+15.8%*) vs. 2020, while Global Markets & Investor Services posted substantially higher revenues than in 2020, up +35.6% (+36.9%*).

In 2021, operating expenses totalled EUR 17,590 million on a reported basis and EUR 17,211 million on an underlying basis (adjusted for transformation costs), i.e. an increase of +4.3% vs. 2020.

The increase can be explained primarily by the rise in variable costs associated with revenue growth (EUR +701 million) and the increase in the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (EUR +116 million). The other operating expenses declined by EUR 70 million, excluding structure effect.

Driven by a very positive jaws effect, underlying gross operating income grew substantially (+51.0%) to EUR 8,470 million and the underlying cost to income ratio improved by nearly 8 points (67.0% vs. 74.6% in 2020).

Excluding the contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SFR), the underlying cost to income ratio is expected to be between 66% and 68% in 2022 and improve thereafter. This aggregate, excluding the contribution to the SRF, amounts to 64.7% in 2021, bearing in mind that SFR contribution totalled EUR 586 million in 2021.

The contribution to the Fund is expected to rise until the end of 2023.

The radical transformations that were announced for the Group in 2021 have led to changes in the 2023 cost outlook. The various initiatives in progress will help push down the Group’s underlying cost-to-income ratio beyond 2022, excluding the Single Resolution Fund contribution year after year. 

In 2021, the cost of risk declined to a low 13 basis points, which was lower than the 2020 level of 64 basis points, i.e. EUR 700 million (vs. EUR 3,306 million in 2020). The amount breaks down to a provision on non-performing loans of EUR 949 million and a provision write-back on performing loans of EUR 249 million.

The Group’s provisions on performing loans amounted to EUR 3,355 million at end-2021.

The Group granted government-guaranteed loans (“PGE”) to support its clients during the crisis. At 31 December 2021, the residual amount of government-guaranteed loans represented around EUR 17 billion. In France, this loan category totalled approximately EUR 14 billion, while net exposure stood at around EUR 1.5 billion.

The doubtful loan ratio stood at 2.9% at 31 December 2021, a decline on the end-September 2021 level of 3.1%. The gross coverage ratio on doubtful loans for the Group was 51% at 31 December 2021.

The cost of risk is expected to be below 30 basis points in 2022.

Book operating income totalled EUR 7,508 million in 2021 compared with EUR 2,093 million in 2020. Underlying operating income came to EUR 7,770 million compared with EUR 2,323 million in 2019.

Net profits or losses from other assets totalled EUR 635 million in 2021, of which EUR 439 million from the disposal of Lyxor’s asset management activities and EUR 185 million in capital gains from the disposal of real estate.

On back of the review of International Retail Banking’s financial trajectory, the Group recorded an impairment loss on goodwill of EUR 114 million in 2021 relating to the acquisition of the CGU Africa, Mediterreanean Basis and Overseas.

The Group recognised EUR 130 million in deferred tax assets in 2021.

(In EURm)

2021

2020

Reported Group net income

5,641

(258)

Underlying Group net income(1)

5,264

1,435

(In %)

2021

2020

ROTE (reported)

11.7%

-0.4%

Underlying ROTE(1)

10.2%

1.7%

(1)

Adjusted for exceptional items.

 

2.3  ACTIVITY AND RESULTS OF THE CORE BUSINESSES

 

 

2.3.1  RESULTS BY CORE BUSINESSES

 

 

French Retail

Banking

International

Retail Banking

and Financial

Services

Global Banking

and Investor

Solutions

Corporate

Centre

Group

(In EURm)

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

2021

2020

Net banking income

7,777

7,315

8,117

7,524

9,530

7,613

374

(339)

25,798

22,113

Operating expenses

(5,635)

(5,418)

(4,203)

(4,142)

(6,863)

(6,713)

(889)

(441)

(17,590)

(16,714)

Gross operating income

2,142

1,897

3,914

3,382

2,667

900

(515)

(780)

8,208

5,399

Net cost of risk

(104)

(1,097)

(504)

(1,265)

(86)

(922)

(6)

(22)

(700)

(3,306)

Operating income

2,038

800

3,410

2,117

2,581

(22)

(521)

(802)

7,508

2,093

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

1

(1)

0

0

4

4

1

0

6

3

Net profits or losses from other assets

24

158

18

15

(10)

0

603

(185)

635

(12)

Impairment losses on goodwill

-

-

-

-

-

-

(114)

(684)

(114)

(684)

Income tax

(575)

(291)

(840)

(531)

(469)

100

187

(482)

(1,697)

(1,204)

Net income

1,488

666

2,588

1,601

2,106

82

156

(2,153)

6,338

196

o.w. non-controlling interests

(4)

-

506

297

30

25

165

132

697

454

Group net income

1,492

666

2,082

1,304

2,076

57

(9)

(2,285)

5,641

(258)

Cost-to-income ratio

72.5%

74.1%

51.8%

55.1%

72.0%

88.2%

 

 

68.2%

75.6%

Average allocated capital*

11,149

11,427

10,246

10,499

14,916

14,302

16,324

15,860

52,634

52,091

RONE (businesses)/ROTE (Group)

13.4%

5.8%

20.3%

12.4%

13.9%

0.4%

 

 

11.7%

-0.4%

*

Amounts adjusted compared with the financial statements published in 2020 (See Note1.7 of the financial statements).

 

2.4  NEW IMPORTANT PRODUCTS OR SERVICES

 

 

2.4.1  SOCIETE GENERALE ISSUES THE FIRST STRUCTURED PRODUCT ON PUBLIC BLOCKCHAIN

 

On 15 April 2021, Societe Generale issued the first structured product(1) as a Security Token directly registered on the Tezos public blockchain. The securities were fully subscribed by Societe Generale Assurances. The operation follows in the footsteps of a first covered bond Security Token issuance worth EUR 100 million on the Ethereum blockchain, settled in euros in April 2019, and of a second covered bond Security Token issuance worth EUR 40 million, this time settled in Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) and issued by Banque de France in May 2020. This latest transaction completes a new step in the development of Societe Generale – Forge, a regulated subsidiary of Societe Generale Group, which aims to offer crypto assets structuring, issuing, exchange and custody services to the Group’s professional clients by 2022.

This new experimentation, performed in accordance with best market practices, demonstrates the legal, regulatory and operational feasibility of issuing more complex financial instruments (structured products) on public blockchain. It leverages this disruptive technology which enables increased efficiency and fluidity of financial transactions: unprecedented product structuration capacity, shortened time-to-market, automated corporate actions, increased transparency and transaction and settlement speeds, as well as reduced cost and fewer intermediaries.

Thanks to Societe Generale – Forge’s innovative operating model, Security Tokens can be directly integrated into conventional banking systems interfaced with the SWIFT format. Innovation is key to Societe Generale Group’s digital transformation. The Group has been involved for several years in numerous initiatives based on blockchain and distributed ledger technologies, using the most innovative technologies and creating disruptive business models, with the aim of better serving its clients.

 

2.5  ANALYSIS OF THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

 

(In EURbn)

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Cash, due from central banks

180.0

168.1

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

342.7

429.5

Hedging derivatives

13.2

20.7

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

43.5

52.1

Securities at amortised cost

19.4

15.6

Due from banks at amortised cost

56.0

53.4

Customer loans at amortised cost

497.2

448.8

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

0.1

0.4

Investments of insurance companies

178.9

166.9

Tax assets

4.8

5.0

Other assets

92.9

67.3

Non-current assets held for sale

0.0

0

Investments accounted for using the equity method

0.1

0.1

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

32.0

30.1

Goodwill

3.7

4.0

TOTAL

1,464.5

1,462.0

 

(In EURbn)

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Due to central banks

5.2

1.5

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

307.6

390.2

Hedging derivatives

10.4

12.5

Due to banks

135.3

135.6

Customer deposits

139.2

456.1

Debt securities issues

509.1

139.0

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

2.8

7.7

Tax liabilities

1.6

1.2

Other liabilities

106.3

84.9

Non-current liabilities held for sale

0.0

-

Insurance contract related liabilities

155.3

146.1

Provisions

4.8

4.8

Subordinated debt

16.0

15.4

Shareholder’s equity

65.1

61.7

Non-controlling interests

5.8

5.3

TOTAL

1,464.5

1,462.0

 

2.5.1  MAIN CHANGES IN THE CONSOLIDATION SCOPE

 

The main changes to the consolidation scope at 31 December 2021 compared with the scope applicable at the closing date of 31 December 2020 are as follows:

Transfer of the asset management activities performed by Lyxor.

 

On 31 December 2021, the Group finalised with Amundi the transfer of the asset management activities performed by Lyxor. This transfer concerns the passive (ETF) as well as active (including alternative) asset management activities performed by Lyxor on behalf of institutional customers in France and abroad; it includes the commercial and support functions dedicated to these activities.

This transfer resulted in a EUR 0.4 billion decrease in the Group’s total balance sheet including the EUR 223 million decrease in goodwill allocated to the Asset and Wealth Management CGU.

A pre-tax capital gain of EUR 439 million is recognised under Net Income on other assets in the 2021 Income statement.

 

2.6  FINANCIAL POLICY

 

The objective of the Group’s financial policy is to optimise the use of shareholders’ equity in order to maximise short- and long-term return for shareholders, while maintaining a level of capital ratios (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios) consistent with the market status of Societe Generale and the Group’s target rating.

Since 2010, the Group has launched a major realignment programme, strengthening capital and focusing on the rigorous management of scarce resources (capital and liquidity) and proactive risk management to apply the regulatory changes related to the implementation of new Basel III regulations.

 

2.6.1  GROUP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 65.1 billion at 31 December 2021. Net asset value per share was EUR 68.72 and net tangible asset value per share was EUR 61.08 using the new methodology disclosed in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document, on page 46. Book capital includes EUR 8.0 billion in deeply subordinated notes.

At 31 December 2021, Societe Generale held, directly or indirectly, 22.2 million Societe Generale shares, representing 2.61% of the capital (excluding shares held for trading purposes). In 2021, no transaction was executed on purchases and sales under the liquidity contract concluded on 22 August 2011 with an external investment services provider.

The information concerning the Group’s capital and shareholding structure is available in Chapter 7, on page 617 and following.

 

2.7  MAJOR INVESTMENTS AND DISPOSALS

 

The group maintained a targeted acquisition and disposal policy, in line with its strategy focused on its core businesses and the management of scarce resources.

Business division

Description of investments

2021

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Fleetpool, a leading German car subscription company.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary (Bansabadell Renting) specialised in long-term renting and the signing of an exclusive white label distribution agreement with Banco Sabadell.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition by ALD of a 17% stake in Skipr, a start-up specialised in mobility as a service.

2020

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Reezocar, a French platform specialised in the online sale of used cars to individuals.

French Retail Banking

Acquisition of Shine, the neobank specialised in the professional and SME segments.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Socalfi, entity specialised in consumer credit in New Calendonia.

French Retail Banking

Acquisition by Franfinance of ITL, the equipment leasing company specialised in the environmental, manufacturing and healthcare sectors.

2019

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Sternlease by ALD (fleet leasing in the Netherlands).

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Acquisition of Equity Capital Markets and Commodities activities from Commerzbank.

French Retail Banking

Acquisition of Treezor, pioneering Bank-As-A-Service platform in France.

 

Business division

Description of disposals

2021

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of Lyxor, a European asset management specialist

2020

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Finans AS, an equipment finance and factoring company in Norway, Sweden and Denmark.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Société Générale de Banque aux Antilles.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal by ALD of its entire stake in ALD Fortune (50%) in China.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of the custody, depository and clearing activities in South Africa.

2019

 

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SKB Banka in Slovenia.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Pema GmbH, a truck and trailer rental company in Germany.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of its majority stake in Ohridska Banka SG in Macedonia.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Serbja in Serbia.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Montenegro.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Mobiasbanka in Moldova.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Inora Life en Ireland.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Eurobank in Poland.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of SG Private Banking in Belgium.

French Retail Banking

Disposal of SelfTrade Bank S.A.U. in Spain.

French Retail Banking

Disposal of the entire stake in La Banque Postale Financement (35%).

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Express Bank in Bulgaria.

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG Albania.

 

 

2.8  PENDING ACQUISITIONS AND MAJOR CONTRACTS

 

 

2.8.1  FINANCING OF THE MAIN ONGOING INVESTMENTS

 

Ongoing investments will be financed using the Group’s usual sources of funding.

 

2.9  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

The gross book value of Societe Generale Group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounted to EUR 45.7 billion at 31 December 2021. The figure comprises land and buildings (EUR 5.4 billion), the right of use (EUR 3.2 billion), assets leased by specialised financing companies (EUR 31.1 billion) and other tangible assets (EUR 6 billion).

The net book value of tangible operating assets and investment property amounted to EUR 29.2 billion, representing only 2% of the consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2021.

Accordingly, due to the nature of Societe Generale’s activities, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

 

2.10  POST-CLOSING EVENTS

 

On 6 January 2022, the Group announced the signing by Societe Generale and ALD of two Memorandums of Understanding under which ALD would acquire 100% of LeasePlan from a consortium led by TDR Capital. The proposed transaction is expected to close by the end of 2022.

On 1 February 2022, Societe Generale announced that Boursorama had signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with ING to offer ING’s online banking customers in France the best alternative banking solution, with adedicated customer journey and support conditions. The two parties intend to reach a final agreement by April 2022.

On 3 March 2022, Societe Generale issued an update on the Group’s situation in Ukraine and Russia. Societe Generale continues a detailed monitoring of the situation in Russia and Ukraine and is supporting its clients and all its employees to the highest degree possible.

Societe Generale is also rigorously complying with all applicable laws and regulations and is diligently implementing the measures necessary to strictly enforce international sanctions as soon as they are made public.

At the time of writing, the Group states that:

its exposure(1)to Russia is limited at 1.7% of the Group’s total exposure, i.e. EUR 18.6 billion at 31 December 2021, of which EUR 15.4 billion (i.e. 83%) are accounted for at its subsidiary Rosbank;

in 2021, activities located in Russia generated 2.8% of Group net banking income and 2.7% of Group net earning(2);

the Group is extremely prudent and selective in the conduct of its activities in Russia and its priorities are focused to reduce its risks and preserve its subsidiary’s liquidity, while maintaining diversified deposit inflows;

with a CET1 ratio of 13.7% at 31 December 2021, i.e. a buffer of around 470 basis points above the regulatory capital requirement, the Group has more than enough buffer to absorb the consequences of a potential extreme scenario, in which the Group would be stripped of property rights to its banking assets in Russia, with a capital impact estimated at around -50 basis points of the CET1 ratio and no effect on the payment of the dividend for the year 2021.

(1)

“Exposure at default” on- and off-balance sheet on Russian counterparties, Russian subsidiaries or counterparties whose assets are mainly located in Russia, excluding counterparty risk on market operations whose current amount is limited.

(2)

Reported Group Net Income.

 

The Group is following with the utmost attention the development of the situation in Ukraine and Russia, and it is committed to supporting its clients and all its employees. Societe Generale complies rigorously with legislation in force and diligently applies all necessary measures to strictly observe international sanctions as soon as they become public.

At Group level, the exposure to Russia(1) represents 1.7% of total exposure, i.e. EUR 18.6 billion at 31 December 2021 based on exchange rates at that date. The amount breaks down as: EUR 15.4 billion of exposure recognised in SG Russia(2) (“onshore exposures”) and EUR 3.2 billion recognised outside Russia (“offshore exposures”), of which EUR 2.6 billion on the balance sheet.

Group activities situated in Russia (SG Russia(2)) represent 2.8% of Group net banking income in 2021 and 2.7% of Group net income(3). They chiefly involve our banking subsidiary Rosbank, which is 99.97%-owned by the Group. Rosbank has a solid capital position, with a CET1 ratio of 10.74%, i.e. 274 basis points above the local regulatory requirement, and functions independently in terms of liquidity, with a loan-deposit ratio around 80% at 31 December 2021. These exposures are largely denominated in local currency, i.e. up to 99.7% on retail and 68% on corporate.

The exposures break down as follows:

retail outstandings account for approximately 41% of SG Russia’s(2) total exposure. They are 70%- secured (mortgage and auto loans), the remaining 30% of which mainly comprises loans to employees of Rosbank’s corporate clients, for whom the Bank processes their salaries;

corporate exposure represents around 31% of the total and principally involves large Corporates (80%);

exposure to financial institutions totals EUR 0.5 billion;

russian sovereign debt and that of assimilated entities stands at EUR 3.7 billion, including around EUR 1.2 billion in sovereign bonds.

Exposure to local counterparties subject to embargo is very low (EUR 0.2 billion(5)).

The Group is conducting its business in Russia with the utmost caution and selectivity, while supporting its historical clients. Its priorities are to reduce its risks and preserve the liquidity of its subsidiary by maintaining a diversified collection of deposits. The rouble clearing business is conducted entirely from Rosbank on behalf of the Group’s major clients.

With a CET1 ratio of 13.7% at 31 December 2021, i.e. a buffer of around 470 basis points above the regulatory requirement, the Group has more than enough buffer to absorb the consequences of a potential extreme scenario, in which the Group would be stripped of property rights to its banking assets in Russia. The capital impact has been estimated at around -50 basis points(4) of the CET1 ratio, based on a Rosbank net book value equivalent to EUR 2.1 billion at 31 December 2021, EUR 0.5 billion in subordinated loans and including the cancellation of associated RWA. This would not affect the payment of the dividend for the year 2021.

Furthermore, the Group has minor exposure to Ukraine, representing less than EUR 80 million at 31 December 2021, mainly through its subsidiary ALD whose activity is concentrated on international corporate clients.

Offshore exposures to Russia(1), which mainly involve operations conducted by our financing activities in Global Banking and Investor Solutions, represent EUR 3.2 billion with top-tier counterparties in their sector of activity. They specifically concern the following sectors: EUR 2.2 billion for the metals and minerals sector, EUR 0.7 billion for the energy sector, EUR 0.2 billion for the transport and telecoms sector and EUR 0.1 billion for financial institutions.

Counterparties under embargo represent around EUR 0.7 billion in offshore net outstandings(5). For the record, sanctions forbid new activities but do not prevent the settlement of operations or necessarily the repayment of facilities.

The Group also has around EUR 0.3 billion in net outstandings on private banking clients, the majority of which are mortgage and Lombard loans.

At this stage, the Group is not changing its cost of risk target and will update it, if necessary, at the time of its Q1 22 results publication.

 

2.11  STATEMENT ON POST-CLOSING EVENTS

 

Since the end of the last financial period, no significant change in the financial performance of the Group occurred other than those described in the present Universal Registration Document filed with the AMF on 9 March 2022.

 

(1)

“Exposure at default” on- and off-balance sheet on Russian counterparties, Russian subsidiaries or counterparties whose assets are mainly located in Russia, excluding counterparty risk on market operations whose current amount is limited.

(2)

SG Russia comprises Rosbank, Rosbank Insurance composed of SGS and SGSZh (81%-owned by Sogécop and 19%-owned by Rosbank), ALD automotive OOO Russia (100%-owned by ALD SA).

(3)

Reported Group Net Income.

(4)

Based on a EUR/RUB exchange rate of 120.

(5)

Based on the lists of sanctions published at 27.02.2022.

 

2.12  INFORMATION ABOUT GEOGRAPHIC LOCATIONS AND ACTIVITIES AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

 

The article L. 511-45 of the Monetary and Financial Code modified by Order No. 2014-158 of 20 February 2014, require credit institutions to communicate information about the locations and activities of their entitites included in their consolidation scope, in each State or territory.

Societe Generale publishes below the information relative to staff and the financial information by countries or territories.

The list of locations is published in the Note 8.6 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Country

Staff*

NBI*

Earnings before

corporate tax*

Corporate tax*

Deferred

corporate tax*

Other taxes*

Subventions*

South Africa

-

0

0

0

-

-

-

Algeria

1,593

163

69

(26)

5

(5)

-

Germany

2,781

1,161

516

(91)

(33)

(3)

-

Australia

56

43

6

(1)

(1)

(1)

-

Austria

83

18

8

(1)

(1)

(0)

-

Belarus

3

1

1

(0)

(0)

-

-

Belgium

307

97

44

(0)

(11)

(1)

-

Benin

148

21

9

0

(1)

(0)

-

Bermuda(1)

-

(5)

(5)

-

-

-

-

Brazil

340

86

45

(13)

2

(8)

-

Bulgaria

36

5

3

(0)

(0)

-

-

Burkina Faso

284

56

27

(6)

(2)

(3)

-

Cameroon

667

124

39

(10)

(1)

(4)

-

Canada

65

30

11

(2)

0

(2)

-

Chile

39

5

2

-

(2)

(0)

-

China

274

65

29

-

(1)

(0)

-

Colombia

31

3

2

(0)

0

(0)

-

Congo

141

25

8

(0)

(0)

(1)

-

South Korea

106

110

50

(16)

(2)

(2)

-

Cote d’Ivoire

1,044

269

119

(22)

1

(6)

-

Croatia

48

10

7

(2)

0

(0)

-

Curacao(2)

-

0

0

0

-

-

-

Denmark

117

44

26

(15)

10

-

-

United Arab Emirates

52

13

3

-

-

(0)

-

Spain

679

301

182

(39)

(9)

(2)

-

Estonia

13

3

2

(0)

-

(0)

-

United States

2,016

1,703

796

(21)

(158)

(8)

-

Finland

116

53

38

(6)

(1)

-

-

France

54,653

12,428

1,925

(102)

(262)

(1,240)

-

Ghana

537

81

46

(18)

1

(0)

-

Gibraltar

36

11

(1)

-

(1)

(0)

-

Greece

46

6

3

(0)

(1)

(0)

-

Guinea

327

41

4

(2)

0

(0)

-

Equatorial Guinea

239

16

2

(1)

-

(0)

-

Hong Kong

1,079

692

311

(46)

(0)

(1)

-

Hungary

90

15

10

(2)

(0)

-

-

Isle of Man

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Guernsey

56

30

2

-

-

-

-

Cayman Islands(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

India(4)

9,640

78

82

(27)

1

(1)

-

Ireland

199

95

74

(9)

0

(0)

-

Italy

2,039

835

404

(88)

(8)

(3)

-

Japan

220

179

41

(5)

(6)

(6)

-

Jersey

202

42

2

(1)

0

(0)

-

Latvia

19

4

3

(0)

-

-

-

Lithuania

13

5

3

(0)

(0)

(0)

-

Luxembourg

1,342

691

372

(32)

25

(22)

-

Madagascar

949

63

28

(6)

0

(2)

-

Malta

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Morocco

3,917

500

137

(64)

2

(18)

-

Mauritius

-

-

(0)

-

-

-

-

Mexico

127

24

15

(5)

(1)

-

-

Monaco

314

111

24

(5)

(0)

(0)

-

Norway

69

17

6

-

2

-

-

New Caledonia

303

75

35

(14)

(2)

(0)

-

Netherlands

280

116

69

(26)

(2)

(0)

-

Peru

27

3

1

0

(1)

-

-

Poland

452

78

18

(1)

(6)

(1)

-

French Polynesia

255

49

26

(11)

(2)

(1)

-

Portugal

124

30

21

(5)

0

-

-

Czech Republic

7,797

1,269

647

(151)

28

(40)

-

Romania

8,700

645

338

(67)

(0)

(13)

-

United Kingdom

2,730

1,526

757

(193)

46

(1)

-

Russian Federation

12,555

795

303

(37)

(21)

(20)

-

Senegal

815

105

45

(10)

(2)

(2)

-

Serbia

29

9

7

(2)

0

(0)

-

Singapore

191

116

6

(7)

0

(0)

-

Slovakia

109

28

17

(4)

(1)

(0)

-

Slovenia

20

4

2

(0)

0

(0)

-

Sweden

170

77

44

(9)

0

(0)

-

Switzerland

547

238

59

(14)

(1)

(0)

-

Taiwan

44

39

16

(4)

0

(2)

-

Chad

215

27

5

(2)

(1)

(2)

-

Thailand

4

0

(1)

-

-

-

-

Togo

34

6

0

-

-

-

-

Tunisia

1,394

138

40

(23)

4

(5)

-

Turkey

95

46

40

(2)

(14)

(0)

-

Ukraine

47

10

8

(2)

(0)

-

-

TOTAL

124,089

25,798

8,035

(1,272)

(425)

(1,431)

-

*

Staff: Full-time equivalent (FTE) as at closing date. Staff members of entities accounted for by the equity method and entities removed during the year are excluded.

NBI: Net banking income by territorial contribution to the consolidated statement, in EUR millions, before elimination of intragroup reciprocal transactions. Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method is directly recorded in the earnings before tax, there is no contribution from them.

Earning before tax: Earning before tax by territorial contribution to the consolidation statement, in EUR millions, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions.

Corporate taxes: Such as presented in the consolidated statement in accordance with the IFRS standards and by distinguishing the current taxes of the deferred taxes, in EUR millions.

Other taxes: Other taxes include among others payroll taxes, the C3S, the contribution to the SRF, CET taxes and local taxes. The data arise from the consolidated reporting and from management report, in EUR millions.

Public subsidies received: Non-matching or non-refundable subsidies granted by a public entity on a one-off or renewable basis to complete a clearly defined project.

(1)

Income from the entity located in Bermuda is taxed in France.

(2)

Entity located in Curacao is in run-off.

(3)

Income from entity located in Cayman Islands is taxed in the United States.

(4)

Most of the staff located in India is assigned to a shared services center, the re-invoicing income of which is recorded in general and administrative expenses and not in NBI.

 

 

 

3.1  BOARD OF DIRECTORS’ REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

3.1.1  GOVERNANCE

 

Following the introduction of French Act No. 2019-486 on 22 May 2019, known as the Pacte Law, an action plan for business growth and transformation, the Board of Directors reviewed the Bank’s purpose in 2019, defining it as Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions. From a formal standpoint, the Board decided not to include the purpose in the By-laws. However, at its Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020, Societe Generale modified its By-laws to specify that the Board determines the approaches of the Company’s activity and ensures they are implemented according to its corporate interests by taking into account environmental and social responsibility considerations (see Chapter 5). In May 2021, the first sentence of the preamble of the Board of Directors’ Internal Rules was also modified to mirror this position.

 

(At 17 January 2022)

 

The composition of the Board of Directors is presented on pages 65 and following of this report on corporate governance. The internal rules of the Board of Directors, which define the Board’s powers, are provided in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document, on pages 633 and following. The Board’s work is presented on pages 81 and 82.

The composition of the General Management and Management Committee is presented in the respective sections of this report (see pages 90 to 92 and page 94).

The tasks of the Supervisory Committees are described on page 93.

The powers of the Board of Directors and of the different committees of the Board of Directors, along with their activity reports, are presented on pages 80 and following, and describe in particular:

the role of the Chairperson and the report on his activities, page 80;

Audit and Internal Control Committee, pages 83 and 84;

Risk Committee, pages 85 and 86;

Compensation Committee, pages 87 and 88;

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, pages 88 and 89.

On 15 January 2015, the Board of Directors decided that in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would be separated following the General Meeting of 19 May 2015. At that date, Lorenzo Bini Smaghi became Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Frédéric Oudéa remained Chief Executive Officer. On 21 May 2019, the Board of Directors decided to renew the term of office of Frédéric Oudéa as Chief Executive Officer for a further four-year term after his term of office as Director was renewed at the General Meeting of 21 May 2019.

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was reappointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 23 May 2018.

The Board of Directors appointed Jean-Bernard Lévy as non-voting Director for a two-year term from 18 May 2021. One of his tasks is to assist the Board of Directors in relation to its energy transition remit.

Since 17 January 2022, Frédéric Oudéa has been assisted by two Deputy Chief Executive Officers whose terms of office were renewed on 21 May 2019, until the expiration of Frédéric Oudéa’s term. The Chief Executive Officer and the two Deputy Chief Executive Officers are assisted by three Deputy General Managers who are not corporate officers.

On 17 January 2022, Frédéric Oudéa, Chief Executive Officer, took direct control of supervising the Risk and Compliance functions, in addition to the Inspection and Audit, Finance, Corporate Secretary Departments, and the Human Resources and Communication Departments.

From 17 January 2022, Diony Lebot, Deputy Chief Executive Officer, will be responsible for overseeing all ESG policies and their effective incorporation into the strategic trajectories adopted by the Group’s business units and functions. She will continue to supervise the specialised financial services (ALD and SGEF) and insurance activities.

Philippe Aymerich remains Deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of all retail banking activities.

Societe Generale refers to the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies (amended in June 2018 and updated in January 2020, hereinafter the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”. The document is available on the www.hcge.fr website). In accordance with the comply or explain principle, Societe Generale confirms that it applies all recommendations from the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

A set of internal rules (hereinafter referred to as the “Internal Rules”) governs the functioning of the Board of Directors and its committees. The Internal Rules were updated on 18 May 2021. The Company’s Internal Rules and By-laws appear in the Universal Registration Document (see Chapter 7).

 

3.2  STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON RELATED-PARTY AGREEMENTS

 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres
Tour First
TSA 1444492037
Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. à capital variable
438 476 913 R.C.S. Nanterre

 

DELOITTE & ASSOCIÉS
6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex
S.A.S. au capital de € 2.188.160
572 028 041 R.C.S. Nanterre

     

SOCIETE GENERALE
Société Anonyme
17, cours Valmy
92972 Paris-La Défense

 

Annual General Meeting held to approve the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on related-party agreements that is issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This report on related-party agreements should be read in conjunction, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France. It should be understood that the agreements reported on are only those provided by the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and that the report does not apply to those related-party transactions described in IAS 24 or other equivalent accounting standards.

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In our capacity as statutory auditors of your Company, we hereby report to you on related-party agreements.

The terms of our engagement require us to communicate to you, based on information provided to us, the principal terms and conditions of those agreements brought to our attention or which we may have discovered during the course of our audit, as well as the reasons justifying why they benefit the Company, without expressing an opinion on their usefulness and appropriateness or identifying other such agreements, if any. It is your responsibility, pursuant to Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), to assess the relevance of these agreements for the purpose of approving them.

Our role is also to provide you with the information stipulated in Article R. 225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the implementation during the year ended December 31, 2021 of agreements previously approved by the Annual General Meeting.

We conducted the procedures we deemed necessary in accordance with the professional guidelines of the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (Compagnie nationale des commissaires aux comptes) relating to this engagement.

We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any agreements that were authorized and entered into during the year ended December 31, 2021 to be submitted to the approval of the Annual General Meeting in accordance with Article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

We hereby inform you that we have not been notified of any agreement previously approved by the Annual General Meeting whose implementation continued during the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

 

Paris-La Défense, March 9, 2022

The Statutory Auditors

 

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

Micha MISSAKIAN

 

DELOITTE & ASSOCIÉS

Jean-Marc MICKELER

 

 

 

4    RISK AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

 

KEY FIGURES

 

The solvency and leverage prudential ratios, as well as the amounts of regulatory capital and RWA featured here take into account the IFRS 9 phasing (fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13.55% at end 2021, the phasing effect being +16 bps).

 

This chapter includes information on risk management related to financial instruments, and information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

Some of this information forms an integral part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements and is covered by the opinion of the Statutory Auditors on the consolidated financial statements. This information is indicated with the note “Audited I ” (the symbol indicates the end of the audited part).

The Societe Generale Group is subject to oversight by supervisory authorities and to regulations on capital requirements applicable to credit institutions and investment firms (Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of 26 June 2013).

As part of the Third Pillar of the Basel Accord, a detailed and standardized statement is included in the “Risk Report for the purposes of improving published financial disclosures” (Pillar 3 Report and cross-reference table).

All information regarding the Pillar 3 Report and the prudential disclosures is available on the www.societegenerale.com website, under “Investors”, Universal Registration Document and Pillar 3.

TYPES OF RISKS

The Group’s risk management framework involves the following main categories:

credit risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. This risk includes the risk linked to market transactions and securitisation activities and may be further amplified by individual, country and sector concentration risk;

counterparty credit risk: Credit risk of a counterparty on a market transaction, combined with the risk of changes in exposure;

market risk: risk of a loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets;

operational risk: risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events. It includes:

-

non-compliance risk: risk of court-ordered, administrative or disciplinary sanctions, financial loss or reputational damage due to failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements or professional/ethical standards and practices applicable to banking,

-

reputational risk: risk arising from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing,

-

misconduct risk: risk resulting from actions (or inactions) or behavior of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s sustainability or reputation at risk,

-

IT and Information Systems Security risk (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);

structural risk: risk of losses in interest margin or banking book value if interest rates, exchange rates, or credit spreads change. This risk is related to the Bank’s commercial and proprietary activities, it includes the distortion of the structural difference between assets and liabilities related to pension obligations, as well as the risk related to longer terms of future payments;

liquidity and funding risk: liquidity risk is defined as the inability of the Group to meet its financial obligations: debt repayments, collateral supply, etc. Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will not be able to finance its business growth on a scale consistent with its commercial objectives and at a cost that is competitive compared to its competitors;

model risk: Risk of losses due to decisions reached based on results of internal modeling due to errors in development, implementation or use of these models;

risk related to insurance activities: through its insurance subsidiaries, the Group is also exposed to a variety of risks linked to this business. In addition to balance sheet management risks (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and exchange rate risk), these risks include premium pricing risk, mortality risk and the risk of an increase in claims;

strategic/business risk: risks resulting from the Group’s inability to execute its strategy and to implement its business plan for reasons that are not attributable to the other risks in this list; for instance, the non-occurrence of the macroeconomic scenarios that were used to construct the business plan or sales performance that was below expectations;

private equity risk: risk of reduction in the value of our equity ownership interests;

residual value risk: through its specialized financing activities, mainly in its long-term vehicle leasing subsidiary, the Group is exposed to residual value risk (where the net resale value of an asset at the end of the leasing contract is less than expected);

settlement/delivery risk: risk arising on market transactions in the case of transactions (commodities spot, OTC securities spot, Forex spot, OTC derivatives, Securities Financing Transactions, etc.) whose payment type is FoP (Free of Payment), inducing an asynchronous settlement/delivery of the flows to be paid and received.

In addition, risks associated with climate change, both physical (increase in the frequency of extreme climatic events) and transition-related (New Carbon Regulation), have been identified as factors that could aggravate the Group’s existing risks.

 

4.1  RISK FACTORS

 

This section identifies the main risk factors that the Group estimates could have a significant effect on its business, profitability, solvency or access to financing.

The risks inherent to the Group’s business are presented below under six main categories, in accordance with Article 16 of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, also known as “Prospectus 3” regulation of 14 June 2017:

risks related to the macroeconomic, geopolitical, market and regulatory environments;

credit and counterparty risks;

market and structural risks;

operational risks (including risk of inappropriate conduct) and model risks;

liquidity and funding risks;

risks related to insurance activities.

Risk factors are presented based on an evaluation of their materiality, with the most material risks indicated first within each category. The risk exposure or measurement figures included in the risk factors provide information on the Group’s exposure level but are not necessarily representative of any future evolution of these risks.

 

4.1.1  RISKS RELATED TO THE MACROECONOMIC, GEOPOLITICAL, MARKET AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENTS

 

4.1.1.1 The global economic and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely affect its activities, financial position and results of operations.

As a global financial institution, the Group’s activities are sensitive to changes in financial markets and economic conditions generally in Europe, the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Group generates 49% of its business in France (in terms of net banking income for the financial year ended 31 December 2021), 32% in Europe, 7% in the Americas and 12% in the rest of the world. The Group could face significant deteriorations in market and economic conditions resulting from, in particular, crises affecting capital or credit markets, liquidity constraints, regional or global recessions, sharp fluctuations in commodity prices (notably oil), currency exchange rates or interest rates, inflation or deflation, rating downgrades, restructuring or defaults of sovereign or private debt, or adverse geopolitical events (including acts of terrorism and military conflicts). Such events, which can develop quickly and thus may not have been anticipated and hedged, could affect the Group’s operating environment for short or extended periods and have a material adverse effect on its financial position, cost of risk and results of operations.

The economic environment remains very uncertain despite the good performance of industry and world trade. Although initially rapid, the economic recovery was severely disrupted in 2021 by the effect of, firstly, production delays due to occasional factory closures, absenteeism due to illness, and shortages of labor, components (especially electronic components) and electricity in certain regions, and secondly, delays in transport deliveries due to, among other things, congestion in ports. In addition, the Russian-Ukrainian conflict starting in the beginning of 2022 has generated historically high tensions with Western countries, with significant potential impacts on global growth and energy prices and a humanitarian impact. These disruptions could persist in 2022 and have a significant impact on the activity and profitability of certain Group counterparties in 2022.

Disruptions in global supply chains, accompanied by tensions in the labour market, and rising energy prices are also leading to higher inflation, particularly in the United States, where a massive fiscal stimulus package has provided a strong boost to demand. Europe and emerging countries are also facing inflationary pressures. The longer the pandemic lasts, the more persistent these disruptions will be, with a potentially lasting impact on inflation, consumer purchasing power and ultimately on economic activity. The Russian-Ukrainian conflict is likely to accentuate some of these disruptions, particularly in Europe where, for example, natural gas prices have risen sharply and remain highly volatile.

The economic and financial environment remains exposed to intensifying geopolitical risks. Tensions between Russia and Western countries over the situation in Ukraine have increased significantly since mid-February 2022. The exceptional economic and financial sanctions put in place by a large number of countries, particularly in Europe and the United States, against Russia and Belarus could significantly affect operators with links to Russia, with a material impact on the Group’s risks (credit and counterparty, market, reputation, compliance, legal, operational, etc. ). Based on the sanctions published on 27 February 2022, the Group’s local exposure to corporate and financial institution counterparties subject to sanctions is low at EUR 0.2 billion and counterparties under sanctions account for approximately EUR 0.7 billion of the Group’s net off-shore exposure. Any new international sanction or Russian countermeasure could have an impact on the global economy and consequently on the Group’s risks. The Group will continue to analyse in real time the developments in the global impact of this crisis and, together, will enforce the necessary measures to comply with legislation in force and protect the Group’s franchise.

Uncertainty about the consequences of the situation in Ukraine makes it difficult to predict the impact on the global economy and the Group. Several scenarios remain conceivable for the Group. The estimated impact on the property rights on its banking assets in Russia would be of approximately -50 basis points of CET1 capital ratio based on Rosbank’s net book assets equivalent to EUR 2.1 billion at 31 December 2021, with EUR 0.5 billion of subordinated debt and taking into account the cancellation of the associated weighted assets.

This crisis could also exacerbate the already visible increase in prices and availability of hydrocarbons, as well as the price of certain foodstuffs and metals. It could also generate strong volatility on the financial markets and a significant drop in the price of certain financial assets. In addition, the Russian government and certain Russian financial institutions could experience payment defaults, with consequences that are difficult to anticipate for the Group.

As of 31 December 2021, EAD exposures on Russia represented 1.7% of the Group’s exposure to credit and counterparty risks, i.e. EUR 18.6 billion (of which EUR 15.4 billion on its subsidiary Rosbank) and EUR 3.2 billion of off-shore exposures, mainly consisting of transactions set up as part of the financing activities of the Corporate and Investment Banking division). In 2021, activities located in Russia represented 2.8% of the Group’s net banking income and 2.7% of its net income. In addition, Société Générale has a minor exposure in Ukraine (less than EUR 80 million at 31 December 2021), mainly through its subsidiary ALD. See also section 2.10 “Post-closing events” of the 2022 Universal Registration Document.

Furthermore, the U.S.-China confrontation brings with it trade tensions and the risk of a technological fragmentation. In Africa, a series of political coups in the Sahel region has heightened awareness of the fragility of the institutional frameworks of countries exposed to terrorism.

Continued high geopolitical risks are an additional source of instability that could also weigh on economic activity and credit demand, while increasing volatility in financial markets. In the context of Brexit, the topic of non-equivalence of clearing houses (central counterparties, or CCPs) remains a point of vigilance, with possible impacts on financial stability, notably in Europe, and therefore on the Group’s business.

Over the last decade, the financial markets have thus experienced significant disruptions resulting notably from concerns over the evolution of central bank interest rate policies, the trajectory of the sovereign debt of several Eurozone countries, Brexit, the persistence of commercial and political tensions (namely between the United States and China) or fears of a major slowdown of growth in China, fostered again recently by the financial difficulties of Chinese real estate development companies, the disruption of value and supply chains caused by the Covid-19 crisis or more recently by the tensions linked to the crisis in Ukraine. Given the magnitude of external financing needs, several emerging countries would face increasing difficulties if U.S. interest rates were to rise, and their financial conditions were to tighten.

The long period of low interest rates in the Eurozone and the United States, driven by accommodating monetary policies, has affected the Group’s net interest margin for several years. Growth in the volume of loans made to non-financial companies, already high before the pandemic, significantly increased in 2020 with the implementation of government-guaranteed loan programmes (such as the Prêts Garantis par l’Etat programme in France). In 2021, this growth slowed with the repayment of a part of the credit lines drawn in 2020. Should an overly fragile economic recovery materialise, it may provoke a rise in the volume of non-performing loans and create a weak investment dynamic in a context where companies’ balance sheets are already fragile. The environment of low interest rates tends to lead to an increased risk appetite of some participants in the banking and financial system, lower risk premiums compared to their historical average and high valuation levels of certain assets. These market conditions could change rapidly in the event of a more rapid increase in key interest rates by the major central banks, which could cause a marked correction in asset prices.

Furthermore, the environment of abundant liquidity that has been at the origin of the upturn in credit growth in the Eurozone and particularly in France, amplified by the implementation of the French government-guaranteed loan programme, could lead in the future to additional regulatory measures by supervisory authorities in order to limit the extension of credit or to further protect banks against a financial cycle downturn.

The Group’s results are thus significantly exposed to economic, financial, political and geopolitical conditions in the principal markets in which it operates.

Furthermore, the situation related to the Covid-19 crisis is a further aggravating factor in the various risks faced by the Group. See also section 4.1.1.2 “The coronavirus (Covid-19) pandemic and its economic consequences could adversely affect the Group’s business and financial performance”.

At 31 December 2021, the Group’s EAD to credit and counterparty risks were concentrated in Europe and the United States (together accounting for 90%), with a predominant exposure to France (46% of EAD). The other exposures concern Western Europe excluding France (accounting for 21%), North America (accounting for 14%), Eastern European members of the European Union (accounting for 7%) and Eastern Europe excluding the European Union (accounting for 2%).

In France, the Group’s principal market, the good growth performance during the 2016-2019 period and low interest rates have fostered an upturn in the housing market. A reversal of activity in this area could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s asset value and business, by decreasing demand for loans and resulting in higher rates of non-performing loans.

The Group also operates in emerging markets, such as Russia, or Africa and the Middle East (5% of the Group’s credit exposure). A significant adverse change in the macroeconomic, health, political or financial environment in these markets could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, results and financial position. These markets may be adversely affected by uncertainty factors and specific risks, such as a new increase in oil and natural gas prices, which would weigh on the financial position of importing countries as well as their growth and exchange rates. The correction of macroeconomic or budgetary imbalances that would result could be imposed by the markets with an impact on growth and on exchange rates. A major source of uncertainty currently comes from the ongoing conflict in Ukraine and its humanitarian, economic and financial consequences. In the longer term, the energy transition to a “low-carbon economy” could adversely affect fossil energy producers, energy-intensive sectors of activity and the countries that depend on them. In addition, capital markets (including foreign exchange activity) and securities trading activities in emerging markets may be more volatile than those in developed markets and may also be vulnerable to certain specific risks, such as political instability and currency volatility. These elements could negatively impact the Group’s activity and results of operations.

4.1.1.2 The coronavirus pandemic (Covid-19) and its economic consequences could adversely affect the Group’s business and financial performance.

In December 2019, a new strain of coronavirus (Covid-19) emerged in China. The virus has since spread to numerous countries around the world, with a high concentration of cases in certain countries where the Group operates. The World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a pandemic in March 2020. The Covid-19 pandemic and the health measures taken in response to it (border closures, lockdown measures, restrictions on certain economic activities, etc.) have had and may continue to have a significant impact, both direct and indirect, on the global economic situation and financial markets.

The deployment of vaccination programmes has reduced the risk of severe illness from Covid-19 infections among the vaccinated population and the need for strict lockdowns in the event of high virus circulation in countries where vaccines have been deployed on a large scale. The persistence of the pandemic and the emergence of new variants (such as the highly transmissible Omicron variant) have led, and may again lead, to new targeted restrictive measures or an increase in absenteeism and work stoppages, exacerbating the disruptions already present in global supply chains, and thus adversely affecting the Group’s business, financial performance and results.

The impact of the crisis related to the Covid-19 will also have lasting consequences that remain difficult to be assessed, notably through the loss of human capital (loss of skills due to long periods of inactivity, lower quality of training, etc.) and increasing public and corporate debts.

The different restrictive measures had also led, especially in the beginning of the sanitary crisis, to a decline in the Group’s commercial activity and results due to the reduced opening of its retail network and lower demand from its customers, despite a rapid adaptation. New phases of lockdown measures or curfews in the countries where the Group operates could again impact the Group’s financial results.

In many jurisdictions in which the Group operates, national governments and central banks have taken or announced exceptional measures to support the economy and its actors (government-guaranteed loan facilities programmes, tax deferrals, facilitated recourses to part-time working, compensation, etc.) or to improve liquidity in financial markets (asset purchases, etc.). While these support measures have been effective in addressing the immediate effects of the crisis, the mechanisms put in place may not be sufficient to sustain the recovery over the long term.

The various restrictive measures implemented since the beginning of the pandemic in several of the main countries where the Group operates (with Western Europe representing 67% of the Group’s EAD (Exposure at Default) at 31 December 2021, of which 46% was in France) have had a significant impact on economic activity. The risk of new restrictive measures (especially in the event of new pandemic waves) as well as a slower-than-expected recovery of demand (particularly in certain economic sectors) could increase the economic difficulties resulting from the health crisis. This, combined with a high level of public and corporate indebtedness, may constitute a brake on economic growth and lead to significant adverse repercussions on the credit quality of the Group’s counterparties (affected in particular by the gradual cessation of government support measures or by difficulties in extending these measures) and the level of non-performing loans for both businesses and individuals.

2020 was characterised by a significant increase in the cost of risk, mainly due to the provisioning for Stages 1 and 2 in anticipation of future defaults. In 2021, the net cost of risk was low in the absence of default, while the Group continued to maintain a provisioning policy for Stages 1 and 2 in the event that defaults begin to materialise. The Group’s cost of risk could be affected in future years by its participation in the French government-guaranteed loan programmes (in respect of the unguaranteed residual exposure) on which the observed defaults remain to be quantified.

Within the Corporate portfolio, at 31 December 2021, the most impacted sectors were the automotive sector (0.9% of the Group’s total exposure), hotels, catering and leisure (0.6% of the Group’s total exposure), non-food retail distribution (the entirety of the retail distribution sector represents 1.6% of the Group’s total exposure) and air transport (less than 0.5% of the Group’s total exposure).

The Group’s results and financial position were affected by unfavourable developments in global financial markets due to the Covid-19 crisis, especially in March and April 2020 (extreme volatility and dislocation of term structure, alternate sharp declines and rapid rebounds in the equity markets, widening of credit spreads, unprecedented declines in, or cancellation of, dividend distributions, etc.). These exceptional conditions particularly affected the management of structured equity-linked products. Since then, these activities have been thoroughly reconsidered to improve and reduce the risk profile. Although monetary and fiscal stimuli — as well as medical advances — have supported economies and financial markets, the Group remains attentive to the risk of correction that could occur in particular in the event of new epidemic waves.

For information purposes, risk-weighted assets (RWA) related to market risks were thus down 24% at the end of December 2021 compared to the situation at the end of December 2020, to EUR 11.6 billion. The Global Markets and Investor Services sector, which mainly concentrates the Group’s market risks, represented a net banking income of EUR 5.6 billion, or 22% of the Group’s total revenues in 2021.

Restrictive measures have led the Group to massively implement remote working arrangements, particularly for a significant part of its market activities. This organisation, which was deployed in immediate response to the crisis, increases the risk of operational incidents and the risk of cyber-attacks. Even though the Group has put in place adaptation and support measures, these risks remain higher in periods of widespread recourse to remote working. All employees remain subject to health risks at the individual level. Prolonged remote working also increases psychosocial risk, with potential impacts in terms of organisation and business continuity in the event of prolonged absences.

The unprecedented environment resulting from the Covid-19 crisis could alter the performance of the models used within the Group (particularly in terms of asset valuation and assessment of own funds requirements for credit risk), due in particular to calibration carried out over periods that are not comparable to the current crisis or to assumptions that are no longer valid, taking the models beyond their area of validity. The temporary decline in performance and the recalibration of these models could have an adverse impact on the Group’s results.

The ECB recommendation to restrict dividend distribution and share buybacks for all banks placed under its direct supervision expired on 30 September 2021. As from this date, dividend distribution and share buybacks policies will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the applicable prudential regulation.

Uncertainty as to the duration and impact of the Covid-19 pandemic makes it difficult to predict its impact on the global economy. Consequences for the Group will depend on the duration of the pandemic, the measures taken by national governments and central banks and developments in the health, economic, financial and social context.

4.1.1.3 The Group’s failure to achieve its strategic and financial objectives disclosed to the market could have an adverse effect on its business, results of operations and the value of its financial instruments.

At the time of the publication of its annual results on 10 February 2022, the Group communicated new guidance on its operating expenses, cost of risk and solvency. The Group targets an underlying cost/income ratio (excluding the Single Resolution Fund - SRF) between 66% and 68% in 2022 and with further improvement thereafter. Over 2022, the Group’s cost of risk should not exceed 30 basis points. In consideration of the situation in Ukraine, the Group communicated on 3 March 2022 that it was not changing its cost of risk target and that it would update it, if necessary, at the time of its Q1 2022 results publication. The Group manages its CET1 ratio with a margin of flexibility of between 200 and 250 basis points higher than regulatory requirements, defined as the Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA), including under Basel IV.

These expectations are based on a number of assumptions related to the macroeconomic, geopolitical and health context. The non-occurrence of these assumptions (including in the event of the occurrence of one or more of the risks described in this section) or the occurrence of unanticipated events could compromise the achievement of Group’s strategic and financial objectives and negatively affect its activity, results and financial situation.

More precisely, the Group’s “Vision 2025” project anticipates the merger between the Retail Banking network of Société Générale in France and Crédit du Nord. Although this project has been designed to enable a controlled deployment, the merger could have a short-term material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position and costs. System reconciliations could face delays, delaying part of the expected merger benefits. The project could lead to the departure of a number of employees, requiring replacements and efforts related to new employee training, thus potentially generating additional costs. The merger could also lead to the departure of a portion of the Group’s customers, resulting in loss of revenue. The legal and regulatory aspects of the transaction could result in delays or additional costs. In October 2021, the Group presented the detailed Vision 2025 project, specifying that the timetable and ambitions remained aligned with the initial presentation of the project. In addition, the effective sale of Lyxor was finalised on 31 December 2021. The Group also announced the signature by Société Générale and ALD of two memoranda of understanding providing for the acquisition by ALD of 100% of LeasePlan, with a view to creating a global leader in sustainable mobility solutions. The Group also announced on 1 February 2022 that Boursorama had signed a memorandum of understanding with ING. Under this agreement, exclusive new customer offers and a simplified subscription process (depending on the product) are expected to be proposed to ING customers who wish to become Boursorama customers.

The Group may however face an execution risk on these strategic projects, which are to be carried out simultaneously. Any difficulty encountered during the process of integrating activities (particularly from a human resource standpoint) is likely to result in higher integration costs and lower-than-anticipated savings, synergies or benefits. Moreover, the process of integrating the acquired operational businesses into the Group could disrupt the operations of one or more of its subsidiaries and divert management’s attention, which could have a negative impact on its business and results. These acquisitions may not materialise, in whole or in part, resulting in a reduced level of expected earnings.

Furthermore, the Group is committed to becoming a leading bank in the field of responsible finance through, among others:

more than EUR 150 billion in financing granted to support the energy transition, above the 2019-2023 target of EUR 120 billion, two years ahead of schedule;

strong targets for decarbonizing the Group’s portfolios, including a planned total exit from thermal coal and a 10% reduction in the Group’s overall exposure to the oil and gas extraction sector (upstream) by 2025;

the signing as co-founder of the Principles for a Responsible Banking Sector, through which the Group undertakes to strategically align its business with the Sustainable Development Objectives set by the United Nations and the Paris Agreement on Climate Change;

a key role as a founding member of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance initiative, with a commitment to align its portfolios on trajectories aimed at global carbon neutrality by 2050 in order to reach the objective of limiting global warming to 1.5°C.

These measures (and additional measures that may be taken in the future) could in some cases affect decrease the Group’s results in the sectors concerned.

4.1.1.4 The Group is subject to an extended regulatory framework in each of the countries in which it operates and changes to this regulatory framework could have a negative effect on the Group’s businesses, financial position and costs, as well as on the financial and economic environment in which it operates.

The Group is subject to the regulations of the jurisdictions in which it operates. French, European and U.S. regulations as well as other local regulations are concerned, given the cross-border activities of the Group, among other factors. The application of existing regulations and the implementation of future regulations requires significant resources that could affect the Group’s performance. In addition, possible non-compliance with regulations could lead to fines, damage to the Group’s reputation, forced suspension of its operations or the withdrawal of operating licences. By way of illustration, exposures to credit and counterparty risks (EAD) in France, the 27-member European Union (including France) and the United States represented 46%, 67% and 14%, respectively as of 31 December 2021.

Among the regulations that could have a significant influence on the Group:

several regulatory changes are still likely to degrade the environment for market activities: (i) the possible strengthening of transparency constraints and investor protection measures (review of MiFID II / MiFIR, IDD, ELTIF (European Long-Term Investment Fund Regulation)), (ii) the implementation of the fundamental review of the trading book, or FRTB, which may significantly increase requirements applicable to European banks and (iii) despite the European Commission’s decision of 8 February 2022 to extend the equivalence granted to UK central counterparties until 30 June 2025, possible relocations could be requested;

in the United States, the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act has been almost finalised. The new Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regulations related to security-based swap dealers have been applicable since 2021 and requires Société Générale’s registration with the SEC as a Securities Based Swap Dealer and compliance with related regulations. Further, once the SEC has issued a final order on substituted compliance for France, a portion of the SEC’s rules could be satisfied by demonstrating compliance with home country laws;

European measures aimed at restoring banks’ balance sheets, especially through active management of non-performing loans (“NPLs”), which are leading to a rise of prudential requirements and an adaptation of the Group’s strategy for managing NPLs. More generally, additional measures to define a framework of good practices for granting (e.g., loan origination orientations published by the European Banking Authority) and monitoring loans could also impact the Group;

the strengthening of data quality and protection requirements and a potential strengthening of cyber-resilience requirements in relation to the publication on 24 September 2020 of the proposed European regulation on digital operational resilience for the financial sector;

the implementation of the European sustainable finance regulatory framework, with an increase in non-financial reporting obligations, enhanced inclusion of environmental, social and governance issues in risk management activities and the potential inclusion of such risks in the supervisory review and assessment process (Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process, or SREP);

the strengthening of the crisis prevention and resolution regime set out in the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive of 15 May 2014 (“BRRD”), as revised, gives the Single Resolution Board (“SRB”) the power to initiate a resolution procedure towards a credit institution when the point of non-viability is considered reached. In this context, the SRB could, in order to limit the cost to the taxpayer, force some creditors and the shareholders of the Group to incur losses in priority. Should the resolution mechanism be triggered, the Group could, in particular, be forced to sell certain of its activities, modify the terms and conditions of the remuneration of its debt instruments, issue new debt instruments, or be subjected to a depreciation of its debt instruments or their conversion into equity securities. Furthermore, the Group’s contribution to the annual financing of the Single Resolution Fund (“SRF”) is significant and will grow steadily until 2023, with 2024 being the year of the full endowment of the fund. The contribution to the banking resolution mechanisms is described in Note 7.3.2 “Other provisions for risks and expenses” of the 2022 Universal Registration Document.

 

New legal and regulatory obligations could also be imposed on the Group in the future, such as:

the ongoing implementation in France of consumer- and social-oriented measures affecting retail banking: limitation of banks’ fees for individuals and extension of such measures to small and medium-sized businesses, and protection measures for vulnerable customers;

the potential requirement at the European level to open more access to banking data (savings books, investments) to third-party service providers and/or to pool customer data;

new obligations arising from a package of proposed measures announced by the European Commission on 20 July 2021 aiming to strengthen the European supervisory framework around the fight against money laundering and terrorist financing, as well as the creation of a new European agency to fight money laundering;

new measures arising from changes to bankruptcy laws relating to the management of the health crisis caused by the Covid-19 pandemic, including those facilitating recourse to accelerated safeguard procedures;

new requirements resulting from the EU banking regulation reform proposal presented on 27 October 2021 by the European Commission. The reform consists of several legislative instruments to amend the directive on capital requirements (European Parliament and EU Council, directive 2013/36/EU, 26 June 2013) as well as the regulation on capital requirements (CRR) (European Parliament and EU Council, regulation (EU) No. 575/2013, 26 June 2013).

The Group is also subject to complex tax rules in the countries where it operates. Changes in applicable tax rules, uncertainty regarding the interpretation of certain evolutions or their effects may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, financial position and costs.

Moreover, as an international bank that handles transactions with US persons, denominated in US dollars, or involving US financial institutions, the Group is subject to US regulations relating in particular to compliance with economic sanctions, the fight against corruption and market abuse. More generally, in the context of agreements with US and French authorities, the Group has undertaken to implement, through a dedicated programme and a specific organisation, corrective actions to address identified deficiencies and strengthen its compliance programme. In the event of a failure to comply with relevant US regulations, or a breach of the Group’s commitments under these agreements, the Group could be exposed to the risk of (i) administrative sanctions, including fines, suspension of access to US markets, and even withdrawals of banking licences, (ii) criminal proceedings, and (iii) damage to its reputation.

4.1.1.5 Increased competition from banking and non-banking operators could have an adverse effect on the Group’s business and results, both in its French domestic market and internationally.

Due to its international activity, the Group faces intense competition in the international and local markets in which it operates, whether from banking or non-banking actors. As such, the Group is exposed to the risk of not being able to maintain or develop its market share in its various activities. This competition may also lead to pressure on margins, which would be detrimental to the profitability of the Group’s activities.

Consolidation in the financial services industry could result in the competitors benefiting from greater capital, resources and an ability to offer a broader range of financial services. In France and in the other main markets where the Group operates, the presence of major domestic banking and financial actors, as well as new market participants (notably neo-banks and online financial services providers), has increased competition for virtually all products and services offered by the Group. New market participants such as “fintechs” and new services that are automated, scalable and based on new technologies (such as blockchain) are developing rapidly and are fundamentally changing the relationship between consumers and financial services providers, as well as the function of traditional retail bank networks. Competition with these new actors could be exacerbated by the emergence of substitutes for central bank currency (crypto-currencies, digital central bank currency, etc.).

Moreover, competition is also enhanced by the emergence of non-banking actors that, in some cases, may benefit from a regulatory framework that is more flexible and in particular less demanding in terms of equity capital requirements.

To address these challenges, the Group has implemented a strategy, in particular with regard to the development of digital technologies and the establishment of commercial or equity partnerships with these new actors (such as Lumo, the platform offering green investments, or Shine, the neobank for professionals). In this context, additional investments may be necessary for the Group to be able to offer new innovative services and to be competitive with these new actors. This intensification of competition could, however, adversely affect the Group’s business and results, both on the French market and internationally.

4.1.1.6 Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks, in particular related to climate change, could have an impact on the Group’s activities, results and financial situation in the short-, medium-and long-term.

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks are defined as risks stemming from the current or prospective impacts of ESG factors on counterparties or invested assets of financial institutions. ESG risks are seen as aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (credit and counterparty risk, market and structural risk, operational risk, reputational risk, compliance risk, liquidity and funding risk, risks related to insurance activities) and are likely to impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short-, medium- and long-term.

The Group is thus exposed to environmental risks, and in particular climate change risks through its financing, investment and service activities. Concerning climate risks, a distinction is made between (i) physical risk, with a direct impact on entities, people and property stemming from climate change and the multiplication of extreme weather events; and (ii) transition risk, which results from the process of transitioning to a low-carbon economy, such as regulatory or technological disruptions or changes in consumer preferences.

The Group could be exposed to physical risk resulting from a deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties whose activity could be negatively impacted by extreme climatic events or long-term gradual changes in climate, and through a decrease in the value of collateral received (particularly in the context of real estate financing). The Group’s insurance activities could also be impacted with exposure in regions and countries that are particularly vulnerable to climate change.

The Group may also be exposed to transition risk through its credit portfolio in a limited number of sensitive sectors that are subject to more stringent regulations or due to technological disruptions, and may be exposed to reputation risk in the event it does not comply with its commitments in favor of environmental transition or if these commitments are considered insufficient by its stakeholders.

Beyond the risks related to climate change, risks more generally related to environmental degradation (such as the risk of loss of biodiversity) are also aggravating factors to the Group’s risks. The Group could notably be exposed to credit risk on a portion of its portfolio, linked to lower profitability of some of its counterparties due, for example, to a significant decline in revenues following changes in customer behavior or to increasing legal and operating costs (for instance due to the implementation of new environmental standards).

In addition, the Group is exposed to social risks, related for example to non-compliance by some of its counterparties with labor rights or workplace health and safety issues, which may trigger or aggravate non-compliance, reputational and credit risks for the Group.

Similarly, risks relating to governance of the Group’s counterparties and stakeholders (suppliers, service providers, etc.), such as an inadequate management of environmental and social issues or non-compliance with corporate governance codes related to, among others, anti-money laundering issues, could generate credit and reputational risks for the Group.

Beyond the risks related to its counterparties or invested assets, the Group could also be exposed to risks related to its own activities. Therefore, the Group is exposed to physical climate risk with respect to its ability to maintain its services in geographical areas impacted by extreme events (floods, etc.).

The Group also remains exposed to specific social and governance risks, relating for example to compliance with labor laws, the management of its human resources and ethical issues, transparency or the composition (such as in terms of diversity) of its Board of Directors or staff.

All these risks could have an impact on the Group’s business, results and reputation in the short, medium and long term.

4.1.1.7 The Group is subject to regulations relating to resolution procedures, which could have an adverse effect on its business and the value of its financial instruments.

The BRRD and Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 July 2014 (the Single Resolution Mechanism, or “SRM”) define an European Union-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. The BRRD provides the authorities with a set of tools to intervene early and quickly enough in an institution considered to be failing so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s essential financial and economic functions while reducing the impact of the failure of an institution on the economy and the financial system (including the exposure of taxpayers to the consequences of the failure). Under the SRM Regulation, a centralised resolution authority is established and entrusted to the SRB and national resolution authorities.

The powers granted to the resolution authority under the BRRD and the SRM Regulations include write-down/conversion powers to ensure that capital instruments and eligible liabilities absorb the Group’s losses and recapitalise it in accordance with an established order of priority (the “bail-in tool”). Subject to certain exceptions, losses are borne first by the shareholders and then by the holders of additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments, then by the non-preferred senior debt holders and finally by the senior preferred debt holders, all in the order of their claims in a normal insolvency proceeding. The conditions for resolution provided by the French Monetary and Financial Code implementing the BRRD are deemed to be met if: (i) the resolution authority or the competent supervisory authority determines that the institution is failing or likely to fail; (ii) there is no reasonable perspective that any measure other than a resolution measure could prevent the failure within a reasonable timeframe; and (iii) a resolution measure is necessary to achieve the resolutions’ objectives (in particular, ensuring the continuity of critical functions, avoiding a significant negative effect on the financial system, protecting public funds by minimizing the recourse to extraordinary public financial support, and protecting customers’ funds and assets) and the winding up of the institution under normal insolvency proceedings would not meet these objectives to the same extent.

The resolution authority could also, independently of a resolution measure or in combination with a resolution measure, proceed with the write-down or conversion of all or part of the Group’s capital instruments (including subordinated debt instruments) into equity if it determines that the Group will no longer be viable unless it exercises this write-down or conversion power or if the Group requires extraordinary public financial support (except where the extraordinary public financial support is provided in the form defined in Article L. 613-48 III, 3° of the French Monetary and Financial Code).

The bail-in tool could result in the write-down or conversion of capital instruments in whole or in part into ordinary shares or other ownership instruments.

In addition to the bail-in tool, the BRRD provides the resolution authority with broader powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to institutions that meet the resolution requirements, which may include (without limitation) the sale of the institution’s business segments, the establishment of a bridge institution, the split of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as debtor of debt securities, changing the terms of the debt securities (including changing the maturity and/or amount of interest payable and/or the imposition of a temporary suspension of payments), the dismissal of management, the appointment of a provisional administrator and the suspension of the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments.

Before taking any resolution action, including the implementation of the bail-in tool, or exercising the power to write down or convert relevant capital instruments, the resolution authority must ensure that a fair, prudent and realistic valuation of the institution’s assets and liabilities is made by a third party independent of any public authority.

The application of any measure under the French implementing provisions of the BRRD or any suggestion of such application to the Group could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s ability to meet its obligations under its financial instrument and, as a result, holders of these securities could lose their entire investment.

In addition, if the Group’s financial condition deteriorates, the existence of the bail-in tool or the exercise of write-down or conversion powers or any other resolution tool by the resolution authority (independently of or in combination with a resolution) if it determines that Société Générale or the Group will no longer be viable could result in a more rapid decline in the value of the Group’s financial instruments than in the absence of such powers.

 

4.2  RISK MANAGEMENT ORGANISATION

 

 

4.2.1  RISK APPETITE

 

Risk appetite is defined as the level of risk that the Group is prepared to accept to achieve its strategic and financial goals.

The Group’s ambition is to push ahead with sustainable development based on a diversified and balanced banking model with a strong European anchor and a targeted global presence in selected areas of strong business expertise. The Group also wishes to maintain long-term relationships with its clients built on the mutual confidence deserved and to meet the expectations of all of its stakeholders by providing them with responsible and innovative financial solutions.

This is reflected in:

an organisation with 16 Business Units offering various products and services to the Group’s clients in different geographic locations;

balanced selective capital allocation between activities:

-

a preponderance of retail banking activities in France and abroad, which currently represent around 60% of risk weighted assets (“RWA”) of the Group,

-

limitation of Business Unit Global Markets’ share in the RWA of the Group. In accordance with its client-focused development strategy, the Group ceased its trading activities for its own account(1) in 2019, and finalised its project to simplify the products processed in 2021,

-

non-bank services activities, in particular Insurance and vehicle fleet management and financing, are conducted in line with the business strategy; they demonstrate a disciplined risk profile and thus generate profitability compliant with the Group’s expectations;

a geographically balanced model:

-

in Retail Banking, the Group focuses on international development leveraging historic presence, extensive market knowledge and top-tier positions,

-

as regards Global Banking and Investor Solutions, apart from historical establishments, the Group targets activities for which it can leverage international expertise;

a targeted growth policy, favoring existing areas of expertise, a sound quality business fund and the search for synergies in the diversified banking model;

a positive and sustainable contribution to the transformations of our economies, in particular with regard to the technological revolution, and economic, social and environmental transitions; CSR concerns are therefore at the heart of its strategy and the Group’s relationships with stakeholders;

a strong vigilance as regards its reputation, deemed by the Group to be a high-value asset which must be protected.

The Group seeks to achieve sustainable profitability, relying on a robust financial profile consistent with its diversified banking model, by:

aiming for profitable and resilient business development;

maintaining a target rating allowing access to financial resources at a cost consistent with the development of the Group’s businesses and its competitive positioning;

calibrating its capital and hybrid debt targets to ensure:

-

meeting the minimum regulatory requirements on regulatory capital ratios,

-

compliance with the financial conglomerate ratio which considers the combined solvency of the Group’s banking and insurance activities,

-

one-year coverage of the “internal capital requirement” using available CET1 capital,

-

a sufficient level of creditor protection consistent with a debt issuance program that is particularly hybrid consistent with the Group’s objectives in terms of rating and regulatory ratios such as Tier 1, TLAC (“Total Loss Absorbing Capacity”), MREL (“Minimum Required Eligible Liabilities”), and the leverage ratio;

ensuring resilience of its liabilities, which are calibrated by taking into account a survival horizon in a liquidity stress ratio, compliance with LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio) and NSFR (Net Stable Funding Ratio) regulatory ratios and the level of dependence on short-term fundings and the foreign exchange needs of the Group’s businesses, particularly in dollars;

controlling the leverage ratio through a leverage ratio target.

Credit risk appetite is managed through a system of credit policies, risk limits and pricing policies.

When it takes on credit risk, the Group focuses on medium- and long-term client relationships, targeting both clients with which the Bank has an established relationship of trust and prospects representing profitable business development potential over the mid-term.

Acceptance of any credit commitment is based on in-depth client knowledge and a thorough understanding of the purpose of the transaction.

In a credit transaction, risk acceptability is based first on the borrower’s ability to meet its commitments, in particular through the cash flows which will allow the repayment of the debt. For medium and long-term operations, the funding duration must remain compatible with the economic life of the financed asset and the visibility horizon of the borrower’s cash flow.

(1)

In accordance with French Banking Law, the few residual trading activities of the Group unrelated to clients were isolated in a dedicated subsidiary called Descartes Trading.

 

Security interests are sought to reduce the risk of loss in the event of a counterparty defaulting on its obligations, but may not, except in exceptional cases, constitute the sole justification for taking the risk. Security interests are assessed with prudent value haircuts and paying special attention to their actual enforceability.

Complex transactions or those with a specific risk profile are handled by specialised teams within the Group with the required skills and expertise.

The Group seeks risk diversification by controlling concentration risk and maintaining a risk allocation policy through risk sharing with other financial partners (banks or guarantors).

Counterparty ratings are a key criterion of the credit policy and serve as the basis for the credit approval authority grid used in both the commercial and risk functions. The rating framework relies on internal models. Special attention is paid to timely updating of ratings (which, in any event, are subject to annual review)(1).

The risk measure of the credit portfolio is based primarily on the Basel parameters that are used to calibrate the capital need. As such, the Group favors the so-called advanced Basel models (IRBA), which are more risk-sensitive and more adapted to the specific characteristics of the bank’s portfolio. These measures are complemented by an internal stress-sized risk assessment, either at the global portfolio level or at the sub-portfolio level, linking risk measures and rating migration to macro-economic variables. In addition, the calculation of expected losses under the provisions of IFRS 9, used to determine the level of impairment on healthy outstandings, provides additional insight into assessing portfolio risk.

In consultation with the Risk Department, the businesses implement, most of the time, pricing policies that are differentiated according to the level of risk of counterparties and transactions. The purpose of pricing a transaction is to ensure acceptable profitability, in line with the objectives of ROE (Return on Equity) of the business or entity, after taking into account the cost of the risk of the transaction in question. The pricing of an operation can nevertheless be adapted in certain cases to take into account the overall profitability and the potential customer relationship development. The intrinsic profitability of products and customer segments is subject to periodic analysis in order to adapt to changes in the economic and competitive environment.

Proactive management of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated is key to containing the risk of final loss in the event of counterparty failure. As such, the Group has put in place rigorous procedures for monitoring non retail counterparties and/or for closer monitoring of retail counterparties whose risk profiles are deteriorating. In addition, the businesses and entities, in conjunction with the Risk and Finance Departments, and through collaborators specialising in recovery and litigation, work together to effectively protect the Bank’s interests in the event of default.

The future value of exposure to a counterparty as well as its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time, both of which are affected by changes in market parameters. Thus, counterparty credit risk management is based on a combination of several types of indicators:

indicators of potential future exposures (potential future exposures, or PFE), aimed at measuring exposure to our counterparties:

-

the Group controls idiosyncratic counterparty credit risks via a set of CVaR (Counterparty VaR(2) limits. The CVaR measures the potential future exposure linked to the replacement risk in the event of default by one of the Group’s counterparties. The CVaR is calculated for a 99% confidence level and different time horizons, from one day until the maturity of the portfolio,

-

in addition to the risk of a counterparty default, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of our portfolio of derivatives and repos account the credit quality of our counterparties;

the abovementioned indicators are supplemented by stress test frameworks or on nominal ones in order to capture risks that are more difficult to measure:

-

the more extreme correlation risks are measured via stress tests at different levels (wrong-way risk, stress monitoring at sector level, risk on collateralised financing activities and agency),

-

the CVA risk is measured via a stress test in which representative market scenarios are applied, notably involving the credit spreads of our counterparties;

exposures to central counterparty clearing houses (CCP) are subject to specific supervision:

-

the amount of collateral posted for each segment of a CCP: the initial posted margins, both for our principal and agency activities, and our contributions to CCP default funds,

-

in addition, a stress test measures the impact linked to the default of an average member on all segments of a CCP and the failure of a major member on a segment of a CCP;

the Global Stress Test on market activities includes cross market-counterparty risks, it is described in more detail in the “Market risk” section.

The Group’s market activities are carried out as part of a business development strategy primarily focused on meeting client requirements through a full range of products and solutions.

Market risk is managed through a set of limits for several indicators (such as stress tests, Value at Risk (VaR) and stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), “Sensitivity” and “Nominal” indicators). These indicators are governed by a series of limits proposed by the business lines and approved by the Risk Division during the course of a discussion-based process.

The choice of limits and their calibration reflect qualitatively and quantitatively the fixing of the Group’s appetite for market risks. A regular review of these frameworks also enables risks to be tightly controlled according to changing market conditions with, for example, a temporary reduction of limits in case of a deterioration. Warning thresholds are also in place to prevent the possible occurrence of overstays.

Limits are set at different sub-levels of the Group, thereby cascading down the Group’s risk appetite from an operational standpoint within its organisation.

Within these limits, the Global Stress Test limits on market activities and the Market Stress Test limits play a pivotal role in determining the Group’s market risk appetite; in fact, these indicators cover all operations and the main market risk factors as well as risks associated with a severe market crisis which helps limit the total amount of risk and takes account of any diversification effects.

(1)

For none automated processes.

(2)

The CVaR economic indicator is built on the same modeling assumptions as the regulatory Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE) indicator used to calculate RWAs.

 

The Group is exposed to a diversity of operational risks inherent in its business: execution errors, internal and external fraud, IT system failures, malicious acts against IT systems, loss of operational resources, commercial disputes, failure to comply with tax obligations, but also risk of non-compliance, unappropriated behavior or even reputation.

As a general rule, the Group has no appetite for operational risk or for non-compliance risk. Furthermore, the Group maintains a zero-tolerance policy on incidents severe enough to potentially inflict serious harm to its image, jeopardise its results or the trust displayed by customers and employees, disrupt the continuity of critical operations or call into question its strategic focus.

The Group underscores that it has is no or very low tolerance for operational risk involving the following:

internal fraud: the Group does not tolerate unauthorised trading by its employees. The Group’s growth is founded on trust, as much between employees as between the Group and its employees. This implies respecting the Group’s principles at every level, such as exercising loyalty and integrity. The Group’s internal control system must be capable of preventing acts of major fraud;

cybersecurity: The Group has zero tolerance for fraudulent intrusions, in particular those resulting in the theft of customer data or a major operational disruption. The Group intends to introduce effective means to prevent and detect this risk. It is adequately organised to deal with potential incidents;

data leaks: the Group is committed to deploying the necessary resources and implementing controls to prevent, detect and remediate data leaks. It does not tolerate any leaks of its most sensitive information, in particular that of customer data;

business continuity: the Group relies heavily on its information systems to perform its operations and is therefore committed to deploying and maintaining the resilience of its information systems to ensure the continuity of its most essential services. The Group has very low tolerance for the risk of downtime in its information systems that perform essential functions, in particular systems directly accessible to customers or those enabling to conduct business on financial markets;

outsourced services: the Group seeks to achieve a high degree of thoroughness in the control of its activities entrusted to external service providers. As such, the Group adheres to a strict policy of reviewing its providers;

managerial continuity: the Group intends to ensure the managerial continuity of its organisation to avoid the risk of a long-term absence of a manager that would question the achievement of its strategic objectives, which might threaten team cohesion or disrupt the Group’s relationships with its stakeholders.

The Group measures and strictly controls structural risks. The mechanism whereby rate risk, foreign exchange risk and the risk on pension/long-service obligations is controlled is based on sensitivity or stress limits which are broken down within the various businesses (entities and business lines).

There are four main types of risk: rate level risk, curve risk book, optional risk (arising from automatic options and behavioral options) and basis risk, related to the impact of relative changes in interest rates indices. The Group’s structural interest rate risk management primarily relies on the sensitivity of Net Present Value (“NPV”) of fixed-rate residual positions (excesses or shortfalls) to interest rate changes according to several interest rate scenarios. The limits are established either by the Board of Directors or by the Finance Committee, at the Business Unit/Service Unit and Group levels. Furthermore, the Group measures and controls the sensitivity of its net interest margin (“NIM”) on different horizons.

The Group’s policy in terms of structural exchange rate risks consists of limiting as much as possible the sensitivity of its CET1 capital ratio to changes in exchange rates, so that the impact on the CET1 ratio of an appreciation or a depreciation of all currencies against the euro does not exceed a certain threshold in terms of bp by summing the absolute values of the impact of each currency.

Regarding risks to pension and long-service obligations, which are the Bank’s long-term obligations towards its employees, the amount of the provision is monitored for risk on the basis of a specific stress test and an attributed limit. The risk management policy has two main objectives: reduce risk by moving from defined-benefit plans to defined-contribution plans and optimise asset risk allocation (between hedge assets and performance assets) where allowed by regulatory and tax constraints.

Controlling liquidity risk is based primarily on:

compliance with regulatory liquidity ratios, with precautionary buffers: LCR (liquiditycoverage ratio) ratios that reflect a stress situation and NSFR (net stable funding ratio);

the definition of a minimum survival horizon under combined market and idiosyncratic stress;

framing of transformation and anti-transformation positions (price risk).

Controlling financing risk is based on:

maintaining a liability structure to meet the Group’s regulatory constraints (Tier1, Total Capital, Leverage, TLAC, NSFR, MREL) and complying with rating agencies’ constraints to secure a minimum rating level;

recourse to market financing: annual long-term issuance programs and a stock of moderate structured issues and short-term financing raised by supervised treasuries.

The Group is committed to defining and deploying internal standards to reduce model risk on the basis of key principles, including the creation of three independent lines of defence, the proportionality of due diligence according to each model’s level of risk inherent, the consideration of the models’ entire lifecycle and the appropriateness of the approaches within the Group.

The Group conducts Insurance activities (Life Insurance and Savings, Retirement savings, Property & Casualty Insurance, etc.) which exposes the Group to two major types of risks:

subscription risk related to pricing and fluctuations in the claims ratio;

risks related to financial markets (interest rate, credit and equity) and asset-liability management.

The Group has limited appetite for financial holdings, such as proprietary private equity transactions. The investments allowed are mainly related to:

commercial support for the network through the private equity activity of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord network and certain subsidiaries abroad;

taking stakes, either directly or through investment funds, in innovative companies via SG Ventures;

the takeover of stakes in local companies: Euroclear, Crédit Logement, etc.

Investments made in private equity are managed directly by the networks concerned (Societe Generale, Crédit du Nord and subsidiaries abroad) and are capped at EUR 25 million. Beyond this limit, the investment envelope must be validated by the Group Strategy Department on the basis of a file produced by the Business Unit with the assistance of its Finance Department. This file aims to justify this amount, the expected benefits, the profitability considering the consumption of associated equity, the characteristics of the investments (criteria, types, duration, etc.), a risk analysis and a governance proposal. If the amount exceeds EUR 50 million, it must be validated by the Group’s General Management, with the support of the opinion of the Strategy Department, the Finance Department, the Corporate Secretary and the Compliance Department. The Business Unit concerned must submit a report on operations and the investment envelope to the Strategy Department every six months.

The other minority holdings are subject to a dedicated validation process in both the investment and divestment phases: validation by the Managers of the Business Units and entities concerned and their Finance Department, the Strategy Department, or even the Group’s General Management (over EUR 50 million) or the Board of Directors (over EUR 250 million). These files are examined by the Strategy Department based on the opinions of the expert Services and Business Units concerned by the operation (at least the Finance Department, the Legal and Tax Departments within the Corporate Secretary and the Compliance Department). The instruction is based on an analysis of the participation concerned, the motivations and the investment context, the structuring of the operation, its financial and prudential impacts, as well as an assessment of the risks identified and the means implemented to track and manage them.

The settlement-delivery risk on financial instruments arises when transactions (over-the-counter in cash or forward) give rise to a time lag (usually of a few hours) between the payment and the delivery of the underlying (securities, raw materials, foreign exchange, etc.) during their settlement.

The Group defines a risk appetite for delivery risk in relation to the quality of the counterparty (via its rating) with larger limits granted to counterparties in the investment grade category (IG).

 

4.3  INTERNAL CONTROL FRAMEWORK

 

 

4.3.1  INTERNAL CONTROL

 

Internal control is part of a strict regulatory framework applicable to all banking institutions.

In France, the conditions for conducting internal controls in banking institutions are defined in the Order of 3 November 2014 modified by the Order of 25 February 2021. This Order, which applies to all credit institutions and investment companies, defines the concept of internal control, together with a number of specific requirements relating to the assessment and management of the various risks inherent in the activities of the companies in question, and the procedures under which the supervisory body must assess and evaluate how the internal control is carried out.

The Basel Committee has defined four principles – independence, universality, impartiality, and sufficient resources – which underpin the internal control carried out by credit institutions.

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system and a clear organisation ensuring:

a well-defined, transparent and coherent sharing of responsibilities;

effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company could be exposed.

The Board tasks the Group’s General Management with rolling out the Group’s strategic guidelines to implement this set-up.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is a Board of Directors’ Committee that is specifically responsible for preparing the decisions of the Board in respect of internal control supervision.

As such, General Management submits reports to the Audit and Internal Control Committee on the internal control of the Group. The Committee monitors the implementation of remediation plans when it considers the risk level to be justified.

Internal control is based on a body of standards and procedures.

All Societe Generale Group activities are governed by rules and procedures contained in a set of documents referred to collectively as the “Standard Guidelines”, compiled in the Societe Generale Code, which:

set out the rules for action and behavior applicable to Group staff;

define the structures of the businesses and the sharing of roles and responsibilities;

describe the management rules and internal procedures specific to each business and activity.

The Societe Generale Code groups together the standard guidelines which, in particular:

define the governance of the Societe Generale Group, the structures and duties of its Business Units and Services Units, as well as the operating principles of the cross-business systems and processes (Codes of Conduct, charters, etc.);

set out the operating framework of an activity and the management principles and rules applicable to products and services rendered, and also define internal procedures.

The Societe Generale Code has force of law within the Group and falls under the responsibility of the Group Corporate Secretary.

In addition to the Societe Generale Code, operating procedures specific to each Group activity are applied. The rules and procedures in force are designed to follow basic rules of internal control, such as:

segregation of functions;

immediate, irrevocable recording of all transactions;

reconciliation of information from various sources.

Multiple and evolving by nature, risks are present in all business processes. Risk management and control systems are therefore key to the Bank’s ability to meet its targets.

The internal control system is represented by all methods which ensure that the operations carried out and the organisation and procedures implemented comply with:

legal and regulatory provisions;

professional and ethical practices;

the internal rules and guidelines defined by the Company’s management body of the undertaking in its executive function.

Internal control in particular aims to:

prevent malfunctions;

assess the risks involved, and exercise sufficient control to ensure they are managed;

ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of internal processes, particularly those which help safeguard assets;

detect irregularities;

guarantee the reliability, integrity and availability of financial and management information;

check the quality of information and communication systems.

The internal control system is based on five basic principles:

the comprehensive scope of the controls, which cover all risk types and apply to all the Group’s entities;

the individual responsibility of each employee and each manager in managing the risks they take or supervise, and in overseeing the operations they handle or for which they are responsible;

the responsibility of functions, in line with their expertise and independence, in defining normative controls and, for three of them, exercising second-level permanent control;

the proportionality of the controls to the materiality of the risks involved;

the independence of internal auditing.

 

The internal control framework is based on the “three lines of defence” model, in accordance with the Basel Committee and European Banking Authority guidelines:

the first line of defence comprises all Group employees and operational management, both within the Business Units and the Services Units in respect of their own operations.

Operational management is responsible for risks, their prevention and their management (by putting in place first-level permanent control measures, amongst other things) and for implementing corrective or remedial actions in response to any deficiencies identified by controls and/or process steering;

the second line of defence is provided by the risk and compliance functions, as well as by the finance function for the year 2021 (from the financial year 2022, the finance function will fall under the first line of defence).

Within the internal control framework, operational management is responsible for verifying the proper and continuous running of the risk security and management operation functions through the effective application of established standards, defined procedures, methods and requested controls.

Accordingly, these functions must provide the necessary expertise to define in their respective fields the controls and other means of risk management to be implemented by the first line of defence, and to ensure that they are effectively implemented; they conduct second-level permanent control over all of the Group’s risks, based in particular on the controls they have defined, as well as those defined, if necessary, by other expert functions (e.g. sourcing, legal, tax, human resources, information system security, etc.) and by the businesses;

the third line of defence is provided by the Internal Audit Department, which encompasses the General Inspection and Internal Audit functions. This department performs periodic internal audits that are strictly independent of the business lines and the permanent control function;

internal control coordination, which falls under the responsibility of a Deputy Chief Executive Officer for the year 2021 and the Chief Executive Officer from 2022, is also provided at Group level and is rolled out in each of the departments and core businesses.

 

 

A Deputy Chief Executive Officer for 2021 and the Chief Executive Officer from 2022 is responsible for ensuring the overall consistency and effectiveness of the internal control system.

The Group Internal Control Coordination Committee is responsible for providing a consolidated overview of the Group’s internal control framework, assessing its effectiveness, completeness and consistency, taking corrective measures, and monitoring their implementation.

It is chaired by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer for 2021 and the Chief Executive Officer from 2022 and comprises the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Chief Compliance Officer, the Group Chief Information Officer, the Head of Group Internal Audit, and the Head of Internal Control Coordination.

The Group Internal Control Coordination Committee met nine times in 2021. It addressed the following issues:

review of the effectiveness and consistency of the Group internal control framework;

review of the effectiveness of the permanent control in the Risk, Compliance and Finance Service Units, as well as the ability of the Risk and Compliance functions to exercise their role as the Second Line of defence for the Group;

review of the Group quarterly permanent control dashboard prior to its communication to the Group Audit and Internal Control Committee (CACI);

cross-business review of cybersecurity controls and outsourced activities controls.

 

The Supervisory Internal Control Coordination Committee (SICCC) performs the regular review of the internal control framework and of risks of every second BU/SU, assessing it in terms of efficiency, consistency and completeness, taking corrective actions and monitoring their implementation.

It is chaired by the representative of General Management (Chief Executive Officer Deputy Chief Executive Officer or Deputy General Manager) in charge of the area under review and brings together the Heads of the second line of defence (CPLE, DFIN, RISQ), the Head of the Group’s Information Systems (RESG), the Head of the third line of defence (IGAD), the Head of the Permanent Control Framework and the Coordination of Internal Control (DGLE/PIC), as well as the Heads Business Units and Service Units concerned with the agenda and transversal functions according to the agenda.

The organisation implemented at Group level to coordinate the actions of the various participants in internal control is coordinated in each Business Unit (BU) and Service Unit (SU). All of the Group’s BUs and SUs have an Internal Control Coordination Committee. Chaired by the Head of the Business Unit or the Service Unit, these Committees bring together the competent Heads of Internal Audit and Permanent Control for the Business Unit and Service Unit in question, as well as the Head of Group Internal Control Coordination and the Heads of the Group-level control functions.

The Group’s permanent control system comprises:

the first-level permanent control, which is the basis of the Group’s permanent control, is performed by the businesses. Its purpose is to ensure the security, quality, regularity and validity of transactions completed at operational level;

the second-level permanent control, which is independent of the businesses and concerns three departments, i.e. the Compliance, Risk and Finance Departments.

In 2018, General Management initiated a transformation programme of the Group’s permanent control system, which is under its direct supervision. Through a set of actions focusing on areas such as standards, methods, tools, procedures and training, the programme served to consolidate the control culture and optimise risk control, and thus helps to improve the quality and the reliability of services provided to our customers and partners. In 2021, this programme has been finalised and closed, and the transfer of the long-term activities to operating teams has been completed.

Permanent Level 1 controls, carried out on operations performed by BUs and the SUs, ensure the security and quality of transactions and the operations. These controls are defined as a set of provisions constantly implemented to ensure the regularity, validity, and security of the operations carried out at operational level.

The permanent Level 1 controls consist of:

any combination of actions and/or devices that may limit the likelihood of a risk occurring or reduce the consequences for the Company: these include controls carried out on a regular and permanent basis by the businesses or by automated systems during the processing of transactions, automated or non-automated security rules and controls that are part of transaction processing, or controls included in operational procedures. Also falling into this category are the organisational arrangements (e.g., segregation of duties) or governance, training actions, when they directly contribute to controlling certain risks;

controls performed by managers: line managers control the correct functioning of the devices for which they are responsible. As such, they must apply formal procedures on a regular basis to ensure that employees comply with rules and procedures, and that Level 1 controls are carried out effectively.

Defined by a Group entity within its scope, Level 1 controls include controls (automated or manual) that are integrated into the processing of operations, proximity controls included in operating procedures, safety rules, etc. They are carried out in the course of their daily activities by agents directly in charge of an activity or by their managers. These controls aim to:

ensure the proper enforcement of existing procedures and control of all risks related to processes, transactions and/or accounts;

alert management in the event of identified anomalies or malfunctions.

Permanent Level 1 controls are set by management and avoid, as far as possible, situations of self-assessment. They are defined in the procedures and must be traced without necessarily being formalised, e.g. preventive automated controls that reject transations that do not comply with system-programmed rules.

In order to coordinate the operational risk management system and the permanent Level 1 control system, the BUs/SUs deploy a specific department called CORO (Controls & Operational Risks Office Department).

The permanent Level 2 control ensures that the Level 1 control works properly:

the scope includes all permanent Level 1 checks, including managerial supervision checks and checks carried out by dedicated teams;

this review and these audits aim to give an opinion on (i) the effectiveness of Level 1 controls, (ii) the quality of their implementation, (iii) their relevance (including, in terms of risk prevention), (iv) the definition of their modus operandi, (v) the relevance of remediation plans implemented following the detection of anomalies, and the quality of their follow-up, and thus contribute to the evaluation of the effectiveness of Level 1 controls.

The permanent level 2 control, control of the controls, is carried out by teams independent of the operational.

These controls are performed centrally by dedicated teams within Risk Service Unit (RISQ/CTL), Compliance Service Unit (CPLE/CTL) and Finance Service Unit (DFIN/CTL) and locally by the second-level control teams within the BU/SUs or entities.

 

Reporting to the Group Head of Inspection and Audit, the Inspection and Audit Service Unit (IGAD) is the Group’s third line of defence.

The IGAD Service Unit comprises General Inspection (IGAD/INS), Internal Audit Departments (IGAD/AUD) and a support function (IGAD/COO). To fulfill its mandate, the Group’s IGAD Service Unit has adequate resources from a qualitative and quantitative point of view. The Group’s Inspection and Audit Service Unit has about 1,100 employees.

The Group Head of Inspection and Audit reports directly to the Group Chief Executive Officer, with whom it holds regular meetings. The Group Head of Inspection and Audit meets regularly with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee refer to the Group Head of Inspection and Audit on their initiative or at his request on any subject. The Group Head of Inspection and Audit participates in the Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee meetings. Moreover, bilateral meetings are held as needed between the Group Head of Inspection and Audit and the chairpersons of these Committees.

The Inspection and Audit Service Unit (IGAD) is part of the Group’s internal control framework. IGAD carries out an internal audit mandate through its missions. In its role as the third line of defence, it is strictly independent from the Group’s business units and permanent control functions.

In line with standards set by the IIA (Institute of Internal Auditors), IGAD’s internal audit mandate is defined as an independent and objective activity that provides the Group with assurance as to how effectively it is controlling its operations, advises on improvements and contributes to the creation of added value. By carrying out this mandate, Inspection and Internal Audit help the Group to achieve its targets by evaluating systematically and methodically its processes for risk management, control and corporate governance and making recommendations to increase their efficiency.

The Inspection and Audit Service Unit exercises a key role in the Group’s risk management set-up and can assess any of its components.

Under this mandate, the General Inspection and Internal Audit assess (i) the quality of risk management within an audited scope, (ii) the permanent control framework is adequately structured and effective, (iii) management’s risk awareness and compliance with conduct rules and expected professional practices.

Whilst Audit Departments perform solely an internal audit role, General Inspection has, in addition to its internal audit role, a mandate to undertake other assignments such as any type of analysis or research, be involved in the assessment of strategic projects or intervene on specific subjects as requested by General Management. Such assignments, limited with regards to resources dedicated to them, are carried out within a framework ensuring that ethical principles defined in Institute of Internal Auditors’ Standards are being met.

The General Inspection also supervises the rollout of data-analysis initiatives within the scope of Inspection and Audit activities. This mission is ensured via a dedicated data-lab (INS/DAT), under the responsibility of an Inspection Managing Director (Inspecteur principal). The General Inspection also supervises and coordinates the Service Unit’s relationship with regulators.

IGAD centrally has six distinct Audit Departments. Each of these Audit Departments is placed under the supervision of a Head of internal Audit responsible for the auditing on a specific scope of activities. A matrix organisation allows coverage of the main cross-business issues at Group level. In France, the Internal Audit teams are hierarchically linked to the Inspection unit. Audit Department heads based in branches or affiliates overseas report to the local entity’s head. However, in their internal audit role they report directly to the Internal Audit Head in charge of their region or entity.

Inspection and Audit teams work together on an annual risk assessment to define the Inspection and Audit plans for the upcoming year. IGAD teams regularly work together on joint assignments. They issue recommendations to correct issues identified in risk management and generally improve operations and risk management. IGAD teams are subsequently in charge of monitoring the effective implementation of these recommendations.

 

4.4  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT AND ADEQUACY

 

 

4.4.1  THE REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

 

Audited I Since January 2014, Societe Generale has applied the Basel III regulations implemented in the European Union through a regulation and a directive (CRR and CRD4 respectively).

The general framework defined by Basel III is structured around three pillars:

Pillar 1 sets the minimum solvency, leverage and liquidity requirements and defines the rules that banks must use to measure risks and calculate the related capital requirements, according to standard or more advanced methods;

Pillar 2 concerns the discretionary supervision implemented by the competent authority, which allows them – based on a constant dialogue with supervised credit institutions – to assess the adequacy of capital requirements as calculated under Pillar 1, and to calibrate additional capital requirements taking into account all the risks to which these institutions are exposed;

Pillar 3 encourages market discipline by developing a set of qualitative or quantitative disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to better assess a given institution’s capital, risk exposure, risk assessment processes and, accordingly, capital adequacy.

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5). The majority of these provisions entered into force in June 2021.

The amendments include:

NSFR: The text introduces the regulatory requirements for the NSFR ratio. A ratio of 100% must now be respected from June 2021;

Leverage ratio: the minimum requirement of 3% to which will be added, from 2023, 50% of the buffer required as a systemic institution;

Derivatives counterparty risk (SA-CCR): the “SA-CCR” method is the Basel method replacing the “CEM” method for determining prudential exposure to derivatives in a standard approach;

Large Risks: the main change is the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%) on Tier 1 (instead of total own funds), as well as the introduction of a specific cross-limit on systemic institutions (15%);

TLAC: The ratio requirement for G-SIBs is introduced in CRR. In accordance with the Basel text, G-SIBs must respect an amount of own funds and eligible debt equal at the most between 16%+weighted risk capital buffers and 6% of leverage exposure in 2019, with the ratio increasing to 18%+risk-weighted buffers and 6.75% leverage in 2022.

With regard to the implementation of the market risk reform (FRTB), after the publication of the first revised standard in January 2016 and of the consultation in March 2018 on this subject, the Basel Committee published in January 2019 its final text: BCBS457. In March 2020, the Basel Committee announced a one-year delay in the implementation of FRTB (1 January 2023 instead of 1 January 2022 as originally planned in the January 2019 text).

The European FRTB calendar would be as follows:

regarding reporting requirements:

-

the Standardised Approach (SA) has been effective since Q3 2021,

-

for the Internal Model Approach (IMA), reporting should start three years after the publication in the Official Journal of the European Union (OJEU) of three technical standards (RTS) of the EBA, which are expected for Q1 2022;

the capital requirements for FRTB: a two-year postponement (i.e. to 1 January 2027) could be applied in the event of unlevel playing field with the United States.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision (GHOS), the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the regulatory reforms aiming to complete Basel 3.

A first version of the transposition text was published by the European Commission on 27 October 2021 (“CRR3 - CRD6”) and will serve as support for the European Trialogue. The text will then have to be voted on by Parliament to become applicable.

These new rules, which were to take effect from 2022, have been postponed to January 2025 with an overall output floor: the risk-weighted assets (RWA) will be floored to a percentage of the standard method (credit, market and operational). The output floor level will increase gradually, from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.

In the face of the health crisis and of its economic and financial consequences, a number of measures have been taken by the supervisory and regulatory authorities in 2020. Some of them are still in force. For example, the ECB announced the possibility of operating below the conservation cushion (CCB), as well as the countercyclical (CCyB) and the Systemic Risk Buffer (0% in France) cushions.

Moreover, the European Parliament and the Council reached an agreement through the CRR “quick fix” regulation, implemented as of 30 June 2020 part of whose provisions consisted in anticipating the implementation of CRR2/CRD5 measures that improve banks’ CET1 capital. The “quick fix” has postponed the implementation of the leverage buffer (0.5% for the Group) from 1 January 2022 to 1 January 2023 to be in line with the recommendation of the Basel Committee.

In 2021, the level of additional capital requirements in respect of Pillar 2 (P2R or “Pillar 2 Requirement”), effective since 1 March 2019, remained at 1.75%. In 2022, the European Central Bank notified the level of requirement in respect of P2R (Pillar 2 Requirement) for Societe Generale, which will apply from 1 March 2022. This level stands at 2.12%, including the additional requirement regarding Pillar 2 prudential expectations on the provisioning of non-performing loans granted before 26 April 2019.

Detailed information on the G-SIB requirements and other prudential information are available on the Group website, www.societe generale.com.

Throughout 2021, Societe Generale complied with the minimum ratio requirements applicable to its activities.

 

4.5  CREDIT RISK

 

Audited I Credit risk corresponds to the risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. This risk includes the risk related to securitisation activities, and may be further amplified by individual, country and sector concentration risk.

 

4.5.1  CREDIT RISK MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM

 

Audited I The risk approval process is based on the following main principles:

the analysis and the validation of the files fall respectively and independently to the sector of commercial follow-up of the client and to the dedicated risk units within the risk management function. In order to guarantee a consistent approach to Group risk-taking, this commercial monitoring sector and this risk unit examine all authorisation requests relating to a given client or category of clients. This commercial monitoring sector and this risk unit must be independent of each other;

the internal rating of counterparties is a key criterion in the granting policy. These ratings are proposed by the commercial monitoring sector and validated by the dedicated risk unit;

a system of delegation of competence, largely based on the internal rating of the counterparties, confers decision-making capacities to the risk units on the one hand and the commercial monitoring sectors on the other.

The business line assumes the burden of provisions and losses related to its credit decisions as the first line of defence. The Risk Department submits recommendations to CORISQ on the evolution of the granting policy, with limits on credit portfolios, for the countries, geographic areas, sectors, products or types of customers presenting high concentration risks.

The Risk Department, working with the Finance Department, determines the risk appetite of the Group. This seeks to define the acceptable level of risk given the Group’s strategic aims.

The Risk Department is responsible for implementing the system to manage and monitor risks, including cross-Group risks. The Risk Department exercises hierarchical and functional oversight of the Risk management function in charge of Group credit risk giving it a comprehensive view of all the Group’s credit risks.

The Risk Department helps define risk policies in light of each core business targets and the associated risk issues. It defines or approves the methods and procedures used to analyse, measure, approve and monitor risks and the risk IT system and makes sure these are appropriate to the core businesses’ needs. As second line of defence, various Risk Departments (for Retail Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking and Market activities) are also in charge of credit risk and as such responsible for the independent control as second line of defence. These consist in independently reviewing and comparing any credit application that exceeds the authority delegated to core businesses or local Risk Department teams. The Risk Department also assesses the quality of first-level credit reviews and takes any corrective action necessary.

The Risk Department also approves transactions and limits proposed by core business lines in respect of credit risk.

Finally, as part of its responsibilities for second line of defence, the Risk Department carries out permanent controls of credit risks. As such, the Risk Department provides independent control as a second line of defence on the detection and monitoring of the resolution of limit auioverruns.

The monthly Risk Monitoring Report presented to CORISQ by the Risk Department comments among others on the evolution of the Group’s credit portfolio and ensures compliance with the guidelines. Changes in the credit portfolio, changes in credit policy validated by CORISQ and respect for the Group’s risk appetite are presented at least quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

As part of the quarterly reporting to the Board of Directors and to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, an overview of the main credit risk metrics supplemented by details of the thresholds and limits where applicable is presented. The following metrics are in particular the subject of a presentation with a quarterly history: net cost of risk, NPL rate (non-performing loans), coverage rate, average credit quality of portfolios, outstanding corporates placed under surveillance (watchlist), supervision of corporate exposures by sector of activity, Grands Risques Réglementaires (major regulatory risk exposures), etc.

A monthly version of the reporting intended for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors also provides additional information at a Business Unit level or on certain financing activities. A summary of the thematic CORISQs is also presented.

As part of the monthly CORISQ reporting to General Management, a summary of the main credit files is presented. Thematic presentations also provide recurring clarifications on certain perimeters and activities: personal real estate loans, consumer credit, non-retail credit risk, sector limits, country risks, major regulatory risks (Grands Risques Réglementaires), etc.

Audited I Individual and professional portfolio (retail portfolio) have specific features in terms of risk management. This management is based on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes.

The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated manner, which together constitute significant outstandings at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.

Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, aggregate monitoring is necessary at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class.

In these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the Retail portfolio cannot rely on the same procedures or the same tools as for corporates.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (cut to probationary period for loyalty, delegation of lending decisions to brokers, increase in margins, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must therefore be tracked by a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as quickly as possible where any deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Even if the IFRS 9 standard authorises a collective approach and if the Group has a statistical approach on retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in risk for the purposes of the classification into stages is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters (operating accounts and late payments) allow the assessment of the significant increase in credit risk at the level of individual exposures. The collective approach is currently only used in a very small number of instances within the Group.

The Risk management function must support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their risks with an eye to:

the effectiveness of lending policies;

the quality of the portfolio and its development over the lifetime of exposures (from grant to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:

granting: this decision-making process can be more or less automated depending on the nature and complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;

monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems (scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);

recovery: recovery is an essential stage in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive contribution to our control of cost of risk. Whatever the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process is an essential element of good risk management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our non-performing loans. If recovery is outsourced, it must conform to the Group’s regulations governing outsourcing;

provisioning: provisions against the Retail portfolio are decided at local level. They are calculated using the methodologies and governance methods defined and approved by the Risk Department. 

Societe Generale complies with regulations governing large exposures (major regulatory risks exposure cap of 25% of equity). A more restrictive internal limit of 10% delegated by General Management (which can occasionally or permanently amend it) has been put in place. Since 1 July 2018, the High Council for Financial Stability has imposed to financial institutions an exposure limit on most indebted companies established in France at a maximum level of 5% of eligible equity.

Internal systems are implemented to identify and manage the risks of individual concentrations, particularly at granting of credit. For example, concentration thresholds, based on the internal rating of counterparties, are set by CORISQ and define the governance for validating the limits on individual concentrations. Exposures to groups of clients deemed significant by the Group are reviewed by the Large Exposure Committee chaired by the General Management. As part of the identification of its risks, the Group also carries out loss simulations by type of customer (on significant individual exposures that the Group could have).

The Group uses credit derivatives to reduce some exposures considered to be overly significant. Furthermore, the Group systematically seeks to mutualise risks with other banking partners by avoiding keeping an excessive share in the banking pool of large-scale companies.

Country risk arises when an exposure (loan, security, guarantee or derivative) becomes susceptible to negative impact from changing regulatory, political, economic, social and financial conditions.

Country risk breaks down into two major categories:

political and non-transfer risk covers the risk of non-payment resulting from either actions or measures taken by local government authorities (decision to prohibit the debtor from meeting its commitments, nationalisation, expropriation, non-convertibility, etc.), domestic events (riots, civil war, etc.) or external events (war, terrorism, etc.);

commercial risk occurs when the credit quality of all counterparties in a given country deteriorates due to a national economic or financial crisis, independently of each counterparty’s individual financial situation. This could be a macroeconomic shock (sharp slowdown in activity, systemic banking crisis, etc.), currency depreciation, or sovereign default on external debt potentially entailing other defaults.

Overall limits and/or monitoring of exposures have been established for countries based on their internal ratings and governance indicators. The supervision is strengthened depending on the level of the country’s risk.

Country limits are approved annually by Risk Department (or General Management in specific situations). They can be revised downward at any time if the country’s situation deteriorates or is expected to deteriorate.

All Group exposures (securities, derivatives, loans and guarantees) are taken into account by this monitoring. The Country Risk methodology determines an initial risk country and a final risk country (after any guarantee-related effects), which is supervised using country limits.

The procedure for putting a country on watch list is triggered in the event of deterioration in the country risk or anticipation of such a deterioration by the Risk Department.

The Group regularly reviews its entire credit portfolio through analyses by business sector. To do this, it relies on industry sector studies (including a one-year anticipation of sectoral risk) and on sectoral concentration analyses.

In addition, the Group periodically reviews its exposures to the portfolio segments presenting a specific risk profile, within the framework of CORISQs at Group level or at Business Unit level. These identified sectors or sub-portfolios are, where appropriate, subject to specific supervision through portfolio exposure limits and specific granting criteria. The limits are monitored either at General Management level or at Business Unit management level depending on the materiality and the level of risk of the portfolios.

As a complement, more targeted sector-based research and business portfolio analysis, may be conducted by General Management, the Risk Department or Bank Departments, depending on current issues. In that respect, Covid-19 vulnerable sectors have been subject to specific monitorings.

Portfolios specifically monitored by the Group CORISQ include:

individual and professional credit portfolio (retail) in metropolitan France and in International Retail Banking in Europe. The Group defines in particular a risk appetite target concerning the minimum share covered by Credit Logement guarantee for real estate loans granted to individuals;

oil and gas sectors, on which the Group has defined a credit policy adapted to the different types of activity of sector players. This policy distinguishes financing guaranteed by oil reserves, project financing, short-term trade finance transactions, and takes into account regional characteristics;

commercial real estate scope, on which the Group has defined a framework for origination and monitoring of exposures and limits according to the different types of financing, geographical areas and/or activities;

leveraged finance, for which the Group applies the definition of the scope and the management guidelines recommended by the ECB in 2017 (Guidance on leveraged transactions). The Group continues to pay a particular attention to the Leverage Buy-Out (LBO) sub-portfolio;

exposures on hedge funds is subject to a specific attention. The Group incurs risk on hedge funds through derivative transactions and its financing activity guaranteed by shares in funds. Risks related to hedge funds are governed by individual limits and global limits on market risks and wrong way risks;

exposures on shadow banking are managed and monitored in accordance with the EBA guidelines published in 2015 which specifies expectations regarding the internal framework for identifying, controlling and managing identified risks. CORISQ has set a global exposure threshold for shadow banking.

With the aim of identifying, monitoring and managing credit risk, the Risk Department works with the businesses to conduct a set of specific stress tests relating to a country, subsidiary or activity. These specific stress tests combine both recurring stress tests, conducted on those portfolios identified as structurally carrying risk, and ad hoc stress tests, designed to recognise emerging risks. Some of these stress tests are presented to CORISQ and used to determine how to frame the corresponding the activities concerned.

Credit risk stress tests complement the global analysis with a more granular approach and allow fine-tuning of the identification, assessment and operational management of risk, including concentration. They allow to calculate the expected credit losses on exposures which have undergone an event of default and on exposures which have not undergone an event of default, in accordance with the method prescribed in the standard IFRS 9. The perimeter covered may include counterparty credit risk on market activities when relevant.

 

4.6  COUNTERPARTY CREDIT RISK

 

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is the risk of losses on market operations, resulting from the inability of the counterparties facing the Group to meet their financial commitments.

Counterparty credit risk covers replacement risk in the event of default of one of our counterparties, the risk of CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) related to the adjustment of the value of our portfolio and the risk on central counterparties (Central Counterparty or CCP) following the clearing of market transactions.

The value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time, and they are affected by changes in market parameters. Counterparty credit risk may increase in the event of an adverse correlation (Wrong Way Risk), i.e. when the Group’s exposure to a counterparty increases at the same time as the credit quality of this counterparty deteriorates (i.e. when its probability of default increases).

Transactions involving counterparty credit risk include delivered pensions, securities lending and borrowing, and derivatives contracts, whether they are dealt with as principal activity or on behalf of third parties (agency activities or client clearing) in the context of market activities.

 

4.6.1  DETERMINING LIMITS AND MONITORING FRAMEWORK

 

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.

The risk approval process follows the following fundamental principles:

a system of delegation of competence, largely based on the internal rating of the counterparties, confers decision-making capacities to the risk units on the one hand and the customer monitoring sector on the other hand;

the commercial monitoring sector and this risk unit must be independent of each other;

the limits and internal rating set for each counterparty are proposed by the client monitoring sector and validated by the dedicated risk unit in charge of the counterparty type. Limits can be individual at the level of the counterparty, or global over a set of counterparties in the case of monitoring exposures in stress tests, for example.

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on he needs and changing market conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk metrics, namely:

ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions booked by the transaction processing department;

producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;

controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and Credit Officer for remediation actions.

In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors counterparty credit risk through:

a global overview on exposure and counterparty risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the Potential Future Exposure PFE, etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised financing, or agency business;

dedicated analysis in case of identification of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority.

The Group frames the replacement risks by limits:

defined at the counterparty level;

consolidated across all products types authorised with the counterparty;

established by maturity buckets to control future exposure using the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) measure also known as CVaR within Societe Generale;

calibrated according to the credit quality and the nature of the counterparty, the nature/maturity of the financial instruments contemplated (FX transactions, repos transactions, security lending transactions, derivatives, etc.), and the economic understanding, the contractual legal framework agreed and any other risk mitigants.

The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk:

a multifactor stress test on all counterparties, which allows to holistically quantify the potential loss on market activities following market movements which could trigger a wave of defaults on these counterparties;

a set of single-factor stress tests to monitor the general wrong-way risk (see section 4.6.3.3 on Wrong Way Risk).

In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the counterparties facing the Group (see section 4.6.3.2 “Credit Valuation Adjustment”).

Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored through:

sensitivity limits;

stress test limits: scenarios representative of the market risks impacting the CVA (credit spreads, interest rates, exchange rates and equity) are applied to carry out the stress test on CVA.

The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure and of their hedges).

Clearing of transactions is a common market practice for SG, notably in compliance with the EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation) regulations in Europe and the DFA (Dodd-Frank Act) in the United States, which require that the most standardised over-the-counter transactions be compensated via clearing houses approved by the authorities and subject to prudential regulation.

As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management framework through deposits into the defaults funds, in addition to margin calls.

The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties (CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:

initial margins, both for house and client activities (client clearing);

the Group’s contributions to the CCP default funds (guarantee deposits);

a stress test defined to capture the impact of a scenario where a major CCP member should default.

See table “EAD and RWA on central counterparties” of section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for more information.

 

4.7  MARKET RISK

 

Audited I Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between them. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets.

 

4.7.1  ORGANISATION OF MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Audited I Although primary responsibility for managing risk exposure relies on the front office managers, the supervision system comes under the Market Risk Department of the Risk Department, which is independent from the businesses.

The main missions of this department are:

the definition and proposal of the Group’s market risk appetite;

the proposal of appropriate market risk limits by Group activity to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ);

the assessment of the limit requests submitted by the different businesses within the framework of the overall limits authorised by the Board of Directors and General Management, and based on the use of these limits;

the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework based on suitable limits;

the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;

the daily calculation and certification of the market risk indicators, of the P&L resulting from market activities, based on formal and secure procedures, and then of the reporting and the analysis of these indicators;

the daily monitoring of the limits set for each activity.

In order to perform its tasks, the department also defines the architecture and the functionalities of the information system used to produce the risk and P&L indicators for market transactions, and ensures it meets the needs of the different businesses and of the Market Risk Department.

This department contributes to the detection of possible rogue trading operations through a monitoring mechanism based on alert levels (on gross nominal value of positions for example) applied to all instruments and desks.

Market risks oversight is provided by various Committees at different levels of the Group:

the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors(1) is informed of the Group’s major market risks; in addition, it issues a recommendation on the most substantial proposed changes in terms of market risk measurement and framework (after prior approval by the CORISQ); this recommendation is then referred to the Board of Directors for a decision;

the Group Risk Committee(2) (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer of the Group, is regularly informed of Group-level market risks. Moreover, upon a proposal from the Risk Department, it validates the main choices with regard to market risk measurement, as well as the key developments on the architecture and implementation of the market risk framework at Group level;

the market risks related to the Global Markets Division are reviewed during the Market Risk Committee(3) (MRC) led by the Market Risk Department and co-chaired by the Risk Department and by the Global Markets Division. This Committee provides information on risk levels for the main risk indicators as well as for some specific activities pointed out depending on market or business driven events. It also provides an opinion on the market risk framework changes falling under the remit of the Risk Department and Global Markets Division.

During these Committees, the market activities P&L and several metrics for monitoring market risks are systematically reported:

stress test measurements: Global Stress Test on market activities and Market Stress Test;

regulatory metrics: Value-at-Risk (VAR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVAR).

In addition to these Committees, detailed and summary market risk reports, produced on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly basis, either related to various Group levels or geographic areas, are sent to the relevant business line and risk function managers.

In terms of governance, within the Market Risk Department, the main functional and transversal subjects are dealt with during Committees organised by value chains (market risk, P&L, etc.). These Committees are decision-making bodies, composed of senior representatives from each relevant Department teams and regions.

(1)

Gathered eight times in 2021.

(2)

Gathered nine times in 2021.

(3)

Gathered ten times in 2021.

 

4.8  OPERATIONAL RISK

 

Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events.

Societe Generale’s operational risk classification is divided into eight event categories:

commercial litigation;

disputes with authorities;

errors in pricing or risk evaluation including model risk;

execution errors;

fraud and other criminal activities;

rogue trading;

loss of operating resources;

IT system interruptions.

This classification is declined into 58 risk categories, cornerstone of the Group risk modeling, ensuring consistency throughout the system and enabling cross-business analyses throughout the Group (see section 4.8.2), particularly on the following risks :

risks related to information and communication technologies and security (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);

risks related to outsourcing of services and business continuity;

risks related to the launch of new products/services/activities for customers;

non-compliance risk (including legal and tax risks): risk of court-ordered, administrative or disciplinary sanctions, or of material financial loss, due to failure to comply with the provisions governing the Group’s activities;

reputational risk: risk arising from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing;

misconduct risk: risk resulting from actions (or inactions) or behavior of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s sustainability or reputation at risk.

The framework relating to the risks of non-compliance, reputation and inappropriate conduct is detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk, litigation”.

 

4.8.1  ORGANISATION OF OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Group operational risk management framework, other than non-compliance risks detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk, litigation” is structured around a two-level system with the following participants:

a first line of defence in each core Business Units/Service Units, responsible for applying the framework and putting in place controls that ensure risks are identified, analysed, measured, monitored, managed, reported and contained with the limits set by the Group-defined risk appetite;

a second line of defence: the Operational Risk Department within the Group’s Risk Division.

In particular, the Operational Risk Department:

conducts a critical examination of the BU/SUs management of operational risks (including fraud risk, risks related to information systems and information security, and risks related to business continuity and crisis management);

sets regulations and procedures for operational risk systems and production of cross Group analyses;

produces risk and oversight indicators for operational risk frameworks.

To cover the whole Group, the Operational Risk Department has a central team supported by regional hubs. The regional hubs report back to the department, providing all information necessary for a consolidated overview of the Bank’s risk profile that is holistic, prospective and valid for both internal oversight purposes and regulatory reporting.

The regional hubs are responsible for implementing the Operational Risk Division’s briefs in accordance with the demands of their local regulators.

The Operational Risk Department communicates with the first line of defence through a network of operational risk correspondents in each Business /Service Units.

Concerning risks specifically linked to business continuity, crisis management and information, of persons and property, the Operational Risk Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Group Security Division. Specifically, regarding IT risks, the Operational Risk Department carries out the critical review of the management of these risks in connection with the Resources and Digital Transformation Department.

Level 2 control consists of verifying the definition and actual performance of level 1 controls, and in particular the examination of the results of level 1 controls in quantitative and qualitative aspects, in particular with regard to completion rate, anomaly levels, etc. This review also ensures the effectiveness and relevance of the deployment of controls by control needs and risk type and of corrective action plans.

According to the internal control system, the level 2 permanent control Risk teams carry out this mission on the risks operational covering the risks specific to the various businesses (including operational risks related to credit risks and market risks), as well as the risks associated with purchases, communication, real estate, human resources and information system.

Protecting persons and property, and compliance with the laws and regulations governing security are major objectives for Societe Generale group. It is the mission of the Group Security Division to manage human, organisational and technical frameworks that guarantee the smooth operational functioning of the Group in France and internationally, by reducing exposure to threats (in terms of security and safety) and reducing their impact in the event of crisis.

The security of persons and property encompasses two very specific areas:

Security is all the human, organisational and technical resources brought together to deal with technical, physical, chemical and environmental accidents that can harm people and property,

Safety is all the human, organisational and technical resources brought together to deal with spontaneous or thoughtful acts aimed at harming or impairing with the aim of psychic or / and financial profit.

Thus, in this context, the Security of persons and property ensures in particular:

the application of the security benchmark in the design and operation of our buildings;

drafting and updating of procedures and security instructions on each of our sites;

drafting of security programs and acceptance of the work of this security equipment;

the management of operations in operational security;

management of events affecting the physical security of employees, buildings or datacenters;

securing travel and special events;

good respect for the protection of national defense secrets as far as the Group is concerned;

development of travel policy and its control;

development of country risk mapping;

conducting safety and security audits, especially for sensitive sites;

management of significant events and major crises;

expatriates training.

The management of all these risks is based on operational risk systems and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department.

Given the importance for the Group of its information system and the data it conveys and the continuous increase in the cybercriminal threat, the risks related to information and communication technologies and to security (ICT) are major for Société Generale. Their supervision, integrated into the general operational risk management system, is steered as the first line of defence by a dedicated area of expertise (Information and Information Systems Security – ISS) and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department. They are subject to specific monitoring by the management bodies through sessions dedicated to Group governance (Risk Committee, CORISQ, CCCIG, DTCO) and a quarterly dashboard which presents the risk situation and action plans on the eight main themes of information and communication technologies risks.

The Department Security of the Group, housed within the General Secretariat, is responsible for protecting information. The information provided by customers, employees and also the collective knowledge and know-how of the bank constitute Societe Generale’s most valuable information resources. To this end, it is necessary to put in place the human, organisational and technical mechanisms which make it possible to protect the information and ensure that it is handled, disseminated, shared by only the people who need to know. To this end, the Group safety/security department ensures in particular:

the publication and maintenance of the Group information security policy which encompasses both human and technical aspects;

the publication and maintenance, with the teams of legal experts and the Group’s human resources functions, of the “Charter for the Protection of Information and IT Resources”;

the co-construction with the Service Unit Resources & Digital Transformation of the Data-Protection program, which aims to provide employees with a tool for classifying and protecting office documents, to promote good practices in the classification of information and in the use of property tools adapted to the sensitivity of documents;

the mapping of the most sensitive information of the Group (information classified C3-Secret);

the awareness raising of information security through a set of permanent actions promoting employee ownership of information security issues: distribution of an e-learning on information security to all of the Group’s employees in France and abroad, conferences, specific workshops on the risks associated with social engineering, on the use of social networks, etc..

The person in charge of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and security of information systems is housed at the Corporate Resources and Digital Transformation Division. Under the functional authority of the Director of Group Security, he recommends the strategy to protect digital information and heads up the IT security department. The IT security framework is aligned with the market standards (NIST, ISO 27002), and implemented in each Business /Service Unit.

Risk management associated with cybercrime is carried out through the tri-annual Information Systems Security (ISS) master plan.

In order to take into account the evolution of the threat, in particular that related to ransomware, and in line with the Group strategy, the ISS 2021-2023 master plan is structured, with a budget of EUR 650 million over the period 2021-2023, around two pillars that guide actions by 2023:

protect the data of our customers and our ability to operate the banking services, by integrating the threats, the requirements of the regulators, and the need to support the Business Units and Service Units in their digital transformation and the evolution of uses that accompanies it. A risk-based approach allows us to concentrate our efforts on the most critical elements and data, in connection with the work of the Security Department cited above. We are preparing to manage a major cyber crisis by improving in particular our detection capacity, our ability to control our IT links with our partners and subsidiaries, and our ability to rebuild the information system;

increase our operational efficiency by gaining overall consistency, and by increasing our protections and our ability to react. In particular by developing the management of the cyber security department, by optimising our processes and our tools to be able to deploy new protections at constant cost. Finally, by working on the management of human resources in the filiere, in particular on the development of skills and networks of expertise.

At the operational level, the Group relies on a CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) unit in charge of incident management, security watch and the fight against cybercrime. This team uses multiple sources of information and monitoring, both internal and external. Since 2018, this unit has also been strengthened by the establishment of an internal Red Team whose main tasks are to assess the effectiveness of the security systems deployed and to test the detection and reaction capabilities of the defence teams (Blue Teams) during an exercise simulating a real attack. The services of the Red Team enable the Group to gain a better understanding of the weaknesses in the security of the Societe Generale information system, to help in the implementation of global improvement strategies, and also to train cybersecurity defence teams. CERT works closely with the Security Operation Center (SOC), which is in charge of detecting security events and processing them.

A team at the Resources and Digital Transformation Department is in charge of the consistency of the implementation of operational risk management systems and their consolidation for IT processes. The main tasks of the team are as follows:

identify and evaluate the major IT risks for the Group, including extreme risk scenarios (eg. cyberattack, failure of a provider), to enable the Bank to improve its knowledge of its risks, be better prepared for extreme risk scenarios and better align their investments with their IT risks;

produce the indicators that feed the IT risks monitoring dashboard, intended for management bodies and Information Systems directors. They are reviewed regularly with the second line of defence in order to remain aligned with the IS and SSI strategy and their objectives;

more generally, ensure the quality and reliability of all devices addressing IT operational risks. Particular attention is paid to the permanent control system for its IT risks, which is based on the definition of normative IT and security controls and the support of the Group in the deployment of managerial supervision on this topic. As part of the “PCT” program to transform permanent control, the normative controls were reviewed, i.e. around thirty controls on IS/SSI subjects. The IT Department monitors the deployment of these controls across the Group, the progress of which is aligned with the objectives set by the Group.

In terms of awareness, a multilingual online training module on information security is mandatory for all internal Group staff and for all service providers who use or access our information system. It was updated in early 2020 in order to incorporate changes to the new Group Information Security Policy. At the end of August 2021, 98% of Societe Generale group employees who were notified of the training module had performed it.

The supervision of fraud risk, whether internal or external, is integrated into the general operational risk management framework which allows the identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of the risk, whether it is potential or actual.

It is steered in the first line of defense by dedicated expert teams dedicated to fraud risks management in addition to the teams in charge of operational risk management specific to each of the banking businesses. These teams are in charge of the definition and operational implementation of the means of raising awareness, preventing, detecting and dealing with frauds. The second line of defense is provided by the Operational Risks Department with a fraud risk manager. The second line defines and verifies compliance with the principles of fraud risk management in conjunction with the first line teams, and ensures that the appropriate governance is in place.

Finally, the teams, whether they are in the first or second line of defense, work jointly with teams of experts in charge of information security, the fight against cyber crime, customer knowledge, the fight against corruption and money laundering. Likewise, the teams work closely with the teams in charge of credit risk and market risk. The sharing of information contributes to the identification and increased responsiveness in the presence of a situation of proven fraud or weak signals. This active collaboration makes it possible to initiate investigative measures, blocking attempted fraud or initiating the recovery of funds or the activation of guarantees, associated insurance in the event of successful fraud.

 

4.9  STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS

 

Audited I Structural exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks results from commercial transactions, their associated hedging transactions and corporate centre transactions.

The interest rate and exchange rate risks linked to Trading Book activities are excluded from the structural risk measurement scope as they belong to the category of market risks. Structural and market exposures constitute the Group’s total interest rate and exchange rate exposure.

The general principle is to reduce structural interest rate and exchange rate risks to the greatest possible extent within the consolidated entities. Within the entities, commercial and corporate centre operations must therefore be matched in terms of interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible. At the consolidated level, a structural foreign exchange position is maintained in order to minimise the sensitivity of the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.

 

4.9.1  ORGANISATION OF THE MANAGEMENT OF STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE AND EXCHANGE RATE RISKS

 

The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The entities are first and foremost responsible for managing these risks. The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defense. The ALM department of the Risk Department assumes the role of second line of defense supervision.

The purpose of the Group Finance Committee is to:

validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural risks;

review changes in the Group’s structural risks through consolidated reporting;

review and validate the measures proposed.

The ALM (Asset and Liability Management) Department is responsible for:

defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk appetite;

analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;

monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;

defining the ALM principles for the Group;

defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;

identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;

monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.

The second-level supervision of the ALM models used within the Group and of associated frameworks is provided by a dedicated service within the Risk department, the Asset Liability Management Risk - Structural and Liquidity Risk department. Accordingly, this department is in charge of:

defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU)/Service Units (SU);

defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods;

reviewing the ALM models by delegation of the Model Risk Management department.

Finally, the Risk Department chairs the Group model validation Committee and the Group ALM norms validation Committee.

Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it.

As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models, with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.

An dedicated ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity, BU/SU, is responsible for monitoring these risks (first-level control). This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities, BU/SU, have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programmes in accordance with the principles set out by the Group and the limits validated by the Finance Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees.

 

4.10  LIQUIDITY RISK

 

Audited I Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank cannot meet its financial obligations. It is measured across different time horizons, under various assumptions (normal conditions and stressed scenarios). Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group cannot maintain over time the appropriate amount of funding to support its assets and at a reasonable cost.

 

4.10.1  OBJECTIVES AND GUIDING PRINCIPLES

 

The liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can (i) fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks) ; (ii) raise funding resources in a sustainable manner, at a reasonable cost (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and funding management set up ensures that both regulatory requirements and the risk appetite set by the Group are met.

To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:

mutualising resources, optimising costs and ensuring consistent risk management by centralising liquidity and funding management at the Corporate centre level, mainly in the name of the mother company (Societe Generale SA). For that purpose, Business Units have tight constraints in terms of the transformation position they can run, hence need to match their assets and liabilities by transacting with the Corporate centre, along a Funds Transfer Pricing mechanism. Assets or liabilities which do not have a set contractual maturity (e.g. sight deposits) have their maturity assessed along quantitative models or conventions proposed by the Finance Division and by the Business Units and validated by the Risk Division (see below);

planning for funding resources in consideration of both the business development objectives and the risk appetite set by the Board of Directors. See below the “Funding Plan” chapter in section 2;

ensuring that funding risks are mitigated through a proper diversification of funding resources in terms of currencies, investor pools, maturity buckets, liability format (e.g. benchmark bond issuance, with a split along various seniority levels, issuance in the form of structured notes, issuance in the form of unsecured and secured notes). In order to optimise funding costs, the majority of bond issuance is made in the name of the mother company. However, a degree of diversification is sought by leveraging the capacity of some subsidiaries to raise funds in a way which complements the mother company’s funding, i.e. raising funds from local investors in local currencies;

ensuring that Societe Generale keeps liquid reserves in sufficient amount to comply with the survival horizon under stress set by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are in the form of cash held at central banks and highly liquid securities, split between the Banking Book (under the direct or indirect ownership of the Group Treasury Department) or the Trading Book (mainly within the Global Markets division, under a permanent control of the Group Treasury Department);

ensuring Societe Generale has readily available remediation options to face potential stress situations, through a Group-wide contingency plan (which leaves aside insurance activities, which have their separate contingency arrangements) aimed at detecting any stress signals at an early stage and defining in advance the crisis management setup and mitigation options.

 

4.11  COMPLIANCE RISK, LITIGATION

 

Acting in compliance means understanding and observing the external and internal rules that govern our banking and financial activities. These rules aim to ensure a transparent and balanced relationship between the Bank and all of its stakeholders. Compliance is the cornerstone of trust between the Bank, its customers, its supervisors and its staff.

Compliance with rules is the responsibility of all Group employees, who must demonstrate compliance and integrity on a daily basis. The rules must be clearly expressed, and staff have been informed and/or trained to understand them properly.

The compliance risk prevention system is based on shared responsibility between the operational entities and the Group Compliance Department:

the operational entities (BU/SUs) must incorporate into their daily activities compliance with laws and regulations, the rules of professional best practice and the Group’s internal rules;

the Compliance Department manages the Group’s compliance risk prevention system. It ensures the system’s consistency and efficiency, while also developing appropriate relationships – alongside the General Secretary – with bank supervisors and regulators. This independent department reports directly to General Management.

To support the businesses and supervise the system, the Compliance Department is organised into:

Standards and Consolidation teams responsible for defining the normative system and oversight guidelines, consolidating them at Group level, as well as defining the target operational model for each compliance risk;

Departmental/business compliance teams which are aligned across the Group’s major business lines (Corporate and Investment Bank, French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking, Private Banking and Corporate Divisions), responsible for the relationship with BU/SUs, including dealflow, advisory, and risk oversight of BU/SUs;

teams responsible for cross-business functions, including second-level controls.

The Compliance Department is organised into three main compliance risk categories:

financial security: Know Your Customer (KYC) processes; the observance of international sanctions and embargo rules, and anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing rules, including issuing declarations of suspicion to the relevant authorities where applicable;

regulatory risks: these cover mainly customer protection, market integrity, anti-bribery and corruption, ethics and conduct, compliance with tax transparency regulations (based on knowledge of the customers’ tax profile), compliance with corporate social responsibility regulations and Group commitments;

data protection, including personal data, in particular those of customers.

 

Financial Security

Regulatory risks

Data and Digital

KYC(1)

AML(2)

Sanctions & Embargoes 

Customer protection

Market integrity

Tax transprency

Anti-corruption, Conduct and Ethics

CSR(3)

GDPR, Archiving…

(1)

Know Your Customer.

(2)

Anti-Money Laundering.

(3)

Corporate Social Responsibility.

Compliance has set up an extensive compulsory training programme for each of these risk categories, designed to raise awareness of compliance risks among all or some employees. The training has been completed by high-level employees within the Group.

In addition to its LoD2 function with regard to the aforementioned risks, Compliance oversees the regulatory system for all regulations applicable to credit institutions, including those implemented by other departments, such as prudential regulations.

 

4.11.1  COMPLIANCE

 

In 2018, the Group launched a programme to rework its KYC functions in order to boost their operational efficiency (via the simplification of standards, greater pooling of resources, optimisation of tools and processes) and to improve the customer experience. Placed under the responsibility of the Compliance Department, this programme is closely and regularly monitored at the highest bank level. Work carried out in this regard has made it possible to redefine a standardised normative framework country by country in terms of KYC due diligence, to develop new customer rating models, and to launch an industrialised system for the screening and processing of negative customer news. This allowed the anti-corruption system to be upgraded in line with the requirements of the French anti-bribery agency. The transformation programme will be fully implemented by the end of 2022.

The Group has transposed all the measures linked to Directive (EU) 2015/849 on anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (referred to as “the 5th anti-money laundering directive”), as well as European Regulation 2015/847 on the quality of payment information and the Order of 6 January 2021 on the system and internal controls to fight money laundering and terrorism financing.

The system for the detection of suspicious or unusual transactions continued to be strengthened in 2021 with the roll-out of more sophisticated monitoring tools, the optimisation of scenarios used and the launch of initiatives to switch to new-generation monitoring tools, with priority given to International Retail Banking and Boursorama.

In 2021, the international environment was impacted by the reinforcement of US sanctions on China, with greater complexity in terms of implementation that may generate substantial operational risks for financial institutions. More broadly, Societe Generale Group has confirmed its position to abstain from any trading activity with Iran and to maintain transactions with Russia within a strict framework.

The Group continued to strengthen its Embargoes/Sanctions system under the established remedial programme following agreements entered into with the US authorities (see page 258), notably in terms of screening third parties and transactions, training employees and industrialising all processes involved in controlling this risk.

Customer protection is a major challenge for the Societe Generale Group, which is committed to respecting and protecting the interests of its customers.

The prevention of financial vulnerability (early detection), banking inclusion (the right to hold an account) and the replacement or removal of insurance taken out on a real estate loan were priorities in 2021.

Information provided to customers was strengthened with new rules on ESG (Environmental and Social Governance) labelling and designations.

The system keeping track of obligations laid down in European consumer protection regulations (MIF2 and the Insurance Directive or DDA) is in place for product governance and advisory, as well as to ensure compliance with information requirements.

In an environment still dominated by the health and social crisis, significant measures are being implemented in the Group’s system in terms of:

strengthening internal rules regarding key aspects of customer protection (marketing rules, cross-border sales, customer claims, conflicts of interest, product governance, protection of customers’ assets, along with compensation and qualification of employees);

specific training and increased staff awareness; the importance the Group places on this issue is largely addressed in the Group’s Code of Conduct;

adapting as a matter of necessity existing tools to new regulatory requirements, in particular the Shareholder Rights Directive II (SRD2), applicable as of 2021.

Processing a claim is a commercial act that impacts customer satisfaction. Accordingly, it has received much coverage in the Code of Conduct.

The “Customer claim processing” Group instruction incorporates the recommendations of the national supervisor (French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority – ACPR) and the regulatory requirements (MIF2, DDA and DSP – the Payment Services Directive) relative to the strengthening of customer protection measures at European level. The bank’s businesses have an ad hoc governance, an organisation, human resources and applications, formalised procedures, and quantitative and qualitative monitoring indicators.

Independent mediation supplements this internal system. Mediation, a measure aimed at amicable settlement, is brought to customers’ awareness on multiple information media, in particular through a permanent notice on the back of bank account statements. Every entity involved is obliged to comply with the independent mediator’s decision.

The Group has a clear normative framework in place to prevent and manage conflicts of interest. This framework specifies the principles and mechanisms that have been implemented. This robust system covers three categories of potential conflicts of interest: those that may arise between the Group and its customers or between the Group’s customers; those occurring between the Group and its employees (particularly in relation to activities involving an employee’s personal interest and/or their professional obligations); and, lastly, those arising between the Group and its suppliers. The system has been supplemented by the reporting of conflicts of interest (Déclaration des Conflits d’intérêts – DACI) required of Group employees most exposed to the risks of corruption.

Systematic reviews ahead of and during the marketing process ensure compliance with product governance obligations. As product originator, Societe Generale sets up Product Review Committees to ensure the target market has been defined correctly and, if not, to adjust it accordingly. As distributor, Societe Generale checks that the criteria match the customers’ situation and communicates with product originators to track products during their life cycle. Updated in 2021, Societe Generale’s investment services policy now includes new offers in terms of sustainable finance, the supervision of crypto-assets, and detailed notes on the target markets of the main instruments produced or distributed by each business.

Societe Generale has established practices and usages to comply with legislation vis-à-vis vulnerable customers, in particular customers benefiting from the offer tailored to financially vulnerable customers. To contribute to the national effort to boost the purchasing power of French citizens in challenging financial circumstances, the Group has added to its practices by introducing additional measures in 2019, notably: i) freezing bank fees; ii) capping bank intervention fees for vulnerable clients; and iii) organising follow-up and support suited to the situation of customers experiencing difficulties in the wake of recent events. These measures are closely monitored and covered in action plans aimed at identifying financially vulnerable customers.

The main regulatory risks concerning market integrity involve the following:

interest rate benchmarks;

market manipulation and the protection of privileged information (market abuse regulations);

regulations for transparency and to reduce the systemic risk inherent in over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives;

separation of proprietary trading by banks (US Volcker Rule and French Banking Law on the Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities).

The overall system for hedging Market Integrity risk was strengthened in 2021, in particular with respect to processes and controls on OTC derivatives activities in accordance with the relevant regulations, and on preventive measures concerning personal staff transactions.

The system continued to be strengthened in 2021 with the extension and improvement of tools identifying market manipulation risks and an extensive employee training programme on the subject.

Regarding staff transactions, Societe Generale implemented a new pre-authorisation tool based on classifying employees in terms of their exposure to confidential information on investment services customers or on the Bank as issuer.

Regarding market indices: the Group has implemented an action plan to monitor contributions to benchmarks and ensure their Group-wide administration. In addition to contributions to benchmark indices and the administration of indices, the use of indices has been subject to regulatory restrictions since January 2020. This system is monitored Group-wide.

The year was also characterised by the Group’s preparation for the IBOR transition in order to replace IBOR interest rate benchmarks with alternative, risk-free rates.

The US Volcker Rule – which established a prohibition in principle for certain institutions in the financial services sector, such as the Societe Generale Group, to conduct speculative trading and hold covered funds(1) on its own account – was subject to two major amendments in 2019 and 2020. These amendments ease the Societe Generale Group’s regulatory obligations.

The system overseeing compliance with the Volcker Rule and the Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities Act has been made permanent and stabilised following the aforementioned developments in 2020. Moreover, the system providing a regulatory framework for market activities (regarding activity indicators, in particular) was reformed in March 2019 (Order of 18 March 2019). These changes were incorporated into the internal normative and control system.

Regulatory risks related to derivatives market activities are covered by European regulations (MIFIR, EMIR regulation) and US regulations (Dodd-Frank Act).

These regulations remain subject to changes. Combined with business and technological developments, they require constant updates and adjustments to the compliance management system. The year 2021 was characterised by the continued implementation of new requirements.

In light of the many regulatory requirements attached to transaction reporting, and regulators’ heightened interest in the quality of such reports, Societe Generale is continuing to deploy a new Group policy dedicated to mandatory compliance reporting (including transaction reporting). This policy defines the governance and control standards applicable to these reports.

Societe Generale Group’s principles on combating tax evasion are governed by the Tax Code of Conduct. The Code was updated in March 2017 and approved by the Board of Directors after review by the Executive Committee. It is a public document and can be consulted on the Bank’s institutional investor portal (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Code%20de%20conduite/tax_code_of_conduct_of_societe_generale_group_uk.pdf).

The five main principles of the Code of Conduct are as follows:

Societe Generale ensures compliance with the tax rules applicable to its business in all countries where the Group operates, in accordance with international conventions and national laws;

in its customer relationships, Societe Generale ensures that customers are informed of their tax obligations relating to transactions carried out with the Group, and the Group complies with the reporting obligations that apply to it as bookkeeper or in any other way;

in its relations with the tax authorities, Societe Generale is committed to strictly respecting tax procedures and ensures that it maintains open and transparent relations to maintain its reputation;

Societe Generale does not encourage or promote tax evasion for itself, its subsidiaries or its customers;

Societe Generale has a tax policy in line with its strategy of sustainable profitability and refrains from any operation, whether for its own account or for its customers, whose main purpose or effect is tax motivated, unless this is consistent with the intention of the legislation.

The Board of Directors annually reviews the application of the Code and the procedures and systems in place within the Group to ensure that new products and new establishments comply with the Group’s tax principles.

(1)

The Volcker Rule does not offer a specific definition of the term “covered fund”. It sets out a general prohibition to deal with hedge funds and private equity funds, also including a list of exceptions based on the products and/or strategy of the fund, which may provide an exemption from this category. For example, retirement or pension funds, foreign public funds, acquisition vehicles and securitisation vehicles are not considered covered funds.

 

Relationships with legislators and tax law policy makers are governed by the Charter for Responsible Advocacy with respect to Public Authorities and Representative Institutions (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Document%20RSE/societe-generale-obligations-for-a-responsible-advocacy.pdf).

The Group is committed to a strict policy with regard to tax havens. No Group entity is authorised in a state or territory on the official French list of ETNCs (États et territoires non coopératifs in French)(1) and internal rules have been in place since 2003 to monitor an expanded list of countries or territories.

The Group follows the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) transfer pricing standards. However, local constraints may require deviations from OECD methodologies, in which case the local constraints must be documented.

The Group publishes information on its entities and activities annually on a country-by-country basis (Section 2.12 page 58) and confirms that its presence in a number of countries is for commercial purposes only, and not to benefit from special tax provisions. The Group also complies with the tax transparency rules for its own account (CbCR – country-by-Country Reporting).

The Group is fully committed to implementing regulations aimed at ensuring tax transparency for its customers’ accounts (in particular FATCA and the Common Reporting Standard – CRS, DAC6).

Some of the tax regulations define tax transparency requirements. FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), CRS (Common Reporting Standard), QI (Qualified Intermediary) and DAC6 (Directive on Administrative Cooperation 6) regulations have the common goal of combating fraud and tax evasion by customers. The risks borne by financial institutions are financial, commercial and reputational in nature. The Group’s main challenges involve adapting to regulatory developments, which are becoming increasingly stringent over the years, and strengthening its control systems.

Societe Generale complies with tax transparency standards. The Common Reporting Standard (CRS) enables tax authorities to be systematically informed of income received abroad by their tax residents, including where the accounts are held in asset management structures. Moreover, Societe Generale complies with the requirements of the United States FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), which aims to combat tax evasion involving foreign accounts or entities held by US taxpayers. Non-US financial intermediaries are thus responsible for identifying US taxpayers in their customer base in order to declare the income received by said taxpayers, directly or indirectly, to the US tax administration, thereby enabling an automatic reconciliation with their individual tax returns. The tax transparency objectives have been achieved by generating a tax report filed at national level and sharing tax information between partner countries on the basis of existing bilateral tax treaties and inter-governmental agreements (IGAs).

Lastly, the Group has implemented the new European Directive on transparency between intermediaries (referred to as DAC6), which will require the reporting of cross-border tax arrangements. The Group Compliance Division has supported the Group Tax Department in implementing DAC6, more specifically the D regulatory marker regarding schemes aimed at circumventing the CRS and those involving opaque chains of beneficial owners.

Importantly, the account-keeping entities of the Private Banking business line are established exclusively in countries with the strictest tax transparency rules imposed by G20 member countries and the OECD. These countries ratified the Convention on Mutual Administrative Assistance in Tax Matters, introduced the automatic exchange of information in financial accounts (CRS) and obtained the “largely compliant” and “compliant” rating as part of the peer review process conducted under the aegis of the OECD. Assets deposited in Private Banking books are subject to enhanced scrutiny using comprehensive due diligence procedures to ensure they are tax compliant.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, Societe Generale also includes tax fraud in its anti-money laundering procedures.

Societe Generale is fully committed to fighting corruption and has given clear undertakings in this respect by participating in the Wolfsberg Group and the Global Compact.

The Group applies strict principles that are included in its Code of Conduct and its “Anti-Corruption and Influence Peddling Code”.

Societe Generale’s anti-corruption programme is built around the following themes:

code of conduct;

risk mapping;

appropriate training at all levels (senior management, exposed persons, all employees);

control systems;

accounting procedures;

evaluation of third parties;

disciplinary system;

right to whistleblow.

Within this context, processes and tools continue to be strengthened with the provision of staff dedicated to anti-corruption practices within the Group, and the creation of monitoring indicators and new controls – including accounting and operational controls to reduce the risk of corruption.

The Group’s anti-corruption instructions have been revised and expanded to include a new version of the Anti-Corruption and Influence Peddling Code, which was incorporated into the Internal Rules in April 2021.

The Societe Generale Group now has several tools at its disposal, such as the tool for declaring gifts and invitations (GEMS), the tool for whistleblowing management (WhistleB), and the annual conflict of interest declaration tool (DACI).

Training measures have been strengthened, in particular with respect to persons most exposed to the risk of corruption, accounting controllers, and members of General Management and the Board of Directors.

Third-party knowledge procedures have been improved, with special focus on intermediaries, as well as the introduction of due diligence for suppliers and associations benefiting from donations or sponsorship initiatives.

European financial regulations have seen significant changes from a social and environmental perspective, in particular with the entry into force in March 2021 of Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 – SFDR on sustainability-related disclosures in the financial services sector, and the Taxonomy Regulation (EU) 2020/852 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment. The Compliance Division is developing the normative framework relative to the European Union regulations on sustainable investment. A dedicated programme is helping the business lines to comply with regulations and is producing deliverables pertaining to normative documentation, training, controls and supervision.

(1)

Including the European Union blacklist.

Over and above the regulations, the Group is making voluntary, public commitments in this area. To manage the implementation of the environmental and social risk management system and ensure the Group’s commitments are upheld, the Compliance Division has taken the following measures:

developing normative controls;

deploying e-learning on environmental and social risk management. The training was made compulsory for all employees having a direct or indirect relationship with corporate customers. Moreover, specific workshops were conducted with targeted employees in the Compliance Division to foster an understanding of and compliance with the criteria for applying voluntary commitments;

defining an environmental and social escalation procedure with respect to corporate customers to set out the criteria requiring business lines to reach out to the Compliance Division and, where applicable, the Responsible Commitments Committee, to connect with a company or during situations likely to present a reputational risk arising from environmental or social factors.

As a trusted partner of its customers, Societe Generale is especially sensitive to personal data protection.

Following the entry into force of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), which increases the Company’s obligations and the level of sanctions in case of non-compliance with these obligations (up to 4% of revenue), the Societe Generale Group has considerably strengthened its personal data processing management system.

Across all Group entities, internal instructions and associated procedures in line with local and European regulations define the rules to apply and the measures to take to guarantee the protection and security of customer and staff data. In particular, measures to inform data subjects (customers, employees, shareholders, suppliers, etc.) and process their demands are in place so that such persons can exercise their rights, notably via dedicated digital platforms. A personal data security policy has been defined, which fits in with the Group’s overall security strategy, especially as regards cybersecurity. Moreover, there has been a specific effort to increase staff awareness via dedicated training.

Lastly, Societe Generale Group has appointed a Data Protection Officer (DPO) who reports to the Head of Group Compliance and is the main contact person for the Personal Data Protection Authority (Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés – CNIL). The DPO is responsible for ensuring sound Group compliance for personal data protection. Alongside the network of local DPOs and correspondents throughout the Group entities, the DPO assists them with security issues and personal data usage. As part of his or her duties, the DPO regularly reviews a number of indicators, notably the number and nature of requests by persons seeking to exercise their rights under GDPR, the internal training completion rate, and the local DPO certification programme.

In keeping with the regulatory framework defined by European Directive CRD4, Societe Generale has had a specific governance in place to determine variable compensation since the end of 2010. The rules introduced by this directive apply not only to financial market professionals, but to all persons whose activity is likely to have a substantial impact on the risk profile of the institutions which employ them, including those exercising control functions.

The regulatory framework defined by European Directive CRD4 since 2014 and by European Directive CRD5 which has applied since 1 January 2022 does not modify the rules determining the variable compensation of persons whose activity is likely to have an impact on the risk profile of the Group and of the employees who exercise control functions. The above-mentioned principles and governance remain in place within the Group.

According to the principles approved by the Board of Directors as proposed by the Compensation Committee, the compensation mechanisms and processes for the identified population not only factor in the financial results of the transactions undertaken, but also the broader context and how these results are generated, especially in terms of control and management of all risks and adherence to compliance rules. Control function employees are compensated independently of the results of the transactions that they control, and according to criteria specific to their activity.

Variable compensation includes a non-deferred portion and a deferred portion. The acquisition of the deferred portion of the variable compensation is subject to three conditions: a minimum length of service, a minimum level of financial performance of the Company and/or the activity, and appropriate management of risks and compliance (malus and clawback provisions). All deferred variables of the regulated population are subject to a non-payment clause to sanction any excessive risk-taking or behaviour deemed unacceptable. Subject to applicable regulations, a clawback clause enables Societe Generale to request the return of deferred variables, in part or in full, after the holding period and for a five-year period after their allocation was included in the Group’s plan for deferred variable compensation allocated for 2021.

At least 50% of this compensation is paid in shares or equivalent securities. The purpose of these payment methods is to align the compensation with the Company’s performance and risk horizon.

The Risk Division and Compliance Division help define and implement this policy. In particular, every year they independently assess the main activities of Wholesale Banking, and of French and International Retail Banking, and the principal risk takers, together with the desk managers subject to the Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities Act and the Volcker Rule in relation to their risk management and compliance. These assessments are reviewed by General Management and taken into account when determining the amounts of variable compensation.

Furthermore, Societe Generale has implemented a specific system and governance aimed at the holders of trading mandates to ensure that the compensation policy genuinely factors in the requirements of the Separation and Regulation of Banking Activities Act of 26 July 2013 and the Volcker Rule.

In keeping with our historical approach and in accordance with the recommendations of the Committee of European Banking Supervisors, several regulatory principles – the portion of deferred compensation, the acquisition of which is subject to conditions of presence, the minimum performance of the Group and the activity, and appropriate risk and compliance management – apply to a wider population than the regulated population depending on the level of variable compensation, notably across the scope of Wholesale Banking.

In addition, the Group’s annual employee appraisal tool has included a Conduct and Compliance section since 2018, enabling managers to factor in cases of non-compliant employee behaviour with respect to risk management, quality of service and respecting customers’ interests. Where an employee has failed to observe conduct and compliance rules, the manager must draft and implement a dedicated action plan to assist him or her. The results of this specific appraisal measure are crucial in determining the employee’s career path and compensation.

The consideration given to risks in the compensation policy is presented every year to the Risks Committee and a Director sitting on the Risks Committee also sits on the Compensation Committee.

The reputational risk management system is described in the Societe Generale Code.

It is coordinated by the Compliance Department, which:

supports the Compliance Control Officers of the businesses in their strategy for preventing, identifying, assessing and controlling reputational risk;

develops a reputational risk dashboard that is communicated quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, based on information from the businesses/Business Units and support functions/Service Units (in particular the Human Resources, Communications, Legal, Corporate Social Responsibility and Data Protection Departments).

Moreover, Chief Compliance Officers dedicated to Business Units take part in the various bodies (new product Committees, ad hoc Committees, etc.) organised to approve new types of transactions, products, projects or customers, and formulate a written opinion as to their assessment of the level of risk of the planned initiative, and notably the reputational risk.

In June 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to resolve their investigations into IBOR submissions, and with the DOJ and the French Financial Prosecutions Department (Parquet National Financier - PNF) to resolve their investigations into certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties.

In November 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US authorities to resolve their investigations into certain US dollar transactions involving countries, persons or entities subject to US economic sanctions.

As part of these agreements, the Bank committed to enhance its compliance system in order to prevent and detect any violation of anti-corruption and bribery, market manipulation and US economic sanction regulations, and any violation of New York state laws. The Bank also committed to enhance corporate oversight of its economic sanctions compliance programme.

Moreover, the Bank agreed with the US Federal Reserve to hire an independent consultant to assess the Bank’s progress on the implementation of measures to strengthen its compliance programme with respect to sanctions and embargoes.

To meet the commitments made by Societe Generale as part of these agreements, the Bank developed a programme to implement these commitments and strengthen its compliance system in the relevant areas. This programme has been placed under the direct supervision of the Group Head of Compliance. In addition, the programme’s Steering Committee is chaired by a member of the Bank’s General Management, and a programme progress report is presented to the Board of Directors on a monthly basis.

In 2021, the Programme was rolled out according to the schedule presented to the internal Governance bodies and the various authorities who have received regular reports on the progress of remedial actions. Moreover, the external audits provided for in the agreements have been conducted or are under way.

On 30 November and 2 December 2021, the US federal court confirmed the termination of legal proceedings by the DOJ, which confirmed that Societe Generale complied with obligations relating to the deferred prosecution agreements (DPA) of June and November 2018. In December 2020, the PNF resolved proceedings against Societe Generale and acknowledged that Societe Generale had fulfilled its obligations with respect to the public interest judicial convention.

On 19 November 2018, Societe Generale Group and its New York branch (SGNY) entered into an agreement (enforcement action) with the NY State Department of Financial Services regarding the SGNY anti-money laundering compliance programme. This agreement requires (i) submitting an enhanced anti-money laundering programme, (ii) an anti-money laundering governance plan, and (iii) the performance of an external audit in 2020.

As background information, on 14 December 2017, Societe Generale and SGNY on the one hand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve on the other hand, agreed to a Cease and Desist order (the “Order”) regarding the SGNY compliance programme to adhere to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and its anti-money laundering (“AML”) obligations (the “Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program”), and regarding some aspects of its Know Your Customer (KYC) programme.

This Cease and Desist Order signed on 14 December 2017 with the US Federal Reserve supersedes the Written Agreement entered into in 2009 between Societe Generale Group and SGNY on the one hand, and the US Federal Reserve and the New York State Financial Services Department on the other.

On 17 December 2019, Societe Generale SA and SGNY signed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRB) regarding compliance risk management. This agreement included the submission and approval by the FRB, followed by the implementation, of (i) an action plan to strengthen supervision by the US Risk Committee of the compliance risk management programme, (ii) an action plan to improve the compliance risk management programme in the US, and (iii) revisions of the internal audit programme concerning compliance risk management audits in the US. As at the end of 2021, these actions were being implemented.

 

4.12  MODEL RISK

 

Many choices made within the Group are based on quantitative decision support tools (models). Model risk is defined as the risk of losses due to decisions reached based on results of internal modeling due to errors in development, implementation or use of these models. It can take the form of model uncertainty or errors in the implementation of model management processes.

 

4.12.1  MODEL RISK MONITORING

 

The Group is fully committed to maintaining a solid governance system in terms of model risk management in order to ensure the efficiency and reliability of the identification, design, implementation, modification monitoring processes, independent review and approval of the models used. An MRM (“Model Risk Management”) Department in charge of controlling model risk was created within the Risk Department in 2017. Since then, the model risk management framework has been consolidated and structured and is based today on the following device.

Actors and responsibilities

The model risk management system is implemented by the three independent lines of defence, which correspond to the responsibility of the business lines in risk management, to the review and independent supervision and evaluation of the system and which are segregated and independent to avoid any conflict of interest.

The device is as follows:

the first line of defence (LoD1), which brings together several teams with diverse skills within the Group, is responsible for the development, implementation, use and monitoring of the relevance over time of the models, in accordance with model risk management system; these teams are housed in the Business Departments or their Support Departments;

the second line of defence (LoD2) is made up of governance teams and independent model review teams, and supervised by the “Model Risk” Department within the Risk Department;

the third line of defence (LoD3) is responsible for assessing the overall effectiveness of the model risk management system (the relevance of governance for model risk and the efficiency of the activities of the second line of defence) and independent audit of models: it is housed within the Internal Audit Department.

A MRM Committee chaired by the Risk Director meets at least every three months to ensure the implementation of the management system and monitor the risk of models at Group level. Within the second line of defence and the “Model risk” Department, a governance team is in charge of the design and management of the model risk management system at Group level.

As such:

the normative framework applicable to all of the Group’s models is defined, applied when necessary to the main families of models to provide details on the specifics, and maintained while ensuring the consistency and homogeneity of the system, its integrity and its compliance with regulatory provisions; this framework specifies in particular the definition of expectations with regard to LoD1, the principles for the model risk assessment methodology and the definition of guiding principles for the independent review and approval of the model;

the identification, recording and updating of information of all models within the Group (including models under development or recently withdrawn) are carried out in the model inventory according to a defined process and piloted by LoD2;

the monitoring and reporting system relating to model risk incurred by the Group in Senior Management has been put in place. The appetite for model risk, corresponding to the level of model risk that the Group is ready to assume in the context of achieving its strategic objectives, is also formalised through statements relating to risk tolerance, translated under form of specific indicators associated with warning limits and thresholds.

For each model, risk management is based on compliance with the rules and standards defined for the entire Group by each LoD1 player, it is guaranteed by an effective challenge from LoD2 and a uniform approval process.

The need to examine a model is assessed according to the level of model risk, its model family and applicable regulatory requirements. The independent review by the second line of defence is triggered in particular for new models, periodic model reviews, proposals to change models and transversal reviews in response to a recommendation:

it corresponds to all the processes and activities which aim to verify the conformity of the functioning and use of the models with respect to the objectives for which they were designed and to the applicable regulations, on the basis of the activities and controls implemented by LoD1;

it is based on certain principles aimed at verifying the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of the design and development of the model), the conformity of the implementation and use, and the relevance of the monitoring of the model;

it gives rise to an Independent Review Report, which describes the scope of the review, the tests carried out, the results of the review, the conclusions or the recommendations.

The approval process follows the same approval scheme for all models, the composition of governance bodies being able to vary according to the level of model risk, the family of models, the applicable regulatory requirements and the Business Units/Service Units in which model is applicable. Responsible for LOD2, the approval process consists of two consecutive instances:

the Review Authority which aims to present the conclusions identified by the review team in the independent Review Report and to discuss, allowing for a contradictory debate between LoD1 and LoD2. Based on the discussions, LoD2 confirms or modifies the conclusions of the review report, including the findings and recommendations, without being limited thereto;

the Approval Authority, a body which has the power to approve (with or without reservation) or reject the use of a model, changes made to the existing model or continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model along the time proposed by the LOD1, from the Independent Review Report and the minutes of the Review Authority.

 

4.13  RISK RELATED TO INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

 

Risk related to insurance activities: through its insurance subsidiaries, the Group is also exposed to a variety of risks linked to this business. In addition to balance sheet management risks (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and exchange rate risk), these risks include premium pricing risk, mortality risk and the risk of an increase in claims.

 

4.13.1  MANAGEMENT OF INSURANCE RISKS

 

There are two main types of insurance risks:

underwriting risks, particularly risk through life insurance, individual personal protection and non-life insurance. This risk can be biometrical: disability, longevity, mortality, or related to policyholders’ behavior (risk of lapses). To a lesser extent, the Insurance business line is also exposed to non-life and health risks. Such risks can come from pricing, selection, claims management or catastrophic risk;

risks related to financial markets and ALM: the Insurance business line, mainly through life insurance on the French market, is exposed to instabilities on the financial markets (changes in interest rates and stock market fluctuations) which can be made worse by policyholder behavior.

Managing these risks is key to the Insurance business line’s activity. It is carried out by qualified and experienced teams, with major bespoke IT resources. Risks are monitored and regularly reported, they are framed by risk policies validated by the Board of Directors of each entity.

Risk management techniques are based on the following:

heightened security for the risk acceptance process, with the aim of guaranteeing that the price schedule matches the policyholder’s risk profile and the guarantees provided;

regular monitoring of indicators on product claims rates in order to adjust certain product parameters, such as pricing or the level of guarantee, if necessary;

implementation of a reinsurance plan to protect the business line from major/serial claims;

application of policies on risk, provisioning and reinsurance.

Management of risks linked to the financial markets and to ALM is an integral part of the investment strategy as long-term performance objectives. The optimisation of these two factors is highly influenced by the asset/liability balance. Liability commitments (guarantees offered to customers, maturity of policies), as well as the amounts booked under the major items on the balance sheet (shareholders’ equity, income, provisions, reserves, etc.) are analysed by the Finance and Risk Departments of the Insurance business line.

Risk management related to financial markets (interest rates, credit and shares) and to ALM is based on the following:

monitoring short- and long-term cash flows (match between the term of a liability and the term of an asset, liquidity risk management);

particular monitoring of policyholder behavior (redemption);

close monitoring of financial markets;

hedging against exchange rate risks (both rising and falling);

hedging downside equity risk;

defining thresholds and limits per counterparty, per issuer rating and assets class;

stress tests, the results of which are presented annually at entities’ Board of Directors’ meetings, as part of the ORSA Report (Own Risk and Solvency Assessment), transferred to the ACPR after approval by the Board;

application of policies related to ALM and investment risks.

 

4.14  OTHER RISKS

 

 

4.14.1  PRIVATE EQUITY RISK

 

The Group has limited appetite for financial shareholdings in proprietary private equity operations. The types of admissible private equity operations chiefly relate to:

commercial support for the network through the private equity arm of the Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord networks and those of certain foreign subsidiaries;

shareholdings in innovative companies, either directly or through private equity funds;

shareholdings in financial services companies such as Euroclear and Crédit Logement.

Private equity investments are managed directly by the networks concerned (Societe Generale, Crédit du Nord and foreign subsidiaries) and are capped at EUR 25 million. Any investments above this threshold must be approved by the Group Strategy Department based on a file submitted by the Business Unit in conjunction with the Finance Department. The file must include arguments justifying a private equity investment of the allotted size, the projected outcome and the expected profitability based on the consumption of the associated capital, the investment criteria (criteria, typology, duration, etc.), risk analysis and the proposed governance. The Group’s General Management must approve the investment amount if it exceeds EUR 50 million and base its decision on the opinion delivered by the Strategy Department, the Finance Department, the General Secretary and the Compliance Department. Every six months, the relevant Business Unit must submit a report to the Strategy Department which tracks the operations and the use of the allocated investment amount.

Other private equity minority investments undergo a dedicated validation process for both the investment and divestment phases. They are approved by the Heads of the Business Units and of the entities concerned and by their Finance Department, the Strategy Department and also the Group’s General Management for amounts exceeding EUR 50 million, in addition to the Board of Directors for amounts above EUR 250 million. These files are assessed by the Strategy Department with the assistance of experts from the Services and Business Units involved in the operation, comprising at least the Finance Department, the Corporate Secretary’s Legal and Tax Departments and the Compliance Department. The assessment is based on a review of the proposed shareholding, the arguments in favour of such an investment and its context, the structuring of the operation, its financial and prudential impacts, the assessment of identified risks and the resources employed to track and manage them.

 

5   CORPORATE SOCIAL
RESPONSIBILITY

 

 

5.1   EXTRA-FINANCIAL CHALLENGES AND RISKS FOR SOCIETE GENERALE

 

 

5.1.1  A STRATEGIC CSR AMBITION THAT DRIVES THE GROUP’S CORPORATE PURPOSE

 

Societe Generale is committed to supporting its clients and has made Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) the linchpin of its corporate purpose and strategy. CSR concerns all its businesses and is both an opportunity for innovation and a factor of sustainability.

“Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions” is Societe Generale’s corporate purpose and is the embodiment of our collective ambition, the bedrock of the Group’s strategic choices and the compass that guides our actions on a daily basis. It embodies the Group’s vision and values, its team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment, and is the cornerstone of Societe Generale’s banking model.

Following on from its previous strategy, Societe Generale used the findings of its materiality survey to guide its CSR actions in 2021. The materiality survey is outlined in the following section. Survey findings placed the focus on four areas. Two of them form the framework for responsible banking:

the culture of responsibility (see Creating a robust sustainability management framework, page 272);

the responsible employer (see Being a responsible employer, page 314).

The other two areas are the springboards for positively transforming the Group’s actions as a responsible bank:

supporting the environmental transition (see Being committed through action to the environmental transition, page 296);

making a positive impact on local communities (see Contributing to local communities, page 299).

 

Through its geographic presence, the diversity of its businesses and its responsible engagement, Societe Generale helps achieve the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) defined by the UN (for more information, see https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/), and specifically through the four focus areas of its CSR ambition, each of which contributes directly to the successful outcome of one or several objectives:

Core themes of the Group’s CSR policy

Culture of responsibility

By complying with legislation and ethical obligations in force and by introducing its own commitments, Societe Generale’s objective is to work to make a genuinely positive impact on the environment, standing shoulder to shoulder with and being attuned to the various stakeholders of its global ecosystem (see Creating a robust sustainability management framework, page 272).

 

 

 

 

Responsible employer

Monitoring quality of working life, and the diversity and professional development of its teams are crucial to encouraging employee engagement within the Group and optimising performances. Societe Generale has undertaken to move the Group forward with five Human Resources priorities: Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles, Professions and Skills, Diversity and Inclusion, Performance and Compensation, Occupational Health and Safety (see Being a responsible employer, page 314.

 

 

 

 

Supporting the environmental transition

Being committed through action to the climate and environment by supporting fair, environmental and inclusive transition (see Being committed through action to the environmental transition, page 296).

 

 

 

 

Making a positive impact on local communities

Societe Generale is committed to supporting the development and resilience of local economies by taking part in community-focused innovations emerging locally and in its markets. One of the Group’s actions is to make positive transformations by supporting businesspeople, working to develop sustainable cities and infrastructures and promoting green mobility (see Contributing to local communities, page 299). This initiative has particular significance in Africa where the Group supports positive transformations on the continent through its Grow with Africa programme.

 

 

 

 

 

5.2   DEFINING A ROBUST SUSTAINABILITY MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK

 

Societe Generale’s is committed to conducting its activities in an exemplary manner and has made the culture of responsibility a prime focus of its CSR strategic ambition. The Group has also made CSR the linchpin of its governance and compensation policy. In addition, as part of its quest to be a vehicle for transformation towards a more sustainable world, Societe Generale participates in numerous coalitions which debate environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues and enable it to make genuine and concrete commitments. Last, the Group has developed a strict framework to manage environmental and social (E&S) risks to ensure it rolls out these commitments throughout the entire organisation.

5.2.1  CSR IN THE GROUP’S GOVERNANCE

 

 

Five bodies play a specific role in CSR:

1.

the Board of Directors approves the Group’s strategies and supervises their rollout, in particular with regard to CSR. These strategies embody the Group’s values and Code of Conduct, as well as the main thrusts of its environmental and social strategy, its HR policy, its information systems and organisational blueprints. CSR achievements and issues are regular agenda items at Board of Director meetings and those of its Committees (see Chapter 3.1.2 Board of Directors, sections The Board of Directors’ expertise (page 80) and The Board of Directors’ work, page 81). The Group Compensation Committee also explores CSR issues under its remit; see Chapter 3.1.2 Board of Directors, respectively at pages 83 and 86. Ever mindful of the challenges related to energy transition, the Group decided in 2021 to appoint to the Board of Directors a non-voting Director specially dedicated to these areas for a two-year term; see Chapter 3.1 Board of Directors’ report on corporate governance, page 63. Since 2020, members of the Board of Directors have received regular progress reports on the Group’s CSR initiatives, as well as news of regulatory developments via a monthly Key Facts and Figures update on the topics;

2.

at least once a year, the Board of Directors review the Group’s strategic approaches to CSR and their rollout;

3.

General Management, which examines CSR themes through:

-

the Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer, who is specifically tasked with supervising the Group’s CSR commitments and standards, including aligning its actions with climate targets. It also examines any E&S issue having an impact on the Group’s responsibility or reputation; see E&S risk management in the Group’s businesses to promote fair and responsible growth page 291,

-

the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer, who supervises the Risk Division, which defines the Group’s main risk strategies, i.e. credit risks, including those stemming from and related to monitoring the Group’s CSR commitments, as well as country, global markets and operational risks,

-

the Group Strategy Committee and the Business and Service Units’ Strategic Management Committees (see Chapter 3.1.4 Governance bodies, page 93);

4.

the CSR Department, the Head of which is a member of the Group Management Committee. Backed by a 14-strong team and supported by a network of over 300 ESG ambassadors in the Business and Services Units (at Q4 21), she is in charge of formulating a dedicated policy for the Group that is attuned to stakeholders, and of monitoring actions in this area. The CSR Department has been renamed the Sustainable Development Department and has reported to General Management since 1 January 2022. It formerly reported to the Corporate Secretary;

5.

The Group BU/SU entities are tasked with implementing and aligning their initiatives with Societe Generale’s CSR policy.

Application of the principles of separation of responsibilities in the lines of defence

Governance was strengthened in 2019 when E&S risks were integrated in a Group standard policy document. The roles of the first line of defence and the second line of defence (Risk and Compliance Departments), as well as the those of the CSR Department were clearly articulated:

the BU/SUs are in charge of deploying the E&S risk management system throughout their scope of activities, and must comply with the Group’s counterparty and transaction assessment recommendations. They can call on the E&S service experts of other businesses to carry out these assessments. They define their own governance bodies to review complex cases, request guidance and direction from their manager where necessary and help keep Societe Generale’s E&S standards up to date;

the Risk and Compliance Departments are in charge of the second line of defence with respect to E&S risk management. As such, they perform level 2 controls on non-alignment, reputation, credit and E&S risks and assess the quality of the first line of defence procedures on the E&S risks.

Against this backdrop, the Responsible Commitments Committee (CORESP), which was created in 2019, met twelve times in 2021. CORESP explored the following topics:

the change in the Group standards with regard to managing E&S risks, notably in the oil and gas sector, and preserving biodiversity;

the latest Group commitments, such as aligning its credit portfolios and the Group’s own operations with the Paris Agreement’s terms;

reviewing particularly sensitive clients and transactions from an E&S standpoint.

 

 

5.3   BUILDING A BETTER AND SUSTAINABLE FUTURE WITH OUR CLIENTS

 

 

5.3.1  A BANK COMMITTED TO SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE FINANCE

 

Societe Generale has decided to further its corporate purpose and commitment to being a responsible bank by helping its customers to achieve their own sustainability goals. To this end, the Group has developed a comprehensive approach to incorporating CSR considerations into its range of products and services. It has also developed sustainable finance indicators to monitor how this offering performs with its customers. In addition to this broad approach, Societe Generale has decided to focus its Corporate Social Responsibility efforts on two major areas: the environmental transition and contributing to local communities. As a long-standing leader in energy, the Group has made the energy transition a priority and is supporting its customers in this regard. As a major player in economic development, Societe Generale has made sustainable regional development the second priority area in its action plans, especially in Africa, where the Group enjoys a strong foothold and a presence spanning more than 100 years.

A holistic approach to sustainability

Societe Generale has structured responsible and innovative investment and financing solutions contributing to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) as a way of fostering activities with a positive impact on the development of the economy and society, beyond the challenges of the energy transition. As a responsible bank, Societe Generale is determined to work with its clients, whether or not they currently meet all its sustainability criteria, to help them progress towards a fair, green and inclusive transition in keeping with its own commitments.

Sustainability concerns are an integral part of the offer and are suited to all the Group’s clients, covering corporate and investment banking as well as financial services.

It is based on an innovative approach that merges Societe Generale’s expertise in working ESG criteria into its financial products and services with the analysis of its customers’ financial sustainability requirements, as illustrated in the following chart.

 

SUPPORTING GLOBAL BANKING CLIENTS WITH THEIR SUSTAINABILITY APPROACH

Societe Generale consistently seeks to strengthen the strategic dialogue with its clients on ESG. The range of products aimed at Global Banking and Investor Solutions clients relies on the expertise of a dedicated team of experts in the E&S Advisory and Impact Finance Solutions department. They are responsible for analysing the specific needs of customers and for helping them with their own positive-impact projects* in order to select or structure appropriate solutions in keeping with the Group’s own commitments.

Accordingly, the Group offers a wide range of products tailored to its customers’ ESG strategies, including:

green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisation*: Societe Generale has developed a range of green loans and bonds generating social benefits and including a sustainability component. The range links the financing structure to the achievement of ESG goals, encouraging customers to step up their sustainability efforts. Sustainability mechanisms offer multiple structuring possibilities that are set on a case-by-case basis. Goals are discussed with clients and supported by incentives. With this tailor-made structured offer, the Group works hand in hand with its clients to help them achieve their sustainability goals and CSR targets;

green, sustainable export finance*: the Group’s finance offer focuses on five main sectors: renewable energy, hydrogen, clean transport, waste management and sustainable water use. Compared to the previous offer, the sustainable export finance offer now aims to support the Group’s customers who have embarked on a genuine transition to a more sustainable business model. Based on an incentive mechanism, Societe Generale undertakes to adapt its financial terms to the CSR targets set with our customers. In so doing, the Group lends active support to its clients’ transition;

 

equipment finance*: the Group finances sustainable assets in five business segments: Technology, Industrial Equipment, Health, Green Energy, and Transport. In conjunction with manufacturers, energy service suppliers and specialised financial intermediaries, Societe Generale Equipment Finance incorporates circular economy principles into its financing solutions. In so doing, it fosters the transition from a model based on asset ownership to models connected to an asset’s life cycle.

Moreover, the Group has developed a dedicated ESG Advisory offer to guide its clients in stepping up their extra-financial performance with a view to accessing financial markets.

In addition to sustainable finance products, experts from the E&S Advisory and Impact Finance Solutions team are working to develop new ways of financing high-impact investment with the business lines where no suitable package exists in the traditional markets.

IMPACT AND STRUCTURING ADVISORY TO JOINTLY CREATE AND FINANCE NEW ECONOMIC MODELS

 

The impact-based finance approach for global clients focuses on analysing impacts to address global clients’ need for advisory as they shift towards incorporating the United Nations SDGs into their business model, but struggle to finance their investments. We help clients take a detailed look at environmental and social aspects with the ultimate aim of augmenting the positive impact of their projects, facilitating funding and achieving economies of scale. The model is built on three steps:

1.

augment impact: by providing multiple services and pooling costs, projects can generate more social, environmental and economic impacts, as well as additional revenues. Reducing the “cost-to-impact” increases profitability, strengthens resilience and generates an appetite for finance;

2.

improve credit quality: Societe Generale provides expert structuring advice to improve credit quality using blended finance* mechanisms and aggregation vehicles* to reach critical mass for placement in the global private debt and equity markets;

3.

make the most of digital: throughout the process of analysis, the Group focuses on using digital technologies to combine services, create more value, as well as to collect and analyse data on operational performance, payment track records and impacts to demonstrate the project’s potential and support its scale up.

The Impact-based finance approach acts as a catalyst to pool all Societe Generale’s know-how to deliver the best financing solutions for corporate customers and offer suitable sustainable investment opportunities. Societe Generale is a founder member of the Global Impact Platform* which lists impact-driven funds to facilitate institutional investors seeking to source impact investment opportunities. This approach is supplemented by the Social Impact Solutions offer. This offer engineers solutions to unlock public and private funding for social projects developed by customers as they make the transition towards sustainability and work towards the SDGs. In this type of project, where social impacts and business interest mingle, corporates typically join forces with non-governmental organisations, but also with public-sector institutions. The dedicated Social Impact Solutions team assists and advises customers on the design of social projects that align private-, public- and social-sector interests, and offers tailor-made, innovative financing mechanisms driven by results-based principles. The financial instruments employed typically use blended finance*, social impact bonds* and other hybrid tools to arrange financing that involves development finance institutions, impact investors and foundations motivated by the strong and demonstrated social impact of the project.

Societe Generale continues to pioneer innovative ESG solutions in addition to its investment activities and has developed sustainable and positive products and services in hedging solutions and market financing:

1.

Sustainability-Linked Derivatives: these rate or currency derivatives, which are contingent on the achievement of ESG targets, strengthen the Group’s commitment to helping our corporate customers on their sustainable transformation journey. Sustainability-linked derivatives* can be used to hedge sustainability-linked loans* and bonds*;

2.

Sustainability-Screened Collateral and Sustainability-Linked Financing: the Group believes in the importance of supporting its institutional clients to achieve their sustainability aims. It does this by completing ESG-rated financing transactions whose features match its clients’ agenda.

Socially responsible deposits are another element of our Sustainable and Positive Investment offering for corporate customers. Societe Generale matches the funds collected with an equivalent amount in short-term loans to corporates with high ESG ratings (according to an internal methodology), or for commodity finance transactions selected for their ESG qualities (evaluated internally). We offer a comprehensive range of products and services for our institutional customers to give access to a wide gamut of issuers – sovereign, supranational, agencies and large corporates – picking from solutions that stretch from vanilla to tailored. For example, the Group offers ESG-indexed products based on internal research or our partner network. Moreover, Societe Generale issues structured ESG Notes in the five main sustainable and positive investment formats:

1.

positive Impact notes*: Societe Generale has created a range of products to give customers the opportunity to invest in tailored products and promote positive impact financing. These products are flexible to adapt to a wide range of investment objectives (maturity, capital guarantee at term, etc.). The Group is committed to holding in its books an amount in Positive Impact Finance loans equivalent to 100% of the nominal amount of the Positive Impact notes in the green or social categories;

2.

repackaging green or social bonds: Societe Generale can issue bond-repacked notes whose funding source is the yield on a third-party green bond;

3.

green, social or sustainable notes issued by a third party: The issuer earmarks the note’s proceeds for green or social projects, or is a recognised pure player which exclusively funds such projects;

4.

charity notes: The issuer undertakes to sponsor a charitable organisation for a proportion of the amount raised on the notes;

5.

positive contribution notes: The investor contributes by investing in positive-impact initiatives, such as agro-forestry and CO2 emission reduction, through the voluntary carbon market.

Lastly, as of 2020, Equity research (part of Global Markets) systematically builds in ESG analysis as part of the overall financial analysis. ESG Research was established in 2006 and has consistently featured in the Institutional Investor Research survey Top 10 in the past ten years, as well as receiving the ESG Research of the Year – 2021 award from Environmental Finance magazine.

ENABLING SMALL- AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES, PROFESSIONAL AND INDIVIDUAL CLIENTS TO CONTRIBUTE TO POSITIVE TRANSFORMATION IN SOCIETY

Conscious of its role in supporting the economy, Societe Generale has made VSEs and SMEs one of its priorities in France and abroad. They are offered dedicated guidance: see Supporting business and entrepreneurs, page 300.

The Group is actively marketing the responsible products offered by its various countries of operation to its individual customers, in keeping with their wishes. In France, for example, Societe Generale is enabling individual customers to access government-subsidised loans (Eco-PTZ+*) or to channel their savings into savings passbooks with a strong environmental and social dimension (Livret A*, LDDS* and PEA PME/ETI*). In addition to these regulated products, Societe Generale has entered into agreements with several asset managers to offer a range of responsible savings products. Alongside Amundi, new partnerships have been established with BlackRock, DNCA, La Financière de l’Échiquier, Lyxor, Mirova and Primonial REIM. Accordingly, the Group offers a range of 20 SRI or environmentally geared funds. The first category allows customers to invest in companies that comply with environmental, social and governance criteria in their management, while the second focuses on considerations like combating climate change, the environmental transition, developing renewable energies and reducing pollution.

Societe Generale Assurances provides a range of protection policies that encourage responsible behaviour by policyholders (in terms of mobility, health, etc.). Accordingly, the networks distribute suitable products, such as lower insurance rates for owners of low-emission vehicles, and offer a free weather alert service for holders of a multi-risk home, car or life accident insurance policy alerting them to the weather events in their area. With the entry into force of the “100% Santé” health reform programme in 2020, they also distribute “responsible” health insurance policies with more modular cover to adjust guarantees in line with the customer’s requirements and budget. Lastly, the heath crisis triggered exceptional measures to protect customers: rates were not increased in 2020, and all recovery processes and contract terminations due to outstanding payments were suspended during the protected period (March to September 2020), allowing customers to continue to enjoy cover despite their financial difficulties.

All the Group’s asset management entities have signed the Principles of Responsible Investment (PRI) developed by the United Nations (www.unpri.org), committing them to adhere to the following six principles: incorporation of ESG issues, active shareholders, transparent disclosures, promotion of the PRI, working together, and ESG reporting. The UNPRI are the most important international blueprint for responsible investment. They aim to promote the incorporation of ESG factors in investment decisions and by the companies invested in. This signature marks a major step forward towards more responsible management and positive impact private banking. It demonstrates Societe Generale’s commitment to socially responsible investment (SRI*) and to supporting our private customers on the path to a more sustainable future.

In the life insurance segment, Societe Generale Assurances has a range of sustainable financial products for customers to invest in environmentally and socially responsible projects and companies. In accordance with the Pacte law, all Societe Generale Assurances’ French contracts offered at least one vehicle backed by a solidarity fund: either an SRI* or a Greenfin* (energy and environmental transition financing) certified fund since the end of 2019. These are supplemented on a regular basis and cover a wide range of asset classes and risk profiles. They offer an ideal opportunity for customers to imbue their savings with meaning: at the end of 2021, more than 1,000 responsible financial products (labelled or with similar characteristics) were listed , for a total amount outstanding of almost EUR 13 billion. In 2021, Societe Generale Assurances launched a new generation of socially responsible savings (dubbed “new generation”) for its policyholders, made up exclusively of funds with a strong ESG dimension (18 of the 20 funds offered have an ISR or Greenfin certification).

In addition to its range of unit-linked supports, Societe Generale Assurances looks to the long term. As such, it has significant leverage when it comes to benefiting the environment and civil society. Its investment policy has long included ESG factors, alongside financial and credit ratings. Every year, asset portfolios are formally scrutinised according to these three criteria, their carbon footprint measurement, and their alignment with a global warming trajectory that is well below 2°C.

Private Banking continued to develop its range of positive and sustainable investments, initiated in 2017 and available across all its entities in France, Europe and the United Kingdom. It is structured around three areas:

responsible portfolio management through its two management companies (SG29 Haussmann for French customers and SGPWM in Luxembourg for European customers), which offer CIUs* that have been awarded well-known certifications: the French government’s SRI* label and Luxembourg’s LuxFLAG* label. The discretionary portfolio management solution launched recently through SG29 Haussmann with renowned third-party management companies (BlackRock, DNCA, La Financière de l’Echiquier, Mirova, Primonial REIM and Lyxor) also expand this certified offering. Moreover, Private Banking was recently distinguished in France with the launch of the first discretionary management solution to receive the French government’s SRI* label. At end-2021, the funds managed by these two management companies and rewarded with a government label amounted to 45% in Luxembourg and 85% in France of total outstandings for said two companies;

the positive and sustainable structured product range with ESG underlyings (EUR 100 million in 2021) or participating in the following programmes: 1) positive-impact finance developed by the Group and to which Private Banking contributed EUR 220 million this year, 2) the charity programme (with nearly EUR 900 million in nominal value, for nearly EUR 2.5 million in donations in 2021), and 3) the “Let’s Plant Trees” programme (32,000 trees planted in 2021). Nearly 50% of the structured products distributed by Private Banking in 2021 formed part of this “positive and sustainable” category;

the advisory management offering, which now incorporates an increasing proportion of funds or securities showing strong extra-financial performance. Since 2020, Private Banking has continued to apply exclusions to the suite of stocks it directly advises on: those taken from the Environmental & Social General Principles defined in the Group’s policy (stocks linked to thermal coal or controversial weapons) and those connected to the most serious ESG controversies, tobacco activities, or having the lowest ESG ratings. Lastly, the expertise in open architecture fund selection continued to incorporate a growing share of labelled funds or funds associated with new regulatory categorisations.

At the same time, Crédit du Nord offers its private and high-net-worth customers sustainable investments incorporating ESG characteristics across various asset classes. These offers, which provide clear and legible information for investors, represent oustandings of EUR 18 billion and 90% of all assets under custody at 31 December 2021.

MEASURING CUSTOMER GUIDANCE IN SUSTAINABLE TRANSFORMATION

To monitor its positive impact and progress in guiding its customers, the Group developed a standard several years ago to measure the distribution of its Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance offer – SPIF* (see Glossary, page 658 and Methodology note, page 331) dedicated to financing the economy and enterprises, and a range of Sustainable and Positive Investments – SPI* (see Glossary, page 658 and Methodology note, p.337). Changes in the standard are presented in the Methodology note, page 331.

Societe Generale has also been a key mover in the UNEP-FI’s Positive Impact Initiative, which brings together 26 financial institutions from around the world with a view to closing the financing gap for the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). The Positive Impact Manifesto was published at the end of 2015, and the Positive Impact Principles in early 2017. The manifesto and principles define Positive Impact Finance as that which serves to deliver a positive contribution to one or more of the three pillars of sustainable development (economic, environmental and social), once any potential negative impacts to any of the pillars have been duly identified and mitigated, across all sectors.

Within the Corporate and Investment Bank, a methodology has been developed and aligned with the Model Framework: Financial Products for Specified Use of Proceeds published by UNEP-FI (available here: https://www.unepfi.org/positive-impact/unep-fi-impact-analysis-tools/
model-frameworks/), which sets out the major steps and criteria for identification, assessment and monitoring of funding in support of specific Positive Impact projects or assets. During the identification phase, transactions are pre-selected based on the business sector, the geographic location of projects or assets, and their ability to generate a material positive impact on various impact categories (e.g. improved energy efficiency and circular economy). This phase is useful in pre-empting the significant positive impacts triggered by eligible transactions. The assessment phase involves evaluating the materiality and demonstrability of the positive impacts generated by the projects or assets in the impact categories selected in the UNEP-FI Impact Radar (https://www.unepfi.org/positive-impact/impact-radar-mappings/). To this end, the team of E&S experts has developed a series of performance indicators and analysis tools to measure positive impacts while ensuring the acceptable identification and management of any negative impacts in the three areas of sustainable development. The methodology for analysing Positive Impact Finance is updated regularly to factor in market developments and changes in standards, such as the EU taxonomy.

 

SUSTAINABLE AND POSITIVE IMPACT FINANCING (SPIF)

2019

2020

2021

Total production in SPIF-compliant financing commitments, of which:

EUR 11.0bn

EUR 11.9bn

EUR 18.5bn(2)

n

Green financing or financing for the energy transition

EUR 6.5bn

EUR 6.8bn

EUR 12.6bn

n

Social/societal financing

EUR 4.5bn

EUR 5.1 bn

EUR 5.9bn

Large clients

 

 

 

In this set, the production of Positive Impact Financing according to the UNEP-FI methodology

EUR 4.7bn

EUR 5.2bn

 

EUR 7.5bn

Sustainable bond issues led by Societe Generale (annual volume)

EUR 36bn

EUR 36bn

EUR 73bn

Allocation of credit lines indexed to environmental and social performance

EUR 3.6bn

EUR 4.2bn

EUR 11.1bn

Nominals of rate and/or Fx hedges processed on certified Positive Impact Finance transactions

 

EUR 6.1bn

EUR 5.5bn

EUR 3.3bn

Corporate, professional and individual clients

 

 

 

Eco-PTZ or equivalent and sustainable loans to individual retail clients (outstandings)

 

 

EUR 137.4m

Government-backed loan and equivalent schemes

 

EUR 18bn

EUR 17bn

SUSTAINABLE AND POSITIVE INVESTMENTS (SPI)

 

 

 

Total SPI-compliant assets under management

EUR 29.5bn

EUR 52.3bn

EUR 27.7bn(3)

Large clients

 

 

 

Volume of investment products referenced to indices or baskets subject to ESG selection or linked to sustainability themes(4)

 

 

EUR 8.1bn

Positive impact notes

 

 

 

Inflows

 

EUR 300m

EUR 386m

Total inflows from the start

 

EUR 1,300m

EUR 1,686m

Charity notes

 

 

 

Inflows

 

EUR 548m

EUR 1.05bn

Total inflows from the start

 

EUR 1.48m

EUR 2.5bn

Socially responsible deposits

 

 

EUR 1.3bn

Corporate, professional and individual customers

 

 

 

Livret A, LDDS, PEA PME – Assets under management

 

EUR 24bn

EUR 25bn

Life insurance investment - Total outstandings for responsible financial products(5)

 

EUR 2.8bn

EUR 13bn

Life insurance investment – Number of responsible financial products(6)

 

248

>1,000

Share of sustainable investments(7) in general assets

 

EUR 2.5bn

EUR 6.4bn

(1)

Figures reported in respective years. The breakdown of the relevant scopes for each year appears in the Methodological note on page 331.

(2) 

Figures include the increased scope of activities used for 2021, totalling EUR 1.6bn. Total like-for-like SPIF volumes in 2021 thus totalled EUR 16.8bn. Breakdown of the increased scope appears in the Methodological note on page 334.

(3) 

The change between 2020 and 2021 is attributed to the disposal of Lyxor, the Group’s former asset management subsidiary.

(4) 

Including products listing indices complying with ESG selection processes or related to sustainable themes.

(5) 

With explicit inclusion of ESG risks and opportunities under traditional financial analysis and investment decisions based on systematic processes and appropriate resource research.

(6) 

Article 8 supports of the SFDR* (financial product which promotes, amongst other things, environmental or social characteristics in as much as the companies in which the investments are made apply good governance practices), article 9 of the SFDR* (sustainable financial investment product) and/or having a certification such as ISR, Greenfin, etc.) – Scope widened in 2021.

(7) 

Investments contributing to resolving social and/or environmental problems (climate change, green efficiency, ISR- or healthcare-certified real estate) including products aligned with the framework definition of sustainable activities in the EU taxonomy, as well as Article 9 products of the SFDR* - Scope widened in 2021.

 

In accordance with the EU sustainable finance taxonomy regulation (Regulation (EU) 2020/852), the Group has disclosed its on-balance sheet exposures to eligible sectors since 2021. As required by this regulation, the information reported is on taxonomy-eligible economic activities mainly, with issues of alignment being addressed later on, in accordance with the regulatory calendar. The methodology applied, which factors in the most recent version of FAQs issues by the European Commission on measuring these exposures, is presented in the Methodology note, page 331. Societe Generale’s climate strategy, including the product and commitment design process, is described from the following page.

 

Being committed through action to the environmental transition

In keeping with the findings of the materiality survey, Societe Generale has made the environmental transition its first priority in the operational roll-out of its CSR ambition with respect to its customers. The Group is keen to play an active part in combating global warming and decarbonising the world’s economy.

The climate change strategy, as approved by the Board of Directors, is structured around three core themes:

developing a common CSR culture (on risk management and business opportunities connected with the energy transition);

having a risk management system associated with climate change (physical and transition risks – see Integrating climate risks within the risk management framework, page 289);

managing the Group’s impact on global warming (through its proprietary activities – see Being a company that cares about the environment, page 325 or via its portfolio – see A bank committed to sustainable and responsible finance, page 290);

helping the Group’s customers to achieve their energy transition goals through suitable products and services see A bank committed to sustainable and responsible finance, page 290).

 

 

The Strategic Oversight Committees and Cross-functional Oversight Committees reporting to General Management monitor proper implementation of the Group’s climate strategy and set appropriate CSR targets in the roadmaps for each of the Business and Service Units.

IDENTIFYING AND LIMITING THE GROUP’S IMPACT ON GLOBAL WARMING

Societe Generale joined the UNEP-FI Net-Zero Banking Alliance in 2021 as a founding member alongside 42 international banks. Accordingly, the Group undertakes to align its portfolios and proprietary activities with trajectories aiming at carbon neutrality by 2050 (limiting global warming to 1.5°C), setting itself targets for 2030 (or sooner) and 2050. It focuses as a priority on its most GHG-intensive sectors, which will have a major impact in transitioning towards net-zero. The Group has extended its efforts beyond fossil fuel reduction and the decarbonation of the shipping industry, which it has been working towards in recent years, to include the steel sector in 2021.

In 2015, Dutch financial institutions launched the PCAF initiative to develop a standard for measuring and reporting the greenhouse gas emissions generated by their credit portfolios and investments. This initiative was extended to North America in 2018 and taken up globally in 2019. The PCAF standard provides methodological guidance for different asset classes. A company’s emissions are assessed based on public disclosures or estimated according to the GHG Protocol. They are then allocated to the financial institutions based on the proportional share of lending or investment in the borrower or investee (for more information, see the PCAF Standard – https://carbonaccountingfinancials.com/files/downloads/PCAF-Global-GHG-Standard.pdf). In 2021, the Group used this methodology to measure the greenhouse gas emissions of 95% of its loans to major companies. The calculations are currently based on monetary emission factors in the PCAF database, but Societe Generale aims to enhance the data’s accuracy and granularity in the next few years.

In 2016, the Group developed an initial methodology and set alignment targets for the coal sector (see below). Following on from this first step, in 2018 Societe Generale signed the Katowice Commitment (see https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/Document%20RSE/the_katowice_commitment.pdf) alongside four other international banks (BBVA, BNP Paribas, ING and Standard Chartered). These signatory banks have been working with the 2°C Investing Initiative (2DII) since 2018 on adapting the PACTA (Paris Agreement Capital Transition Assessment) methodology, initially developed for equity and bond portfolios, for use on credit portfolios. This led to the publication of a first report on the application of this methodology in September 2020 (https://2degrees-investing.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/09/Katowice-Banks-2020-Credit-Portfolio-Alignment.pdf).

In 2016, Societe Generale set an example as one of the first banks to reduce its exposure to the coal sector by deciding not to grant any further financing for coal mining or coal-fired power plant projects.

In 2019, the Group stepped its commitments up a level, announcing a goal of zero exposure to thermal coal by 2030 in the EU and OECD countries, and by 2040 for the rest of the world. To achieve this, Societe Generale published a new sector policy for thermal coal in July 2020. This policy sets out strict guidelines on how to support customers in the transition phase.

This policy comprises two stages:

1.

first, the Group has disengaged from those companies most exposed to the sector (i.e. for which thermal coal accounts for more than 25% of revenue), unless they have themselves already committed to withdrawing from the sector. Accordingly, it has tightened its criteria for prospects in the sector;

2.

in 2021, Societe Generale reviewed its total portfolio and discussed transition plans and a timeline for phasing out thermal coal with all of its corporate client that have mining or power generation assets.

In 2018, Societe Generale decided to end financing for the production of oil from oil sands around the world, as well as for all types of oil production in the Arctic.

The Group embarked on a new stage in its climate strategy in 2020, announcing the commitment to reduce its exposure to the oil and gas extraction sector worldwide by at least 10% between 2020 and 2025. Societe Generale is one of the first banks in the world to publicly set itself a concrete, near-term target in this sector. Moreover, this commitment reflects the Group’s gradual transition to carbon neutrality by 2050, since it goes further than required under the International Energy Agency’s Sustainable Development Scenario (SDS). To achieve its goal, the Group will no longer finance onshore oil and gas extraction in the US.

Lastly, at COP26 in 2021, Societe Generale announced that it was strengthening its commitments in several segments related to unconventional hydrocarbons and the protection of biodiversity in protected areas. As such, the Group will no longer finance:

new projects with underlying activities involving the exploration and production of shale oil and gas, oil sands, extra-heavy crude oil, Arctic oil or Ecuadorian Amazon oil;

pure upstream players for which these categories of hydrocarbons (shale oil and gas, oil sands, extra-heavy crude oil, Arctic oil or Ecuadorian Amazon oil) represent more than 30% of their overall production; and

diversified players (upstream, midstream, downstream) for which the production of these categories of hydrocarbons represent more than 30% of their revenues.

Moreover, no new mandates will be accepted for new greenfield projects to produce liquefied natural gas in North America, in order to extend efforts down the value chain. Lastly, the Group undertakes to increase its protection of biodiversity by expanding the categories of protected areas in which no new hydrocarbon exploration and production projects will be financed.

These commitments are set out in the Oil and Gas Policy revised in 2022, available on the Group’s corporate website: https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/Oil-Gas-sector-policy.pdf.

In 2020, the Group also committed to cutting back on its financing for power generation projects by 18% by 2025, and by 76% by 2040, as compared to end-2019 levels. This 2025 target goes further than the SDS requirements set by the International Energy Agency for the same period. The Group will achieve its goal by adjusting the energy mix it finances, reflecting both its decision to gradually exit the coal sector and its leading position in renewable energies.

In 2021, Societe Generale joined the Steel Climate-Aligned Finance Working Group as co-leader alongside five other leading lenders of the steel industry who will work at defining standards advancing the decarbonisation of the sector. The working group aims to establish a joint climate-aligned finance agreement modelled after the Poseidon Principles. To that end, it will define standards for measuring, disclosing and assessing the degree to which greenhouse gas emissions associated with each financial institution’s portfolio are in line with the United Nations target of limiting global warming to 1.5°C by 2100. The working group will work hand in hand with existing decarbonisation initiatives and industry players, under guidance from the Rocky Mountain Institute’s Center for Climate-Aligned Finance – a non-profit organisation from which this initiative originates.

For more information on this subject, see Poseidon Principles, page 283.

The following chart summarises the Societe Generale Group’s alignment targets. For more details on these indicators and targets, see the most recent Climate Disclosure (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-12/societe-generale-climate-disclosure-report.pdf).

Indicator

Benchmark

(end of year)

Target

Achievement

at end-2020

Gross commitments to coal power & mining (EUR, 100 base index)

100 (2019)

0 (2030/40 OECD/RoW)

81 (Q4 20)

Gross commitments to oil & gas extraction (USD, 100 base index)

100 (2020)

90 (2025)

92 (Q4 20)

Power generation CO2 emissions intensity (gCO2e/kWh)

260 (2019)

212/67 (2025/40)

181 (Q4 20)

Proportion of fossil fuels in the overall primary & secondary energy financing mix (% EUR)

69 (2019)

No target

51 (Q4 20)

Shipping CO2 emissions intensity (gCO2e/tnm, 100 base index)

100 (2019)

20-25 (2050)

102(1) (Q4 20)

(1)

In 2021, the methodology used to measure emissions intensity for passenger ships was modified to include the distance travelled. The change in methodology was more detrimental in 2020 when passenger shipping was seriously affected by the Covid-19 pandemic. Ships were inactive and distances travelled were limited, but their engines continued to run, thereby burning fuel and causing high emission intensity levels. Hence, portfolio emission intensity was greater than in 2021. By comparison, if on had used the previous methodology, the portfolio intensity would have been relatively stable compared with the previous year’s (84 in Q4 2020 vs. 87 in Q4 19).

FINANCING THE ENERGY TRANSITION AND WORKING WITH CUSTOMERS TO HELP THEM TRANSFORM THEIR BUSINESS MODELS

In December 2019, the Group renewed its efforts to foster the energy transition and undertook to raise EUR 120 billion between 2019 and 2023 through a range of sustainable finance solutions (loans, bonds and advisory).

The EUR 120 billion breaks down as follows:

EUR 100 billion in sustainable bond issues led or co-led by Societe Generale. Sustainable bonds include both green bonds and Sustainability Bonds* (as defined by the ICMA rules and the EU’s Green Bond Standard), as well as all bonds indexed to climate targets;

EUR 20 billion for renewable energies, in the form of advisory and financing.

This commitment was achieved by the end of 2021, two years ahead of schedule. The proportion of renewables in the electricity mix financed by the Group topped 56.2% at end-2020 vs. mid-2019.

 

2019

2020

2021

Target

Commitment to promoting the energy transition (2019-2023)

34% achieved

67% achieved

131%

EUR 120bn

Renewable energy financing and consulting

EUR 5.2bn

EUR 9.2bn

EUR 12.9bn

EUR 20bn

Sustainable bond(1) issues led or co-led (2019-2023)

EUR 36.1bn

EUR 71.6bn

EUR 144.1 bn

EUR 100bn

(1)

Sustainable bonds include Green Bonds and Sustainability Bonds as defined by the ICMA rules and the EU’s Green Bond Standard.

 

As a responsible partner committed to the fight against climate change, Societe Generale offers a wide range of products and services to its customers, whether they operate in the energy sector or are simply eager to reduce their environmental footprint. Accordingly, the Group’s businesses worldwide are using their expertise in financial engineering and innovation to develop a new sustainable investment and financing solution in their regions of operation. This allows the Group to meet the increasing demand from its customers around the world, whether corporates, investors or individuals, for banking with a positive impact on sustainable economic development and societal change (for example, in relation to electric mobility, hydrogen, renewable energy storage technologies, etc.). At the end of June 2021, Societe Generale’s expertise in renewable energy financing earned it the title of No. 1 in the financing of renewable energies for the EMEA* region (Dealogic).

Over and above its own balance sheet commitments, the Group is very active in issuing green, social and sustainable bonds, with more than 235 bond issuance mandates managed since 2013 for a total issuance volume of more than EUR 240 billion. Societe Generale adopted a framework governing its own bond issues in 2020 in order to tap into an additional source of refinancing to support its commitments, while allowing investors to benefit from the Group’s excellent capacity for origination. As at 31 December 2021, the Group has issued a total volume of EUR 7.312 billion in green bonds since 2015 (for more information on the Group’s Positive Impact Bond Framework, see https://investors.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-11/sg_sustainable_and_positive_impact_bond_framework_june_2020.pdf).

Last, Societe Generale also strives to satisfy the expectations of its investor customers, offering a broad range of sustainable investment solutions. Accordingly, the Group markets initiatives that address environmental priorities:

structured products linked to equity indices that incorporate environmental filters such as CO2 emission levels to redirect capital flows towards companies that are leaders in this area. Indices used include the Solactive Environmental Footprint index and Societe Generale’s own Climate Risk Control index;

linear products linked to equity baskets that incorporate environmental filters such as CO2 emission levels to redirect capital flows towards companies that are leaders in this area;

positive impact notes that allow customers to invest in a structured note while promoting positive impact finance. Some of the positive impact loans financed by Societe Generale contribute to reducing global warming. For more information, see https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2021-06/SG-SPIF-Reporting-as-of-2020-12-31.pdf;

structured notes that allow investors to contribute to reforestation projects to improve carbon sequestration.

 

EMBLEMATIC EXAMPLES OF THE GROUP’S COMMITMENT TO THE ENERGY TRANSITION IN 2021

Societe Generale acted as sole financial advisor in the creation and structuring of the Hy24 Fund, the world’s largest investment platform dedicated to low-carbon hydrogen infrastructure. The fund, which aims to accelerate growth of the hydrogen ecosystem by investing in large strategic projects and leveraging the alliance of industrial and financial players, has already secured initial commitments of EUR 800 million out of the EUR 1.5 billion total target. With this significant investment potential and a strong industrial expertise at its heart, the fund will have a unique capacity to accelerate the scaling up of hydrogen markets. With the announced support of public policies and some use of debt financing, the fund should be able to participate in the development of hydrogen projects with a total value of about EUR 15 billion. This landmark transaction in the hydrogen sector demonstrates the Group’s commitment to leveraging its expertise in innovative financing and energy advisory to help create tomorrow’s low-carbon hydrogen solutions.

As an important player in the credit market for local and multinational companies, BRD* (a Societe Generale subsidiary in Romania) granted Hidroelectrica (the largest producer of green energy in Romania) approximatively EUR 250 million – the largest green loan granted to the country to date. The credit facility, granted for a period of seven years, will finance the realisation of direct investments in operational projects based on wind and solar energy production.

In 2021, Komerční banka* – the Group’s subsidiary in the Czech Republic – established a partnership with ČEZ, the largest energy producer in the country. ČEZ and KB began working together on rooftop solar panel installations for households, municipalities and companies. ČEZ Prodej (household installations) will provide one solar panel free of charge to KB’s clients for whom it will install a rooftop photovoltaic power plant. ČEZ ESCO, in partnership with KB and SGEF*, will enable municipalities, businesses and larger consumers to install solar panels on their roofs at no initial investment cost.

ČEZ is also collaborating with KB on other products and in areas related to decarbonation and emission reduction. ČEZ ESCO has already installed 12 wall-mounted charging stations for electric vehicles in KB branches. More are currently being negotiated.

Societe Generale Real Estate Finance (SGFI), the French Retail Banking entity specialised in financing business property, signed its first loan linked to CSR performance with its long-standing client FM Logistic – a global leader in logistics. This allowed the Company to launch the major refinancing of six French logistics platforms in the summer of 2020, for a total amount of EUR 222 million. As it is linked to CSR performance, this loan enables the Company to enjoy better financial terms. The loan is based on three E&S performance indicators: energy performance, reduced Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions, and maintaining its leading industry position in terms of extra-financial performance. The interest rate is indexed to the achievement of these three indicators. Every year, upon monitoring the performance indicators, the customer’s margin will be increased or decreased depending on the results and thresholds set out in the agreement. FM Logistic Group is one of the first logistics businesses indexing its financing costs to environmental and social goals.

MAIF Solutions Financières, the asset management subsidiary of the insurance group MAIF, offers structured notes with ESG underlyings that include a contribution to a greenhouse gas emission reduction project in sub-Saharan Africa – a Societe Generale innovation.

Contributing to local communities

Over and above its commitments to fighting climate change, the Group is eager to make a positive impact on local communities as a way of helping customers to achieve their own transformation and innovation goals. It does so through efforts to support entrepreneurship, develop sustainable cities, and contribute to the scaling up of low-carbon mobility.

The Group contributes to social innovations that are shaping the communities of the future, with a special focus on the African continent. The Grow with Africa programme launched in November 2018 illustrates and sets out a framework for Societe Generale’s ambition to become a leading player on the continent, focused on promoting sustainable economic development in Africa and accelerating positive change. Based on its local knowledge in its areas of operation, Societe Generale continued its work in the four priority areas identified for its Grow with Africa programme in 2021, all of which represent drivers of sustainable growth: multi-dimensional support for African SMEs, infrastructure financing (including the on-grid energy sector), innovative financing solutions for the off-grid energy and agricultural sectors, and financial inclusion. By their very nature, these four areas allow the Bank to make a positive impact on the continent, as well as progress towards the UN Sustainable Development Goals.

The Group forges close ties with its customers in all its regions of operation, including outside of Africa, and works with them to achieve positive change by paying special attention to industry players and entrepreneurs.

SUPPORTING BUSINESS AND ENTREPRENEURS

As a local bank present in the regions, the Group is committed to working alongside artisans, entrepreneurs, start-ups and businesses of all sizes in the regions – throughout their professional lives and business cycles – to help create and protect jobs. This support is put in practice across all Societe Generale’s retail banking regions.

Societe Generale is a player in the business world (start-ups, SMEs and mid-caps), focused on developing local relationships. It therefore aims to become the leading partner bank chosen for the quality and commitment of its teams and its offering. To guarantee a long-term partnership, the Group has established a dedicated organisation relying on more than 31 regional business centres, a longer term of office for Business Advisors, and more than 300 Customer Relations Advisors. Moreover, Societe Generale is guided by more than 190 experts to meet specific requirements in terms of cash and cash flow, payroll, employee savings schemes, factoring, international business and investments, and provides its customers with regional Corporate and Investment Banking hubs. In this respect, Societe Generale devotes more than EUR 20 billion every year to financing the economy.

In addition, through its “Societe Generale Entrepreneurs” sales strategy, the French Retail Banking network provides corporate executives and shareholders with a range of services and solutions geared to addressing strategic issues. It combines diverse expertise in financing and investment, wealth and property management, pooled in eight regional divisions to better support key stages of the development and transfer of ownership of their business.

With respect to CSR investments, Societe Generale works with its customers who are SMEs, non-profits and public economic actors to set up financing aimed at accelerating their sustainable transformation. The Group offers environmental and social loans (“PES”) to support environmentally friendly initiatives, sustainable development and the social role of businesses. Upon providing documentation on the specific nature and characteristics of the subject of financing, customers can benefit from an environmental and social loan with a term of up to 15 years for a maximum amount of EUR 5 million for companies and non-profit associations, and up to 30 years for an uncapped amount for public economy players. In 2021, environmental and social loans granted represented EUR 11.5 million for agreements on temporary occupation (Conventions d’Occupation Temporaire – COT; public economy)* and EUR 100 million for companies (via a single loan for this amount with the sub-participation of Crédit du Nord during the first 18 months).

In addition to providing full support to its professional customers with two expert advisors – one for professional and the other for private matters – and a simplified bank with a range of digital solutions, the Group has expanded its product offering for professionals by acquiring the neo-bank Shine. The offer combines a fully online bank account with support in administrative management for entrepreneurs (billing, calculation of taxes and contributions, simplified accounting, etc.). Shine has received the international Certified B Corp. label, which recognises its commitment in six areas: environmental performance, social performance, staff, governance, community and customers. The Group markets Shine products to professional customers that prefer 100% online management and low-cost services. The Shine acquisition positions the Bank to offer a broader range to business customers as their business and needs change, including expert advisors – without changing banks. As well as their complementarity, the tie-up between Societe Generale and Shine is generating broad synergies across the Group. Services, such as credit, insurance, and payments, can be offered to neobank clients, in accordance with Shine’s mission to simplify banking for business. Against this backdrop, in 2021, Shine developed a range of loans designed specifically for self-employed individuals and small businesses. This unprecedented offering has two goals: continuing to simplify entrepreneurs’ daily activities through easier access to loans, and promoting a responsible vision of entrepreneurship by supporting businesses committed to an entrepreneurial approach. For the first time, this fully online offering allows self-employed individuals and small businesses committed to improving society and protecting the environment to enjoy a special rate based on a list of predetermined social and environmental criteria, such as conducting a carbon assessment, organising training for greater diversity and inclusion, setting up a responsible sourcing policy, and qualifying for labels like B Corp, Lucie or ISO 26000. Entrepreneurs meeting some of these criteria will benefit from preferential terms. This approach aims to reward the most committed businesses and to motivate others to undertake a similar commitment.

The French Retail Banking network is also a partner to 84 local branches of the nationwide non-profit organisation Initiative France. These 84 branches were behind the creation or takeover of a total of 7,034 companies in 2020, thus creating or saving 18,239 direct jobs. In addition to Initiative France’s own interest-free loans, Societe Generale Retail Banking in France granted 370 loans for a total of EUR 32.3 million to entrepreneurs supported by the association (figures disclosed by Initiative France). In partnership with France Active Garantie, the leading solidarity finance provider, the Group has been working to help VSEs and solidarity-based companies secure bank loans. As part of this partnership, Societe Generale funded projects to the tune of EUR 2.5 million as at end-October 2021 (vs. EUR 3.7 million in 2020).

Moreover, Societe Generale Factoring offers reverse factoring to mid-caps and large corporations. Reverse factoring (also known as supply chain finance) allows suppliers of large contractors to be paid faster and under better conditions than if they had applied for factoring directly. For large corporates, reverse factoring is one way of being responsible to its smaller suppliers.

To manage the health crisis of 2020 and 2021, the Group actively distributed government support schemes to its customers. Government-backed loans granted up to the summer of 2021 aimed to help businesses and professionals meet their cash flow requirements to better tackle the financial repercussions of the Covid-19 pandemic. These funds are intended to help maintain business and jobs in France. Since 2021 and until the summer of 2022, the Group also distributes participating loans (Prêt Participatif Relance PPR) intended to boost economic recovery, with a focus on companies working on development projects and needing to strengthen their solvency. These loans also bolster the Company’s financial solidity by providing long-term financing with a structure made up of equity and debt (thanks to its 4-year minimum grace period). They are used for the long-term financing of investments (whether to strengthen and modernise the production tool or for R&D investment) and development projects (digital or energy transition, commercial development in France or abroad, external growth opportunities). This support scheme offers an alternative for companies unable to access market instruments and preferring not to change their governance structure, at an attractive cost on account of the government backing. Lastly, the Group also offers its customers access to recovery bonds (Obligations Relance, OR), another government-led support scheme. The recovery bonds aim to strengthen the balance sheet of French companies and reinforce the financial position of SMEs and mid-caps to simplify their access to additional financing and help them to bounce back. The bonds have an 8-year term and are repaid in full at maturity.

Societe Generale Assurances has protected its policyholders and supported the French economy with respect to the health crisis by contributing EUR 1 billion to the participating loan and recovery bond schemes, along with EUR 75 million to the insurer investment programme in favour of mid-caps, SMEs and the health and tourism sectors, and by taking extra-contractual and solidarity measures to support the most affected customers (healthcare professionals and staff).

Lastly, given that our customers’ security is a key priority, Societe Generale launched a new start-up Oppens in 2020. Oppens advises particularly vulnerable VSEs and SMEs, and helps them to ramp up their cybersecurity through a digital platform. Oppens is currently the first player in the French market to make comprehensive and tailored cybersecurity expertise available to this client segment. The start-up helps them to better understand the risks and to assess their vulnerability through a simple, personalised process built on three steps:

assessing their level of cybersecurity via a free, online self-diagnosis based on five considerations: password, data protection, raising employee awareness, securing devices, and protecting websites;

free recommendations based on the priority areas identified during the self-diagnosis;

support with a catalogue of mainly French and European products and services, selected and tested by Societe Generale experts and distributed via Oppens.fr. Oppens can also provide unique solutions, custom-built with its partners, or exclusive packages that are usually only available to large corporates.

Moreover, professional customers can now identify themselves and log into the PRO app by way of Face ID and Touch ID biometric authentication. They can block, lock and unlock their Business cards directly from the app.

Moreover, to support the Group’s direct actions, Societe Generale Assurances is a founding member of the Fonds Stratégique de Participations, an investor fund established by four insurance majors in France to take long-term stakes in French companies. Societe Generale’s insurance arm contributes to funding companies and innovation by investing in French funds such as Nova, Novi, Novo and in fintech funds. These investments totalled EUR 1,009 million in 2021, an increase of 41% compared with 2020.

Small- and medium-sized companies are at the heart of the development process for African economies. They account for 90% of private companies and hire 70% of the rural population. As such, they are essential in driving the emergence of the African middle class and greater access to jobs. SMEs represent two thirds of Societe Generale’s African corporate customer base. The Bank is deeply attached to adapting its processes to support them more efficiently and thus better contribute to their success, while also playing a part in the dynamic local economic fabric. This ambition was reflected in the decision to increase its outstanding loans to African SMEs by 60% between end-2018 and end-2022. The achievement of this target was impeded by the effects of the health and economic crisis in 2020 and 2021. By relying on several revitalised systems, however, Societe Generale maintains its ambition to help and support SMEs with a strong growth target for this market by 2025. SMEs are already showing successful results, notably in West Africa, and this encourages the Group to continue its efforts.

This initiative is characterised by the unique concept of SME Centres, with the very first SME Centre opening its doors in 2018. SME Centres are now serving the needs of SMEs and VSEs in eight African countries: Senegal, Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, Benin, Ghana, Cameroon, Guinea-Conakry and Madagascar. Societe Generale has teamed up with a number of local partners to set up these SME Centres, which are specifically suited to the needs of sub-Saharan African businesses, offering financial, legal and accounting advice, training, mentoring programmes and a co-working space, all under one roof.

Alongside various players supporting the development of SMEs, such as AFD-Proparco, Bpifrance, Investisseurs & Partenaires, the Réseau Entreprendre and local players in each country, Societe Generale is eager to launch an initiative pooling the strengths of each player in support of the SMEs. Helping SMEs to organise their efforts to obtain funding, giving them access to comprehensive resources, covering all funding channels and helping them to get training to expand their business are all challenges of the multidimensional, coordinated support provided by the players involved. Accordingly, the Group has already set up several partnerships, such as AFD-Proparco and the ARIZ guarantee, with Societe Generale being the first to use the AFD risk-sharing mechanism on the continent; Bpifrance Université, which has posted online training sessions dedicated to business managers in Côte d’Ivoire and Senegal; Investisseurs & Partenaires; ADEPME in Senegal; the Upgrade Office in Senegal; and the Réseau Entreprendre (partnership in Morocco, Senegal and Tunisia).

HIGHLIGHTS AND MAIN ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2021

Global Finance magazine granted the Best SME Bank Award to Societe Generale Côte d’Ivoire for 2022.

To counter the effect of the health crisis on very small enterprises (VSEs) and small- to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in Africa, the Choose Africa Resilience initiative was launched. Its EUR 1 billion budget is funded by the French government and distributed by AFD/Proparco to support African micro-enterprises, VSEs and SMEs affected by the health crisis and meeting eligibility criteria. Through its subsidiaries in Africa, Societe Generale is the leading partner in this initiative. As at end-2021, seven Societe Generale subsidiaries (Burkina, Cameroon, Congo, Côte d’Ivoire, Senegal, Madagascar and Tunisia) distribute loans that are 80% guaranteed by AFD/Proparco as part of this budget, valid until the end of 2022.

Allocated to Societe Generale Mozambique, the EUR 3 million EURIZ portfolio guarantee should allow the Bank to support nearly 90 VSEs and SMEs, as well as 270 jobs in the next few years. Launched in May 2019 with the support of the European Union, the European Development Fund and the Organization of African, Caribbean and Pacific States (OACPS), the EURIZ guarantee aims to provide VSEs and SMEs with easier access to loans, especially in high-impact sectors in terms of economic growth and job creation. VSEs and SMEs owned by women and those operating in the agricultural sector will be targeted as a priority. By supporting women entrepreneurs, this project contributes to the Bank’s achievement of the fifth sustainable development goal (gender equality) and the 2XChallenge, an initiative launched by a group of development finance institutions to promote gender equality.

 

2019

2020

2021

Loan production for SMEs/mid-caps and professionals

 

 

 

o/w France

 

EUR 4.5bn

EUR 4.7 bn

o/w International

 

EUR 4.2m

EUR 443 m

 

SUSTAINABLE INFRASTRUCTURE AND MOBILITY

Today, cities are required to meet several challenges: optimise urban development and infrastructure projects and develop an inclusive, joined-up urban planning approach aligned with environmental and social issues. Societe Generale acknowledges that the cities of the future are facing high stakes; accordingly, the Group is continuing to invest in sustainable cities through innovations in its relevant businesses, notably in real estate.

Fully committed to investing in sustainable cities, the Group’s Real Estate Division (property of the French Retail Banking and Crédit du Nord network, SGFI, Sogeprom, Ville E+, SGIP and SG Real Estate Advisory) hired a CSR manager in November 2020 tasked with organising and coordinating such initiatives.

Sogeprom*, the Group’s real estate development subsidiary, is a responsible player committed to reducing its carbon footprint by guaranteeing green building practices and fostering the wellness of its occupants. It also relies on its regional foothold to guarantee the local integration of its building projects, thereby supporting the ambitions of local representatives working to enhance urban areas. Sogeprom focuses on five key indicators that are at once ambitious and achievable: reducing the carbon footprint of its programmes, factoring the circular economy and innovation into its choice of materials, adopting a frugal water management strategy, respecting biodiversity and achieving the highest levels of certification.

By pursuing these goals, Sogeprom works to develop social and affordable housing in the Greater Paris area and throughout France. It cares about building affordable housing for all – especially in pressure areas where homes are needed most – and about making a difference by promoting eco homes, contributing to positive changes in society and to social diversity. Sogeprom has ten regional divisions in France engaged in the study and building of new homes that meet the needs of individuals and local communities. The real-estate specialist develops mixed-use urban developments and upgrades existing properties using sustainable techniques and materials. Accordingly, Sogeprom measures its carbon footprint and assesses the CO2 emissions across all areas of its own and its subsidiaries’ business – office activities, project development, construction and operation and mobility – with its partner Carbone 4. Moreover, a “Low-Carbon Community” of some 60 staff was launched in early 2020, divided into four working groups representing all of Sogeprom’s businesses and Regional Departments. The community pools intelligence to define and promote a set of ambitious and practical commitments in several key areas (purchasing, impact of real estate projects, travel, etc.). Lastly, Sogeprom is also promoting low-environmental impact solutions. It is firmly committed to aiming higher than the regulatory standards (RT 2012) by incorporating some criteria included in the upcoming RE2020* regulation applicable in France at the end of 2021. It aims to build best-in-class developments with the top green, energy-efficient and sustainable technical solutions available. All its office buildings are either labelled or certified since 2007. The developer is also taking a proactive approach and integrating the circular economy, biodiversity, virtuous resource management, use of renewable energies and construction methods that help cut CO2 emissions (dry construction techniques, bio-sourced materials, etc.) as much as possible in its projects, while also promoting the wellness and health of users.

To meet the Societe Generale Group’s aim to bolster Sustainable and Positive Impact Financing (SPIF), SGFI, the French Retail Banking entity specialised in financing business property, has been working since 2018 to make CSR a strategic feature of its customer journey. Positive impact financing concerns both environmental (frugal consumption habits, biosourced materials, respect for biodiversity, etc.) and social aspects (non-profit organisations, regional authorities, health, education, social and affordable housing, disabilities, etc.). More and more of the Group’s customers have worked it into their social commitments. SGFI produced EUR 1.201 billion in positive impact financing in 2021, representing 47% of its annual production. Moreover, the real estate sector is responsible for 38% of global greenhouse gas emissions(1); as such, it is one of the main sectors that should adopt an ambitious low-carbon transition strategy. Within this context and in keeping with the Group’s commitment to align its portfolio with the targets of the Paris Agreement, SGFI has decided to manage its portfolio on the basis of “energy” (kWh/m2) and “carbon” (kgCO2/m2). These are two key components in asset valuation, as included in the Energy Performance Diagnosis (DPE), which will henceforth be collected from customers for each building financed. Over and above its importance in valuing a property asset, the DPE rating will now enable SGFI to assess the carbon footprint of the current portfolio and to define the sales policy to be adopted to gradually align this portfolio with a view to achieving carbon neutrality in 2050. Lastly, to be most effective as a responsible bank, SGFI has included CSR considerations into its due diligence processes for customers and transactions, and carries out awareness-raising and training initiatives for the benefit of its employees. It also ensures that the CSR dimension is incorporated into its sales approach – from customer canvassing through to follow-up appointments – making it a differentiating commercial advantage.

LaVilleE+* is Societe Generale’s urban strategic consulting firm, created four years ago as a start-up through an intrapreneurship programme. Committed to building sustainable cities, this start-up supports regional development projects in France and Africa every day, with a view to helping local representatives to address the three following questions:

How do you build a regional development project with a holistic, overarching approach (rather than a siloed one) based on impact (rather than solutions)?

How do you make this regional development project inclusive, robust and efficient, working together with stakeholders?

How do you eliminate the risk of controversy, opposition or appeal proceedings in response to a regional development project?

The team at LaVilleE+ has developed methods and tools to help local communities and their representatives to address these three challenges.

The method is based on the organisation of collaborative workshops approached as “serious games”, which aim to leverage collective intelligence through panels (non-mixed) on subjects selected beforehand with the project governance (mayors and their close advisors in most cases), along with the various stakeholders affected and involved (representatives, services, citizens, merchants, associations, and more).

The relevant tools are intended to assess the impact (economic, environmental, social, etc.) of the solutions developed through this joint process and to develop a clear, robust roadmap with tangible targets firmly rooted in the region.

For its part, Societe Generale Assurances also contributes to local communities and infrastructure development in France and in Europe. When making property investments, the Group looks for highly energy-efficient assets and the most respected certifications (for construction, renovation and operating efficiency). The Group’s environmentally certified property assets were valued at a total of EUR 3.4 billion at the end of 2021 (vs. EUR 3.1 billion at the end of 2020).

 

HIGHLIGHTS AND MAIN ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2021

Together with LCL and Arkéa Banque Entreprises et Institutionnels, Societe Generale has granted a green loan of EUR 100 million to INEA, a real estate developer specialised in new office buildings and green building in the regions. This seven-year loan will finance or refinance office buildings meeting at least a performance level of RT2012 -15% (i.e. energy use 15% lower than the RT2012 regulatory requirement) and whose energy use is also less than required by the Éco-énergie tertiaire (EET) French regulation on office buildings set for 2030 (i.e. the obligation for building landlords and occupiers to cut energy use by at least 40% by 2030 for buildings exceeding 1,000 m2 in size). Moreover, INEA undertakes to reinvest a share of the potential savings secured by this approach into reforestation projects.

Setting up training focused on the real estate sector: the Group’s Real Estate Division contributes to developing its employees’ CSR culture and skills by way of training sessions that analyse the major environmental and social challenges of the real estate sector (structural regulations, certifications, strategy, etc.).

(1)

2020 UNEP – Global Status Report for Buildings and Construction.

Societe Generale also reiterated its determination to be a proactive player in developing sustainable real estate by joining the Observatoire de l’Immobilier Durable (OID, the French sustainable real estate observatory). OID is a renowned non-profit organisation that has become a key CSR player in the real estate sector. Through the Group’s membership, the BDDF/IMM entities are able to converse with all market players through working groups on various subject areas (carbon, energy, biodiversity, etc.) and, accordingly, to make a greater contribution to the sustainable transformation of the real estate sector.

In 20201, the Group also furthered its commitment to help finance the Greater Paris project. Active in the real economy, the Societe Generale Group finances the Greater Paris project and contributes to its development through its subsidiaries – whether alongside public or private stakeholders. Its commitment is expressed in three major areas: the public economy – Societe Generale partners with local authorities in the Paris region and with social housing operators; real estate development and urban planning strategic advisory – via Sogeprom, the Group is involved in mixed-use urban developments that create value for the Greater Paris region and meet the demand for dense, sustainable and desirable cities; specialised financing – by addressing the needs of small, medium and large companies working on Greater Paris infrastructure sites (construction and public works, civil engineering and more), and those of real estate firms (developers and landowners) working on this major transformative endeavour. At the end of 2021, 67% of the EUR 5.5 billion committed by the Group by 2023 had already been contributed.

 

Infrastructure financing is a key factor in Africa’s development, and Societe Generale has decided to develop a dedicated solution by creating infrastructure financing platforms on the continent. Based in Algeria, Morocco and Côte d’Ivoire, these platforms comprise some 50 experts. They aim to deploy Societe Generale’s expertise in structured financing in the Group’s countries of operation, as close as possible to its customers and their projects. This set-up is complementary to what Societe Generale offers through its Investment Banking teams in Europe. It allowed the Group to increase its financial commitments related to structured finance in Africa, including infrastructure financing by 20% between 2018 and 2021. At end-2021, structured finance commitments totalled EUR 12.1 billion (vs. EUR 7 billion at end-2018), enabling the Group to achieve its target. Societe Generale is the leading French bank financing infrastructure in Africa over the last five years. The infrastructure in question covers several sectors, in particular energy, transport, telecommunications, the environment, and healthcare.

 

HIGHLIGHTS AND MAIN ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2021

In Benin, Societe Generale acted as Joint Sustainability Structuring Advisor and Joint Bookrunner on an innovative EUR 500 million transaction: the first ever sustainable bond issue out of Africa and one of the first in the world. The country opted for bonds dedicated to financing projects with a strong impact on the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) to support the reforms and investments necessary to ensure that the population has suitable work conditions, an adequate healthcare system, the food and clean water they need, but also access to clean energy.

In Côte d’Ivoire, thanks to EUR 177 million and FCFA 23 billion loan facilities (about EUR 35 million), the Ministry of Equipment and Road Maintenance will finance the rehabilitation of the Eastern Corridor road as well as the construction of four new bridges to enhance commercial trade and the Ivorian population’s mobility. The construction work will be completed by 2024. This financing obtained the Positive Impact Finance label.

Societe Generale also arranged a EUR 443 million syndicated loan for Côte d’Ivoire to finance roadworks and water treatment projects. The purpose of this financing is aligned with the National Development Plan of Côte d’Ivoire, which aims in particular to improve the population’s quality of life through the development of social infrastructure and basic facilities.

In Rwanda, Bugesera International Airport is expected to start handling 1.7 million passengers a year to reach 3 million passengers by 2030. The new airport will serve as a world-class gateway to Rwanda, with the potential to become a key hub for airlines operating to and from the regional airports of Rwanda and other neighbouring East African nations. The national airline, RwandAir, has already planned to open new routes, including the United States of America, Ethiopia, Mozambique and Angola. This extensive project should allow Rwanda to enjoy a rebound in tourism and business travel. Societe Generale acted as fronting and issuing bank of an advance payment bond, and the Group also acted as participating bank to the issuance of a performance bond.

In Burkina Faso, the Group was mandated Arranger and Lead Bookrunner by the Ministry of the Economy, Finance and Development, acting as lender and agent for the financing and construction of a Regional University Hospital in Gaoua (south-east of the country) and the addition of 300 beds for EUR 83 million.

Societe Generale subsidiary ALD Automotive* is a European leader in long-term vehicle lease solutions, with sustainable mobility being the linchpin of its strategy. It furthers this goal through the vehicle technology offered to its customers and the responsible use of said vehicles. ALD’s commitments are recognised by the main extra-financial ratings agencies (top 3 in the Business Support Services sector as per Vigeo Eiris, top 3 Sustainalytics, top 5 Ecovadis). These extra-financial assessments recognise ALD’s capacity to successfully build environmental, social and governance criteria into its strategy and the day-to-day conduct of its business. ALD has also committed to the Science-Based Targets initiative for the validation of its direct and indirect emissions trajectory.

On the strength of its positioning as facilitator/leader, ALD has a major role to play in supporting its customers to reduce mobility-related emissions by offering a suitable and competitive product and service. ALD is making a strong contribution to the energy transition by supporting customers with an approach guided by TCO (total cost of ownership), an all-in-one solution for electric vehicles including access to smart charging infrastructure (ALD Electric offer available in more than 20 European countries), targeted partnerships, and a global programme dedicated to electric vehicles.

As part of its 2025 plan, ALD has set itself specific targets: the share of electric vehicles(1) in new vehicle deliveries is set to rise to 30% by 2025. And by 2030, ALD’s target is for electric vehicles with battery to make up around 50% of deliveries. This would cut CO2 emissions per vehicle(2) for new contracts by at least 40% on average in 2025, compared with 2019. In practice, the efforts made to improve the product offer, growing customer demand and a favourable regulatory environment position ALD ahead of the market, whether in terms of electrification or CO2 emissions. The share of electric vehicles in new vehicle deliveries in 2021 was 27% at end-September (vs. the market average of 14%), already nearing the 2025 target. The continuation of this momentum and the conquest of new growth drivers, such as commercial vehicles (last-mile delivery, in particular), which are essential to vehicle leasing companies, will make ALD one of the leading electric vehicle operators in the world and a major player in the energy transition for new and second-hand vehicles. In the future, the operational vehicle leasing sector will be one of the only channels bringing a considerable volume of recent and more financially accessible electric vehicles (compared to new vehicles) to the second-hand market, thus benefiting society.

Sustainable mobility is not just about vehicle technology, it’s also about transforming how we use transport. It requires tailoring our offering to new customer expectations. ALD is investing in new, shared mobility solutions, available on demand or multimodal. Take ALD Move, a mobility-as-a-service app: users can tap into daily advice on the best options for their travel needs (car, public transport, bike). ALD recently acquired share capital in Skipr, which will help accelerate the ramp-up of ALD’s solutions in this area.

ALD is also seeking to meet its customers’ requirements in terms of flexibility. As such, it has developed ALD Flex, a service providing a broad range of vehicle categories, from compact to light commercial, on demand. Users can select their vehicle by budget, transmission, fuel and CO2 emissions rating. Fleetpool, the leading German car subscription company and ALD’s most recent acquisition, will broaden ALD’s capabilities in this new generation of flexible solutions.

Over and above its leasing and fleet management activities, Societe Generale supports sustainable mobility players through dedicated financing. Accordingly, the Group regularly helps its customers to set up infrastructure promoting sustainable mobility, such as public transport solutions.

(1)

Electric vehicle = Battery-powered electric vehicle + Rechargeable hybrid electric vehicle + Hydrogen-powered vehicle. Targets set for deliveries of new passenger vehicles for the EU + Norway + United Kingdom + Switzerland.

(2)

Average emissions for new vehicle deliveries in the EU + Norway + United Kingdom + Switzerland (CO2 in g/km - NEDC standard).

HIGHLIGHTS AND MAIN ACHIEVEMENTS IN 2021

ALD Automotive has been chosen as Tesla Group’s preferred operational leasing partner in 16 countries across Europe. Tesla’s professional customers (large corporates and SMEs) opting for a long-term vehicle leasing solution are directed to ALD Automotive. They can now benefit from a long-term leasing package for passenger cars Model 3, Model Y, Model S and Model X.

Smart, the pioneer in urban mobility, has selected ALD Automotive, the leading vehicle leasing company in Europe, as its exclusive fully digital operational leasing services partner for its new generation of all-electric vehicles. Starting with Smart’s new premium compact SUV from Q1 2023, corporates and private individuals will have access to a fully integrated digital leasing offering in Europe. ALD Automotive’s full-service leasing packages will be available with flexible durations and mileage for the all-electric vehicles directly on Smart’s website and via the smart local network.

In 2021, ALD Automotive developed a long-term leasing package for bicycles (ALD Bike) to transition to soft mobility. Based on a full catalogue (+200 models) ranging from urban to folding bikes, including cargo bikes, the ALD Bike solution includes the long-term leasing (36 months) of the VAE e-bike and its accessories, its servicing and maintenance, theft/breakage insurance and assistance. The ALD Bike solution enables companies to further develop their Employer Mobility Plan by offering employees a “company bike” or a “soft mobility” alternative for employees currently using a company car.

In the new area of electromobility, Societe Generale acted as financial advisor and lender alongside the Meridiam infrastructure fund to finance the establishment of a network of fast and ultra-fast electric vehicle charge points across more than 200 Carrefour hypermarkets in France. The EUR 124 million financing, structured by Societe Generale as a green loan with contributions from seven European banks, is one of the very first special-purpose project finance vehicles to develop charging infrastructure. Carrefour and Meridiam will thus offer a full electromobility solution, ranging from 22 kW to 300 kW, to address various user requirements. This network of 2,000 charge points will be powered entirely by green energy. Carrefour’s good regional coverage means this charging service will be one the most extensive networks in France, in additional to offering excellent quality, with 56% superchargers. This project is an example of a very practical contribution to the energy transition in France, in the service of regions and their inhabitants.

Rosbank*, the Group’s subsidiary in Russia, worked with the City of Moscow to issue a green bond (for RUB 70 billion, or EUR 825 million, with a maturity period of seven years). The funds will finance several projects aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions: creating a modern, environmentally friendly transport system; reducing the energy intensity of the Gross Regional Product; creating a full-service solid municipal waste treatment system, etc. The plans for 2021-2023 include the purchase of approximately 1,675 electric buses and the building of 18 stations and 43.8 kilometres of lines, as well as the reconstruction of three stations and four kilometres of underground metro lines. Rosbank acted as a co-arranger of this issue traded on the Moscow Exchange.

 

5.4   SETTING THE EXAMPLE: AN EXEMPLARY FINANCIAL COMPANY

 

 

5.4.1  BEING A RESPONSIBLE EMPLOYER

 

 

2019

2020

2021

Group headcount (at end of period, excluding temporary staff)

138,240

133,251

131,293

Full-Time Equivalents (FTEs)

129,586

126,391

124,089

Number of countries

62

62

66(1)

(1)

Including the new ALD entities in Belarus, Bulgaria, Chile and Peru.

 

Societe Generale makes its responsibility as an employer towards the Group’s 131,293 employees in 66 countries and its social impact a top priority.

Taking measures to ensure well-being at work and promote the diversity and professional development of teams is essential to deepen employee engagement and boost performance. In line with the corporate purpose announced at the beginning of 2020, Societe Generale is committed to five priority Human Resources areas:

a culture of responsibility based on strong values to foster constructive social dialogue to successfully achieve the Group’s structural transformation in an approach based on transparency and dialogue (see the Report on Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles at societe.generale.com);

a robust approach to anticipating how professions and skills will evolve so that the Group can effectively support employees in their career path and development, and offer them alternative ways of working, such as working from home (see the Report on Professions and Skills);

a proactive diversity and inclusion policy illustrating the Group’s determination to be an inclusive company, reflecting the diversity of the customers it serves and the society in which it operates (see the Report on Diversity and Inclusion: https://www.societegenerale.com/en/responsibility/responsible-employer/diversity-and-inclusion);

an attractive and fair remuneration policy that encourages long-term employee commitment and loyalty (see the Report on Performance and Compensation);

constant attention to health, safety and wellness concerns. Societe Generale is committed to developing a pleasant and secure working environment and seeks to continuously improve the work-life balance of its employees (see the Report on Occupational Health and Safety and A closer look at preventing psychosocial risks, page 321).

In addition, the Group ensures respect for human rights, including those of its employees, and implements appropriate measures to prevent and control the risk of human rights violations (see Group’s Duty of Care Plan, page 339 and the Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles report).

Governance around key HR risks

As part of its responsibility as an employer and to respect human rights, the Group takes care to prevent and control social and operational risks related to human resources management. This ensures that its operations comply with regulations (labour law, health and safety standards, social legislation, etc.) and with the internal rules it has established, on the one hand, while also ensuring business continuity in satisfactory conditions for employees, on the other.

Overall, the risks related to human resources management are included in the Group’s general risk management system, organised into three lines of defence and shared by all entities (see Chapter 4.3, Internal control, page 173).

The HR Department and its teams draw on:

global policies in the various HR areas, governing the management of human resources in each of the Group’s BUs/SUs and subsidiaries;

processes on the employer’s five key missions: (I) administrative management of human resources and payroll, (ii) managing employees’ careers, (iii) defining and managing compensation and benefits, (iv) managing jobs and skills, and (v) defining and managing social policies;

operational procedures and user guides aimed at securing operations and ensuring satisfactory knowledge management within the Group;

indicators to inform internal oversight.

The HR Department and its teams are also covered by the Group’s risk management and permanent control systems, including:

a set of controls on key HR processes deployed throughout the Group;

risk identification and prevention exercises;

business continuity plans and crisis exercises.

Periodic controls are carried out on HR activities by the Audit and Inspection teams.

Risks related to weak management of careers, skills and talent, which affect the Group’s attractiveness, performance and employee retention

MOTIVATING ALL EMPLOYEES TO FULFIL THEIR POTENTIAL AND ATTRACTING NEW TALENT

Societe Generale’s people are its greatest assets and a key component of its business model and value creation. Appropriate career and skills management (integration, mobility and career path, skills management, etc.) and the development of key talents and resources have a positive impact on the Group’s business continuity and performance, as well as on its ability to attract and retain talent.

Societe Generale’s recruitment policy is tailored to the specific needs of its business lines, activities and to the local context. Its hiring processes are consistent and standard across the Group and always include a HR interview to assess the candidate’s affinity with the Group’s values (see “A Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values”, page 275).

The Group is diversifying its recruitment methods drawing on new technological and digital features, in addition to traditional ways of attracting new hires, such as:

partnerships with target higher education institutions in nearly 59% of the Group’s entities, representing 95% of its employees;

funding of teaching programmes and research;

internal development programmes (for interns, voluntary international “VIE” trainees and work-study participants or for young graduates in Global Banking and Investor Solutions).

Societe Generale has expertise across a broad range of sectors and offers employees a host of career opportunities. Twelve principles underpin the Group’s policies on internal mobility and filling positions and apply to all entities.

They focus on:

transparency as regards vacancies, by systematically posting opportunities on the internal job exchange (Job@SG), in 88 entities that use this tool;

giving priority to filling positions from within the Group; and

strict adherence to the recruitment process defined by the Human Resources Department to avoid any potential risk of corruption or conflict of interests, or any form of discrimination or favouritism.

Employee performance is monitored throughout their careers, particularly through development plans and 360° assessments. The development plans assess the level of professional competence, the level of achievement of operational targets, and how these operational targets were achieved. Individual employee development is also discussed during the annual appraisal interview and during regular meetings between employees and their manager or HR manager. In France, it is also discussed during the employee interview with their manager or HR manager every year.

Societe Generale has a balanced compensation policy that meets regulatory requirements. Adapted to the economic, social, legal and competitive environment of the markets in which the Group operates, this policy is nevertheless based on principles shared by all entities:

rewarding individual and collective performance;

promoting healthy and effective risk management and ensuring employees are not prompted to take inappropriate risks;

attracting, retaining and motivating strategic talents and key resources;

aligning the interests of employees with those of the Group and shareholders;

checking that employees comply with the applicable internal rules and regulations while ensuring equal treatment of customers.

The principles governing Societe Generale’s compensation policy, in particular for the categories of staff whose professional activities are liable to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, as per the European Capital Requirements Directive No. 2013/36/EU (CRD 4), are detailed in the Remuneration Policies and Practices Report. It will be published, as is the case every year, prior to the General Meeting and provided to the French oversight body for banks and prudential supervision (Autorité de contrôle prudentiel et de résolution – ACPR) in accordance with the provisions of EU Regulation No. 575/2013(1) (see the Report on Performance and Compensation.

In addition, Group entities offer employee benefits specific to their environment and employee savings schemes in locations in France (representing 43% of the workforce).

Built around its Leadership Model, Societe Generale implements the same talent management policy in all its entities, businesses and regions to optimise and develop the potential of its staff, while deepening engagement to the Group. The aim of the policy is not only to identify, develop and retain high-potential employees and the leaders of tomorrow, but also to ensure the Group has the right managers for key Group positions through succession planning.

In 2021, the Group further strengthened its policy of identifying, managing and developing high-potential talents and future leaders. It:

reviewed succession plans for the main key positions in the Group;

managed and tracked diversity targets and commitments (see the Report on Diversity and Inclusion;

identified and incorporated talents in the Group tool;

continued to help develop talent, using the tools and solutions set up in 2020 during the pandemic and which are compatible with an organisation that includes working remotely;

provided support to the HR teams to effectively manage the Group’s talent.

(1)

The 2018 Compensation Policies and Practices Report was submitted to the ACPR in April 2019 and appears on the Societe Generale website.

RECAST OUR ORGANISATION, JOBS AND SKILLS

In 2021, the Group reaffirmed its determination to continue the in-depth transformation of its businesses and functions in order to bring about lasting improvements in its commercial and financial competitiveness in a weaker and uncertain economic environment. It also ran a number of projects to adjust its organisation and continued to take a forward-looking approach to adapting skills to changing needs, based on strategic workforce planning, its internal mobility policy and training programme.

2021 saw a number of organisational adjustment projects to help improve operational efficiency and structural profitability, while strengthening the customer experience and digitalisation, and complying with the highest standards in terms of risk and compliance.

The project to transform Securities Services, Global Markets and some Central Services (Risk, Compliance, HR and Communication) led to 302 employees leaving of their own accord in 2021, after receiving support to create their own businesses or training leading to qualification.

These departures took place within the framework of the agreement on the development of professions, skills and employment signed in March 2019. Moreover, Societe Generale gives priority to providing alternative employment opportunities in the organisation. Employees affected by this transformation were also offered training and skills assessments, funded by the Group, to help them reskill and retrain for other jobs within the Group. Workshops focusing on preventing psychosocial risks were also organised for the employees within the scopes most impacted by the transformation, together with close monitoring by HR.

The planned merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale brands (VISION 2025) illustrates the Group’s ability to look ahead and reinvent its business model to stay abreast of changing customer needs and developments in the economy and society as a whole.

This merger is also the ideal opportunity to accelerate delivery on the Group’s CSR commitments and to stand by its promises as a responsible employer, which include firm commitments to provide support for employees under the VISION 2025 plan.

The first commitment is to complete the merger with no compulsory redundancies by focusing on natural attrition and offering alternative employment within the organisation.

The second is to provide support for each and every employee throughout the project. To do this, a tailored employee support programme has been drafted and is being negotiated with the trade unions. In addition, regular and consistent communication on the key aspects of the proposed merger explain why this new bank is being created and what it sets out to achieve. The team organised roadshows with general management throughout France to meet employees and answer their questions.

As with any transformation, building the new bank will be underpinned by a major training programme, upskilling, managerial support and change management support. Developing and upgrading skills are particularly important to address the challenges of recalibrated business models, changes to the businesses of both banks, staff reclassifications and new IT tools and processes. The newly-created Skills Academy, based on an analysis of the impacts of the transformation by employee group, will offer the most relevant support possible matched with the needs of employees and managers. Training programmes will start in 2022. More than EUR 100 million is earmarked for staff training and upskilling over the period, which is three times the budget usually allocated for the same period.

Establishing a shared culture for the new bank is another priority. The staff of Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord will be treated on a strictly equal basis for all appointments, job moves and promotions.

The Group will also play close attention to employee engagement and psychosocial risks. Risk management and prevention has been strengthened and measures taken to raise awareness amongst HR officers and managers. The Bank listens to its staff and has systems in place to measure employee engagement and their experience in the workplace. Local managers play an essential role, since they are in daily contact with staff.

The proposed disposal of Societe Generale’s asset management activities to Amundi is in line with its savings strategy to form partnerships with external asset managers to offer investment and asset management solutions to clients.

The transaction involves transferring all the personnel assigned to this activity. As a responsible employer, the Group has made sure that these employees are joining a major player in the market with bold and ambitious goals to drive the future growth of this business.

Support measures have been introduced to help managers and employees through the transition period. They include group support sessions led by internal and external coaches, digital breakfast meetings, regular presentations on Amundi’s businesses providing the opportunity for staff to project themselves into their new environment, communications about the HR implications of the transfer and a health phone line for staff.

(See the report on Professions and Skills).

Societe Generale aims to ensure the organisation has the right skills to reach its goals in the medium and long term. To prevent risks associated with a talent shortage or mismatch, qualitative and quantitative Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP) is in place in all our locations worldwide. Rolled out across all the Group’s key businesses, SWP covers 95% of Societe Generale SA’s employees in the core businesses in France, and is being phased in at the Group’s other locations (in Asia, the United States and elsewhere). In France, strategic workforce planning is governed by a social agreement signed in 2013, and renewed in 2016 and in 2019, which aims to match HR policies, particularly in terms of training and filling positions, to the skills required to meet the Group’s strategic challenges. SWP provides employees with the means to gain and maintain employment and is organised into three stages:

1.

defining a qualitative and quantitative target for the skills the Group needs in the medium to long term to deliver on strategic goals;

2.

assessing and mapping the skills available to the Group;

3.

identifying the gap between the current situation and the target to put in place the right levers (training, internal mobility, recruitment, etc.) and action plans to bridge this gap.

Societe Generale’s approach to skills mapping is a voluntary one that puts the employee first and gives them an active role in developing their career and employability. It is based on two skills self-reporting tools: “Mondiag” for the French Retail Banking businesses, and “ACE” (Appétences, Compétences, Expériences – or Aspirations, Skills & Experience) destined for the entire Group. Today, more than 63,500 employees worldwide have access to these tools (see Professions and Skills Report).

In 2021, the Group rounded off its internal mobility policies with initiatives to ensure BUs/SUs have the talent they need and to help employees build and constantly upgrade their skill sets to be agile enough in response to rapid change and to seize career opportunities. Now, all Corporate Division employees can not only apply for vacancies advertised internally, but also be offered opportunities within the Group by a recruiter manager. The ACE self-reporting platform is an essential tool for managers and recruiters to match employees’ skills with talent needs and quickly identify the profiles that meet their requirements. After a pilot in 2020 and roll-out in Corporate Departments in 2021, the Group intends to extend the initiative across the organisation.

At the same time, the Reskilling Initiative was scaled up in 2021. Kicked off in 2020 in consultation with business experts, Reskilling combines professional training from the Group’s training catalogue with theoretical content delivered by academic partners. As its name suggests, the Reskilling Initiative aims to offer employees the opportunity to reskill and retrain in growth areas or where there is a shortage of talent. Some 149 employees participated in the programme in 2021 (an increase on the 40 or so in 2020) as the Reskilling initiative plays its part in ensuring the Group has the skills it needs for the digital revolution and to manage the consequences of the pandemic.

The training courses offered by various players (cross-business teams or academies specific to Business or Service Units or subsidiaries) in a variety of formats (e-learning, face-to-face, MOOC, videos, etc.) cover:

business skills;

the risk, responsibility and compliance culture of employees. Compulsory training for all Group employees covers the following subjects: information security, anti-corruption measures, Code of Conduct, the General Data Protection Regulation, international sanctions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing, conflicts of interest and harassment;

behavioural skills (agile working, collaborative working, change management, etc.);

managerial culture and social and environmental responsibility.

 

DELIVERING A CSR TRAINING PLAN FOR ALL EMPLOYEES

A dedicated CSR training programme for all employees was launched in mid-2020 by the CSR Department and the Human Resources Department and rolled out in BUs/SUs and countries. It is based on four pillars:

1.

Developing a common, cross-business CSR culture.

-

New modules have been added to the line-up of digital training available to all staff, structured around a number of key topics: climate change and biodiversity, responsible digital technology and ESG analysis. There are around 30 modules in all, and some offer certification when successfully completed.

-

The Group ran climate awareness and education workshops attended by more than 2,000 employees in France and abroad. This training was delivered by in-house personnel trained to lead these collaborative workshops as part of the Fresques du climat drive to teach people about the essentials of climate change.

-

Each new hire in the Group will be offered an e-learning course, “The Bank in Brief”, which includes an introduction to the CSR issues facing banks.

-

French Retail Banking put together a special module on Societe Generale’s CSR strategy for its staff. 17,000 employees completed the module.

2.

Implementing Environmental & Social (E&S) risk management.

-

The e-learning course was originated in 2020 to “raise awareness of environmental and social risks” and train target audiences to implement the CSR normative framework and, in particular, to take account of E&S risks in the Group’s activities. The module has been translated into nine languages and distributed widely in the BUs/SUs to more than 40,000 employees in 2021.

3.

Offering expert modules to the sales functions to reinforce customer support on energy transition.

-

The training course focusing on the challenges of the energy transition, which was developed and delivered in 2020 to some of the Group’s sales functions (in Global Banking and Investor Solutions), was switched up to a Group programme with a very wide audience. In addition, all Group employees had the ability to register for live presentations. In all, some 10,000 people from 12 BUs/SUs signed up for this programme.

-

Societe Generale also offers two training programmes on factoring ESG criteria into financing and investment activities: ESG certification offered by the SFAF (the French association of financial analysts) and the EFFAS (European Federation of Financial Analysts Societies), as well as a SFAF course that does not offer certification. To date, 54 employees have earned certification in this field.

4.

Promoting a cross-business approach and the re-use of expert modules within the Group.

-

An initial inventory of all CSR expert modules in the Group’s BUs/SUs and countries was conducted in 2021 to broaden access for many as possible. Training courses were also converted to digital formats in 2021, working with the Risk Division in particular, to leverage the expertise available in the Group.


CAREER, SKILLS AND TALENT MANAGEMENT RISKS AND THEIR POTENTIAL IMPACT ON THE BANK’S EMPLOYER BRAND, PERFORMANCE AND ATTRITION: KEY INDICATORS

At Group level

2019

2020

2021

% of positions filled through internal mobility

58%

63%

56%

% of employees on permanent contracts changing jobs per year

18%

15%

14%

Number of training hours taken by Group employees (in millions)

4.0

3.0

3.7

Average number of training hours per employee

26.9

20.3(1)

26

% of employees having completed at least one training course during the year

90%

85%

88%

Number of employees on permanent contracts who had an appraisal interview

113,000

108,947

106,687

% of the workforce on permanent contracts

93%

93%

94%

The Group’s payroll expenses (in EUR billions)

9,955

9,289

9,764

Rate of voluntary staff turnover (permanent contracts)

8.2%

6.2%

9.4%

Turnover rate, excluding Russian, Indian and Romanian subsidiaries

5.7%

4.2%

4.4%

(1)

The number of training hours dispensed and amounts spent on training were impacted by the unexpected health crisis at the start of 2020. Face-to-face training modules were suspended at the start of the crisis. The Group adapted and transformed its programmes and offered new remote training alternatives to maintain the employee training programmes.

 

To tackle high staff turnover (partly attributable to local employment patterns), the Group’s subsidiaries in some locations, particularly in Russia, India and Romania, have launched targeted HR actions to improve employee engagement and retention. Actions focus on benefit packages, working conditions and career progression.

Risks related to non-compliance with internal social regulations and rules and poor working conditions

The Group must comply with various regulations regarding labour law and, more broadly, human rights (compensation and social rights, diversity and non-discrimination, dialogue with employees, freedom of association, etc.), around the world. Societe Generale has also adopted internal rules for human resources management. Failure to comply could be detrimental to the Group’s employees. It could also impact Societe Generale’s ability to continue its activities, and expose it to certain legal and reputational risks. In addition, the Group strives to provide all its employees with working conditions and a work environment that are healthy and safe. Poor working conditions and the associated harm to employees’ physical and/or mental health (as a result of high levels of stress, for example) would affect employee commitment and both individual and collective performance, thus impacting the Group’s ability to implement its strategy.

The Group has set itself several key objectives in this respect:

ensure regulatory compliance of employment relationships;

ensure the Company’s compliance with any regulations that affect human resources management processes (health and safety standards, duty of care, General Data Protection Regulations, MiFID II Directive, etc.);

maintain a labour relations climate that is favourable to interactions with the Group’s stakeholders (in particular employee representative bodies and employees) by guaranteeing freedom of association and fundamental rights for its employees;

fight against all forms of discrimination at work and promote professional equality and diversity in the Company;

guarantee the health and safety of persons in the workplace and in the exercise of their work.

To ensure compliance in its employment relations and human resources management processes, the Group:

monitors labour law developments in all countries where it operates;

arranges for Human Resources to be involved in regulatory proposals;

routinely updates its human resources information systems (HRIS) in line with regulatory developments (on a Group-wide or local basis, as appropriate).

MAINTAINING A POSITIVE LABOUR ENVIRONMENT

The Group’s commitment to labour relations is demonstrated by:

a global framework agreement with UNI Global Union on fundamental human rights, renewed in February 2019 covering all staff (see the Group’s Duty of Care Plan, page 346). In line with the 2015 agreement on fundamental freedoms and the right to organise, this new agreement includes additional commitments on:

-

preventing misconduct,

-

countering discrimination and promoting diversity in all human resources management processes (a subject already introduced in the initial agreement),

-

maintaining a working environment conducive to health, safety and satisfying working conditions for all employees.

Regular discussions are held with UNI Global Union on the agreement and the application of these commitments. In addition, an annual follow-up meeting is held between UNI Global Union representatives, the Bank’s CSR and Human Resources Departments, and representatives of the Group’s trade unions. Several meeting were held in 2021, the most recent in November;

numerous collective agreements signed with social partners on working conditions (working hours, employment conditions, remuneration and benefits, etc.) and the Company’s strategic projects. These agreements cover compensation and employee benefits (in 56% of the entities that signed agreements), working conditions, labour relations practices and equality at the workplace. In 2021, 157 agreements were signed within the Bank, covering 62% of the workforce (compared with 161 in 2020).

PROMOTING THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF CULTURE & CONDUCT AND APPLYING AN APPROPRIATE SANCTIONS POLICY

Societe Generale is extremely vigilant when it comes to complying with regulations, internal rules and procedures and the ethical principles governing its business activities. The policy framework includes:

a Group policy on inappropriate conduct in the workplace, introduced in 2019 with the aim of preventing and countering any conduct that contravenes the principles enshrined in its Code of Conduct, especially any form of bullying or sexual harassment. It encourages awareness-raising actions on misconduct, in particular through training for managers and Human Resources teams, and reminds employees that the perpetrators of such acts will be subject to disciplinary measures that may entail the termination of their employment contract (see report on Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles);

a whistleblowing framework, set up for the entire Group, allows an employee or external and occasional co-worker to report a situation of which they are aware and which does not comply with the rules governing the conduct of the Group’s business or with expected ethical standards, or which could violate applicable laws and regulations. This may include situations of inappropriate behaviour or alleged threats to the health and safety of individuals (see the Group’s Duty of Care Plan, page 339 and A Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values, page 275);

a global disciplinary policy published in 2019 formalises the principles and best practices in relation to sanctions (right to make a mistake, non-tolerance of misconduct, sanction decisions taken collectively and proportionate to the seriousness of the misconduct, ultimate responsibility of the manager in applying the principles and sanction decisions, follow-up on sanctions). This policy is transposed in all Group entities into operating procedures and supplemented by a list of disciplinary actions. The key indicators are communicated to General Management.

PROMOTING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY AND DIVERSITY

Societe Generale has a range of policies, actions and processes to promote equal opportunities and diversity, including in particular:

a Diversity and Inclusion policy, reflecting the Group’s determination to recognise and promote all talents, regardless of an employee’s beliefs, age, disability, parental status, nationality, sexual or gender identity, sexual orientation, membership of a political, religious or trade union organisation, or any other factors that could give rise to discrimination. It aims to create the conditions for an inclusive organisation offering equal treatment, through various fields of action:

-

fight against all forms of discrimination,

-

communicate, raise awareness, train,

-

create a work environment and management that is conducive to inclusion,

-

champion diversity and inclusion at governance-level within the Group;

sponsorship at the highest level of the organisation, led by Diony Lebot (Deputy Chief Executive Officer);

a Diversity and Inclusion Committee, with members from the Business and Services Units Management Committees. Its main mission is to define the Group’s diversity and inclusion aims and guidelines as well priorities on a yearly or multi-year basis;

a special team tasked with promoting diversity and inclusion through a network of sponsors to roll out the Group’s commitments in the Business and Services Units in France and in our international locations;

ambitious targets, including a gender equality target of increasing the number of women in senior management positions to 30% by 2023;

even more robust public commitments in 2021:

-

signing charters to foster gender diversity: #JamaisSansElles, Financi’Elles and Towards the Zero Gender Gap,

-

signing the Autre Cercle Charter (a French non-profit promoting an inclusive workplace for LGBT+ professionals),

-

signing the new Parenthood in the Company Charter,

-

taking part in the first diversity survey conducted by Club 21e siècle, an organisation formed to promote diversity at all levels of society, to measure social and cultural diversity at the top echelons of France’s large corporates;

in addition to our commitments in prior years, through:

-

signing the Women’s Empowerment Principles in 2016,

-

signing the ILO’s “Global Business & Disability” Charter in 2016,

-

supporting the UN’s guiding principles on the fight against LGBTI* discrimination in 2018,

-

renewing the global agreement on fundamental rights with UNI Global Union in 2019, the collective agreements signed with trade unions in France:

2020-2022 three-year agreement promoting the employment and professional integration of people with disabilities,

an agreement on gender equality in the workplace;

practical management, awareness and training actions (see below, Focus on diversity in the Company).

The Duty of Care Plan also includes a focus on the risk of discrimination at work (see the Group’s Duty of Care Plan, page 339).

 

FOCUS ON DIVERSITY IN THE COMPANY

With more than 131,000 employees of 141 nationalities working in 66 different countries, and with 57% of its employees working outside of France, Societe Generale reiterates its commitment to making equality, diversity and inclusion a reality for all employees and a managerial priority for the Group.

Diversity is a matter of both ethical responsibility and performance, and the Group has thus maintained its objective of promoting women and international candidates to positions of responsibility and seats on Societe Generale’s management bodies. To achieve this, it relies on certain key measures, including:

monitoring indicators in respect of women and international employees, i.e. their representation within high-potential pools and succession plans, promotions, pay rises, grades and classes, etc.;

more collegiality in the appointment of senior executives (see Chapter 3.1.5 Diversity policy within Societe Generale”, page 96);

a review of the inclusiveness of certain social policies (to ensure, for example, that they take into account different family models).

As part of its commitment to implementing a strong diversity policy, the Group has also rolled out a range of awareness-raising and training initiatives around diversity, including:

a “diversity and inclusion” playlist available to all Group employees via the e-learning platform;

awareness campaigns aimed at all employees on why diversity and inclusion are important and the impact of unconscious bias;

development of inter-generational cooperation through specific programmes, reverse mentoring and focus groups.

The Group’s commitment to diversity is also evident in:

including questions on diversity and inclusion in the Employee Satisfaction Survey to gauge their experience and introduce targeted actions to make our environment more inclusive;

support for in-house employee networks working to promote inclusion (Women@SG, WAY, Pride&Allies, etc.).

Staying with diversity and inclusion, 123 entities covering 98% of the Group’s workforce are implementing local actions to strengthen gender equality, 78 entities covering 87% of the Group’s workforce are carrying out local actions to support employees with disabilities, 55 entities covering 73% of the Group’s workforce have actions under way for employees aged 50 and over, and 70 entities covering 85% of the Group’s workforce are working to promote inclusion and professional integration. For more information, see the Report on Diversity and Inclusion.

 

GUARANTEEING HEALTH AND SAFETY AT WORK AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT OF WORKING CONDITIONS

Societe Generale’s health, safety and satisfactory prevention policy, applicable Group-wide, aims to provide each employee with a safe working environment in respect of both the workplace and working practices that guarantees their safety and their physical and psychological well-being. The appropriate expertise and resources are mobilised to implement this policy, which involves:

monitoring the office layout plans and the ergonomics of the workstations;

awareness-raising and preventive actions to ensure physical and mental health at work;

recommending regular medical check-ups for all employees, in accordance with local regulatory requirements;

incorporating a set of commitments on health, safety and working conditions into a global agreement on fundamental rights signed with UNI Global Union;

ensuring employees are able to exercise their whistleblowing rights (see the Report on Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles).

The Group’s longstanding commitment to offer the best possible working conditions by:

ensuring a minimum level of social, health and welfare protection for all its employees worldwide. To date, nine out of ten employees benefit from a supplementary company health or personal protection plan, and one of the objectives set by the Group is that each employee should have coverage amounting to two years’ salary in the event of death;

a safety and security master plan, prepared by the Security Division for France and provided to international branches and subsidiaries as best practice, in addition to the safety and security rules that apply in their locations;

continuous monitoring of risks that may have an impact on people’s health and safety as well as social risks (see Focus on the prevention of psychosocial risks, below), and targeted prevention actions to reinforce the safety and security culture in the Group.

The management of risks related to health, security and personal safety is included in the Group’s Duty of Care Plan on human rights and the environment (see the Group’s Duty of Care Plan, page 346);

a Life at Work programme that promotes well-being in the workplace. Launched in 2015, the Life at Work programme breaks down into six topics: individual and collective efficiency; health and prevention; remote working and new organisational models; the working environment; support during key life events; and change in managerial culture, in particular through training and awareness initiatives in connection with the Leadership Model and the Culture & Conduct programme;

a raft of measures to make the workplace and working conditions better, either through this programme or in addition to it. They include a charter on work-life balance, a flexitime policy, making changes to the workspace, etc. (see the Report on Occupational Health and Safety);

the opportunity to support partner organisations through skills sponsorship programmes (see the Report on Corporate Culture and Ethics Principles).

 

A CLOSER LOOK AT PREVENTING PSYCHOSOCIAL RISKS

Societe Generale established its general policy on preventing psychosocial risks several years ago as part of its ambition to provide a safe and healthy working environment for all employees.

This policy is applied by:

all Business Units and Service Units, which are tasked with raising awareness and ensuring employees have good working conditions. BUs and SUs can draw on the tools available from the Group’s Human Resources Department;

managers, who receive custom support when they are affected by reorganisation plans. They are trained to detect and handle warning signals;

employees considered to be vulnerable to direct them towards the right supports and help them get back to work.

Psychologists are also available for employees, in addition to the support available from the Occupational Health Department. The objectives of the Group’s policy on psychosocial risk are:

provide time for employees in complicated situations to talk and be listened to by an external psychologist;

help employees to resolve specific problems, possibly by providing support and guiding them towards appropriate solutions.

The Group offers training in preventing psychosocial risks for employees, HR personnel and managers.

As most people were working from home in 2021, Societe Generale took practical steps to identify, assess and prevent this type of risk:

providing employees with a kit to help identify psychosocial risks remotely;

raising awareness about psychosocial risks and what resources are available for the HR function to mitigate them;

webinars on the risks of an excessive workload, isolation and stresses that come with working from home.

Stress prevention initiatives are conducted in 118 Group subsidiaries and branches, covering 94% of Societe Generale’s workforce. The aim is to inform, train and support employees that may encounter situations that pose psychosocial risks. Initiatives include programmes offering free assistance from healthcare or insurance partners, training and/or awareness-raising on psychosocial risks, surveys and evaluations to measure stress, and various leisure and relaxation activities. For example, the French branch network has developed mandatory training on psychosocial risks and a psychological support programme for employees that are victims of armed robbery or other forms of commercial-related attack. The Russian subsidiary Rosbank set up online psychological support for its employees and their families.

 

As the pandemic has upended our lives and changed how we work and how work is organised, the Group has stepped up its commitments to protecting the health and safety of its staff, notably by:

(see the Report on Occupational Health and Safety)

introducing remote working in 130 Group entities. Triggered by the Covid-19 crisis, the Group successfully implemented group-wide working from home for all compatible positions. In January 2021, General Management signed a Remote Working Agreement with the French trade unions. The agreement entered into force on 4 October 2021 and stipulates that working from home is now a working arrangement available to all employees (i.e. whether on permanent or temporary contracts, interns, work-study participants or new hires). The agreement defines the principle and sets two days of remote working per week as the standard. Each BU/SU will decide how many days a week its employees can work from home, and will be able to increase or decrease the number depending on the activity involved. In implementing this agreement, the Group’s entities adhere to all principles of equality, rules on working hours, the right to disconnect, and health and safety requirements for staff working from home. Alongside this agreement, the Group also rolled out preventive measures (particularly relating to the risks of isolation), communication campaigns, training and awareness-raising for both managers and employees, all adapted to each individual entity’s level of experience with remote working;

measures to protect employees’ health during the pandemic, following the guidelines issued by the World Health Organization, the directives issued by the French authorities and recommendations applicable to the local context:

-

a Crisis Management Committee to coordinate measures across the Group, overseen by General Management. It is tasked with ensuring employees are protected and supervising the application or lifting of lockdown restrictions according to the local situation,

-

informing staff about the public health measures in place, in accordance with government guidelines,

-

offering vaccination to employees in Societe Generale’s medical services in France,

-

e-learning modules for personnel in France on Covid-19 and how to protect themselves and others;

steps to ensure optimum, safe working conditions for hybrid working:

-

informing employees about information security and cybersecurity risks and the precautions to take,

-

strengthening measures aimed at providing psychological, medical and social support for employees (remote consultation, tailored psychological, direct lines to occupational health and social services),

-

workshops on managerial transformation as part of the Life at Work programme to guide managers in setting up hybrid working.

 

FOCUS ON THE EMPLOYEE SATISFACTION SURVEY

Societe Generale measures employee engagement through the Employee Satisfaction Survey, an annual and anonymous internal survey conducted throughout the Group in France and abroad.

Employees are asked to freely give their opinion and impressions on a range of topics related to corporate life. All answers are strictly confidential.

Shared with employees, the results serve as the basis for action plans and working groups, where necessary, in the spirit of continuous improvement.

The 2021 survey looked at the following topics:

engagement, according to an indicator monitored since 2009;

working conditions;

Culture & Conduct;

diversity and inclusion.

Here are some of the key findings from this year’s survey:

the employee engagement score was 66%, up 3 points on the 2020 figure. This can be notably attributed to an upturn in the employee satisfaction indicators regarding decisions taken by Societe Generale’s Management team (63% vs. 56% in 2020);

pride in belonging to Societe Generale came in at 76%, underscoring that employees are proud to work in the Group (vs. 75% in 2020);

89% of employees think that their manager encourages ethical and responsible behaviours (vs. 88% in 2019).

Since 2018, the members of the Group Management Committee have set shared collective targets including the employee engagement rate, which is measured by the Group’s Employee Satisfaction Survey (see Report on Performance and Remuneration).

 

KEY INDICATORS LINKED TO RISKS RELATED TO NON-COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNAL SOCIAL REGULATIONS AND RULES AND POOR WORKING CONDITIONS

 

2019

2020

2021

Number of different nationalities within the Group

136

137

141

% of non-French employees

56%

56%

57%

Number of collective agreements signed with social partners

205

161

157

% of workforce covered

66%

64%

62%

o.w. focused specifically on health and safety

15

13

27

% of women on the Group Strategy Committee (Top 160)

19%

21%

25%

Absenteeism rate(1)

3.5%

4.6%(2)

3.5%

Number of occupational accidents

747

524

570

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on health

98%

99%

99%

% of the workforce targeted by prevention and information campaigns on safety

98%

98%

98%

Number of employees able to work remotely(3) worldwide

32,000

54,700

77,671

% of the workforce benefiting from measures to promote work-life balance(4)

84%

87%

89%

Engagement rate

64%

63%

66%

Number of employees involved in the Group’s initiatives to support the community

21,476

3,626

12,459

Number of days that employees devoted to initiatives to support the community

20,430

15,397

20,141

(1)

The absenteism rate is the ratio of the number of paid days’ leave (paid leave covers sick leave, parental leave, and leave for other reasons) to the total number of days paid, expressed as a percentage. It is counted in calendar days and on the basis of the total headcount (workforce present multiplied by 365).

(2)

The change in the absenteism rate in 2020 was chiefly linked to the increase in the number of days absent for other reasons. Owing to the health crisis, employees had specific indemnities related to child care or due to health reasons requiring them to remain at home that were supported by the Group.

(3)

Excluding remote working under the Business Continuity Plan.

(4)

Any agreement, measure, action brought to foster work-life balance of employees as defined by the Charter of the “15 work-life balance commitments” which Societe Generale has signed.

 

5.5   METHODOLOGY NOTE

 

This note presents the corporate social responsibility (CSR) reporting methodology used by Societe Generale. This methodology is also explained in detail in the Group’s reporting protocols, available on request.

 

5.5.1  REPORTING PROTOCOLS

 

Information included in the Universal Registration Document (URD), the Responsibility section of the Group’s website (www.societegenerale.com/en) and other Societe Generale communications, as well as the Group’s Integrated Report in respect of financial year 2021 and previous years, has been prepared on the basis of contributions from the Group’s internal network of CSR officers and in accordance with the CSR reporting protocols and CSR initiatives programme. Part of the quantitative and qualitative data was provided by the Planethic Reporting tool, used to standardise collection of information on management and monitoring indicators. Reporting is coordinated by the Group’s CSR Department, which reported to the Group Corporate Secretary at 31 December 2021.

The Group regularly organises programmes to bring contributors and managers on board and familiarise them with the reporting process and the tool, with a view to improving data reliability. The reporting protocols are updated on a regular basis. New protocols were drawn up in 2021 and include indicators designed to offer a more precise assessment of the extra-financial risk factors identified as being the most material to Societe Generale.

 

5.6   INDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY’S REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED NON-FINANCIAL STATEMENT

 

 

This is a free translation into English of the original report issued in the French language and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional standards applicable in France.

 

To the General Assembly,

In our quality as an independent third party, accredited by the COFRAC under the number n° 3-1681 (scope of accreditation available on the website www.cofrac.fr), and as a member of the network of one of the statutory auditors of your company (hereafter “entity”), we conducted our work in order to provide a conclusion expressing a limited level of assurance on the compliance of the consolidated non-financial statement for the year ended 31st December 2021 (hereafter referred to as the “Statement”) with the provisions of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and on the fairness of the historical information (whether observed or extrapolated) provided pursuant to 3° of I and II of Article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code (hereafter referred to as the “Information”) prepared in accordance with the entity’s procedures (hereafter referred to as the “Guidelines”), included in the management report pursuant to the requirements of articles L. 225 102-1, R. 225-105 and R. 225-105-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Based on the procedures performed, as described in “Nature and scope of the work”, and on the elements we have collected, we did not identify any material misstatements that would call into question the fact that the consolidated non-financial statement is not presented in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements and that the Information, taken as a whole, is not presented fairly in accordance with the Guidelines, in all material respects.

Without modifying our conclusion and in accordance with article A. 225-3 of the French Commercial Code, we have the following comments:

The management of the E&S risks is implemented in the different Business Units, but the controls, and notably second-level controls, must be reinforced and systematized in order to ensure an effective and homogeneous implementation across the Group.

The absence of a generally accepted and commonly used framework or established practices on which to base the assessment and measurement of information allows for the use of different, but acceptable, measurement techniques that may affect comparability between entities and over time.

Therefore, the Information should be read and understood with reference to the Guidelines, the significant elements of which are presented in the Statement.

The information may be subject to uncertainty inherent in the state of scientific or economic knowledge and the quality of external data used. Certain information is sensitive to the methodological choices, assumptions and/or estimates made in preparing it and presented in the Statement.

It is the responsibility of the Board of Directors to:

select or establish appropriate criteria for the preparation of the Information;

prepare a Statement in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, including a presentation of the business model, a description of the main non-financial risks, a presentation of the policies applied with regard to these risks as well as the results of these policies, including key performance indicators and, in addition, the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy); and to

implement the internal control procedures it deems necessary to ensure that the Information is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

The Statement has been prepared in accordance with the entity’s procedures, the main elements of which are presented in the Statement.

On the basis of our work, our responsibility is to provide a report expressing a limited assurance conclusion on:

the compliance of the Statement with the requirements of article R. 225-105 of the French Commercial Code;

the fairness of the information provided in accordance with article R. 225 105 I, 3° and II of the French Commercial Code, i.e., the outcomes, including key performance indicators, and the measures implemented considering the principal risks.

As it is our responsibility to form an independent conclusion on the Information as prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in the preparation of the Information, as this could compromise our independence.

However, it is not our responsibility to comment on:

the entity’s compliance with other applicable legal and regulatory requirements, in particular the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy), the French duty of care law and anti-corruption and tax avoidance legislation;

the fairness of the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (green taxonomy);

the compliance of products and services with the applicable regulations.

The work described below was performed in accordance with the provisions of articles A. 225-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as with the professional guidance of the French Institute of Statutory Auditors (“CNCC”) applicable to such engagements and with ISAE 3000 (revised)(1).

(1)

ISAE 3000 (revised) - Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of historical financial information.

Our independence is defined by the requirements of article L. 822-11-3 of the French Commercial Code and the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) of our profession. In addition, we have implemented a system of quality control including documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, the ethical requirements and French professional guidance.

Our verification work mobilized the skills of eight people and took place between October 2021 and February 2022 on a total duration of intervention of about sixteen weeks.

We conducted about fifty interviews with the persons responsible for the preparation of the Statement, in charge of either the risk analysis, the definition and the implementation of the policies, the collection and the control of the information, or the writing of the texts published.

We planned and performed our work taking into account the risks of material misstatement of the Information.

In our opinion, the procedures we have performed in the exercise of our professional judgment enable us to provide a limited level of assurance:

we obtained an understanding of all the consolidated entities’ activities and the description of the main risks;

we assessed the suitability of the Guidelines with respect to their relevance, comprehensiveness, reliability, neutrality and understandability by taking into consideration, if relevant, the best practices of the industry;

we verified that the Statement includes each category of information provided in article L. 225-102-1 III regarding social and environmental matters, as well as the information provided in the second paragraph of article L. 22-10-36 of the French commercial Code regarding the respect for human rights and the fight against corruption and tax evasion;

we verified that the Statement provides the information required under article R. 225-105 II where relevant to the main risks and includes, where applicable, an explanation for the absence of the information required under article L. 225-102-1 III, paragraph 2 of the French commercial Code;

we verified that the Statement presents the business model and a description of the main risks related to the activity of all the entities included in the scope of consolidation; including, if relevant and proportionate, the risks created through its business relationships, products or services, policies, actions and results, of which the key performance indicators associated with the main risks are part;

we referred to documentary sources and conducted interviews to:

-

assess the process used to identify and confirm the main risks as well as the consistency of the outcomes, including the key performance indicators selected, in accordance with the main risks and the policies presented, and

-

corroborate the qualitative information (actions and results) that we considered to be the most important (presented in the annex). For certain risks (the fight against corruption, tax evasion, and cybercrime as well as the protection of personal data), our work was carried out on the consolidation entity. For the other risks, our work was carried out on the consolidating entity and on a selection of Business Units (BUs) and Service Units (SUs)(1) listed hereafter: French Retail Banking, Crédit du Nord, International Banking Networks (Africa, Mediterranean Basin & Overseas, Networks and Europe), ALD Automotive, Client Relationships, Financing and Advisory Solutions, Financial Market Activities, Private Banking & Asset Management for Business Units; General Secretariat, Human Resources & Communication, Risks and Compliance for Service Units;

we verified that the Statement covers the consolidated scope, i.e. all the entities included in the scope of consolidation in accordance with article L. 233-16 of the French commercial Code, within the limitations set out in the Statement;

we obtained an understanding of the internal control and risk management procedures implemented by the entity and assessed the data collection process to ensure the completeness and fairness of the Information;

for the key performance indicators and other quantitative outcomes that we considered to be the most important (presented in the annex), we implemented:

-

analytical procedures to verify the correct consolidation of the collected data as well as the consistency of their evolutions,

-

detailed tests based on samples, consisting of checking the correct application of the definitions and procedures and reconciling the data with supporting documents. This work was carried out with the contributing entities listed above and cover between 10% and 23% of consolidated data selected for these tests;

we assessed the overall consistency of the Statement based on our knowledge of the entities included in consolidated scope.

 

We believe that the work we have carried out by exercising our professional judgment allows us to express a limited assurance conclusion; an assurance of a higher level would have required more extensive verification work.

 

Paris-La Défense, the 9 March 2022

French original signed by:

 

Independent third party

EY & Associés

Caroline Delérable

Partner, Sustainable Development

(1)

The full list of BUs and SUs is available at www.societegenerale.com.

SOCIETAL AND BUSINESS INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

 

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

 

Definition and deployment of voluntary commitments.

Identification and management of E&S risks posed by transactions and clients.

Approach for analysing and managing (direct and indirect) climate risks.

Implementation of both approaches, Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance (SPIF) and Sustainable and Positive Investment (SPI).

Number and new funding of transactions subject to an E&S review (12% of the new funding for the transactions reported in Corporate and Investment Banking, including 12% for the transactions under
the Equator Principles scope).

Number of Corporate and Investment Banking clients that have undergone an E&S reputational risk assessment (10% of the clients assessed during the year).

Total production in SPIF-compliant financing commitments
(14% of new funding) and total SPI-compliant assets under management (23% of the assets).

 

SOCIAL INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

 

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

 

Management of jobs and skills.

Share of positions filled through internal mobility
(16% of the workforce).

Average number of hours of training per employee
(16% of the workforce).

 

ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

Qualitative Information

(Actions or results)

 

Quantitative information

(Key performance indicators and coverage)

 

n

General environmental policy.

n

Reduction of the carbon footprint per occupant since 2014 (17% of the Group’s GHG emissions) including review of GHG emissions (tCO2e) scope 1, 2 and 3 (scope 3 including paper consumption, business trips, freight transport, energy consumption of data centers hosted in France and waste production).

 

5.7   GROUP’S DUTY OF CARE PLAN

 

5.7.1  INTRODUCTION

 

Societe Generale is subject to the French Act of 27 March 2017 on the duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (the Duty of Care Act). This law requires the Group to prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, or damage to the health, safety and security of persons and the environment as a result of its activities. The plan must include risk mapping, measures to assess and mitigate the risk of serious breaches and monitoring of their implementation, as well as a whistleblowing system. This document sets out a summary of the main aspects of the Duty of Care Plan and includes the report on its effective implementation.

Over the years, the Societe Generale Group has voluntarily adopted procedures and tools to identify, assess and manage risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety and the environment as part of how it manages its Human Resources, supply chain and businesses. Over the past four years, implementation of this regulatory obligation has provided Societe Generale with the opportunity to clarify and strengthen its existing framework as part of a continuous improvement process.

The Group’s approach to its duty of care is based on the common foundation of human rights and fundamental freedoms as well as environmental issues. The human rights and fundamental freedom issues identified based on reference texts such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) and the International Labour Organization’s fundamental conventions are: forced labour and slavery; child labour; respect for the rights of indigenous peoples; rights of ownership; discrimination; freedom of association; health and safety; decent workings conditions; decent pay; decent social protection and the right to privacy. Environmental issues identified based on The Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992) are: climate change and air quality; preservation of water resources and their quality; responsible land use; preservation of natural resources; preservation of biodiversity and minimisation and treatment of waste.

This Duty of Care plan is being rolled out across all consolidated companies over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control(1) (hereinafter the “Group”). It is structured around three pillars:

the Human Resources, Safety and Security pillar, which aims to prevent the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms or the health of Societe Generale Group employees;

the Sourcing pillar, which aims to manage the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment associated with the activities of the Group’s suppliers and direct(2) (i.e. level 1) subcontractors;

the Activities pillar, which aims to prevent the risk of serious violations in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security and the environment that are directly associated with the Group’s products and services.

The Duty of Care Plan was drawn up by the Corporate Social Responsibility Department, the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department and the Sourcing Division, in association with the Legal Department and the Group Security Division.

The Plan and progress with implementing its measures are presented to General Management every year.

It is also included in the Management Report prepared by the Board of Directors and published in the Universal Registration Document.

Roll-out is coordinated by the Corporate Social Responsibility Department, the Human Resources Department, the Sourcing Division and the Compliance Division. The Business Units and Service Units are responsible for implementing the plan within their scope.

The Duty of Care Plan was devised in accordance with the principle of continuous improvement. How it evolves over time reflects the results of the risk mapping, regular assessments, developments in the Group’s activities, new E&S commitments, and updates to the E&S risk management policies and tools.

(1)

These are subsidiaries controlled directly or indirectly by Societe Generale, pursuant to Article L. 233-16-II of the French Commercial Code.

(2)

Suppliers and subcontractors with whom the various Group companies maintain an “established commercial relationship”, i.e. a direct, ongoing and stable commercial relationship (in accordance with the definition developed by French case law).

 

6    FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

The information on the types of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as the information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document (Risks and capital adequacy).

The main characteristics of Societe Generale stock-option plans and free share plans are disclosed in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

This information belongs to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and has been audited by Statutory Auditors; it is identified as such in Chapters 3 and 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

 

6.1  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

6.1.1  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET – ASSETS

 

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Cash, due from central banks

 

179,969

168,179

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss*

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

342,714

411,916

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

13,239

20,667

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Notes 3.3 and 3.4

43,450

52,060

Securities at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

19,371

15,635

Due from banks at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

55,972

53,380

Customer loans at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

497,164

448,761

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

 

131

378

Investments of insurance companies

Note 4.3

178,898

166,854

Tax assets*

Note 6

4,812

4,995

Other assets

Note 4.4

92,898

67,341

Non-current assets held for sale

 

27

6

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

95

100

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.4

31,968

30,088

Goodwill

Note 2.2

3,741

4,044

TOTAL*

 

1,464,449

1,444,404

*

Amounts restated compared to the financial statements published for 2020 (see Note 1, paragraph 7).

 

6.2  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 9 February 2022.

 

NOTE 1  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

 

 

NOTE 1.1  Introduction

 

In accordance with European Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale Group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that date. The Group includes the parent company Societe Generale (including the Societe Generale foreign branches) and all of the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates).

These standards are available on the European Commission website.

In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to recognise hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union, including measures related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “carve-out”).

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

As the IFRS accounting framework does not specify a standard model, the format of the primary financial statements used to present the data for financial year is consistent with the format of financial statements proposed by the French Accounting Standard Setter, the Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC), under Recommendation No. 2017-02 of 2 June 2017.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of the Societe Generale Group, its activities, and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations of the period still impacted by the Covid-19 crisis.

The Group publishes its Annual Financial Report 2022 using the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) as defined by the European Delegated Regulation 2019/815 amended by the Delegated Regulation 2020/1989.

FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
PRESENTATION

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.

The figures presented in the financial statements and in the notes are expressed in millions of euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding can generate discrepancies between the figures presented in the financial statements and those presented in the notes.

PRESENTATION CURRENCY

 

NOTE 1.2  New accounting standards applied by the Group as at 1 January 2021

 

Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4, and IFRS 16 (Interest Rate Benchmark reform – Phase 2)

Amendments to IFRS 4 – Extension of the temporary exemption from applying IFRS 9

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Leases” – Covid-19 related rent concessions beyond 30 June 2021

Applied early by the Group as of 31 December 2020.

In the context of the interest rate benchmark reform – or IBOR reform – currently being implemented (see Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document), the accounting standards applicable have been amended by the IASB. The purpose of Phase 1 of these amendments, implemented by the Group since 31 December 2019, has been to enable the continued application of hedge accounting treatments despite uncertainties regarding the timetable and specifics regarding the transition from old interest rate benchmarks to new ones. These amendments shall apply until the targeted uncertainties are removed with the effective cessation of the abandoned benchmarks. As at 31 December 2021, these amendments thus still apply to all hedges in which the hedged item and/or hedging instrument remain indexed on an IBOR rate, for instance the USD Libor.

Phase 2 of these amendments addresses the treatment of changes to financial instruments in the context of the IBOR reform. Adopted by the European Union on 14 January 2021, they were early applied by the Group in its financial statements as at 31 December 2020. These supplementary amendments have provided for the application of the following treatments:

when measuring financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and lease liabilities, the changes brought about by the IBOR reform in the determination of contractual cash flows are booked as the revision of a variable interest rate provided that these changes are made on an economically equivalent basis;

the hedging relationship when changes are made, in the context of the IBOR reform, to the hedged item and/or the hedging instrument and lead to a re-documentation of the hedge.

In view of the provisions introduced by the IBOR – Phase 2 amendments, the changes to contractual cash flows expected in the context of this rate transition should not generate any significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Indeed, the Group, in line with the recommendations issued by the regulatory authorities and market working groups on the rate reform, has usually planned to migrate all IBOR-based contracts on an economically equivalent basis. This is most often done by replacing the historical benchmark rate with an alternative benchmark rate plus a fixed spread compensating for the difference between these two rates.

The economically equivalent nature of the migration stems mainly from the use of the credit risk margins fixed by market authorities or from the standard market practices for the benchmark index chosen (see Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document). In the marginal cases where a different margin is used, a quantitative analysis is performed, based on the changes in value of the future cash flows of the modified instrument.

The amendments to IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 published by the IASB on 25 June 2020 as well as Regulation (EU) 2020/2097 published by the European Commission on 15 December 2020 allow financial conglomerates as defined by Directive 2002/87/CE to defer, until 1 January 2023, the application of IFRS 9 by their legal entities in the insurance sector. Regarding its insurance subsidiaries, the Group has thus upheld the decision to differ the application of IFRS 9 and continue applying the processes specified under IAS 39 in the form adopted in the European Union.

These amendments extend by one year the application period of the Covid-19 related amendments to IFRS 16 “Leases” published by the IASB on 28 May 2020. These amendments are intended to optionally enable lessees who receive relief for rent payable until 30 June 2022 to account for these reliefs as negative variable leases (generating an immediate gain in the income statement).

In 2021, as in 2020, the Group did not benefit from any Covid-19 related rent reliefs.

During its 20 April 2021 meeting, the IFRS IC specified the modalities for determining the vesting period of a defined post-employment benefit plan under which employees are entitled to a lump-sum benefit payment the amount of which:

depends on their length of employee service, when they reach retirement age; and

is capped at a maximum amount when they exceed a certain number of consecutive years of service determined by the regime; and

the payment of which requires that they are still employed by the firm until their retirement date.

The IFRS IC specified that, pursuant to IAS 19, the vesting period should be the period of employee service immediately before the retirement age and that its duration should be capped to the number of consecutive years of service required to be entitled to this benefit.

Therefore, it is not possible to use as the vesting period the total length of service when the latter is greater than the cap used to calculate the benefit. The consecutive decision not to place the issue on the IFRS IC agenda was validated by the IASB on 24 May 2021.

During the second half of 2021, the Group inventoried the defined post-employment benefit plans similar to the ones covered by the IFRS IC decision and whose vesting period applied by the Group until now corresponded to the employees’ total length of service, mainly termination benefit plans in France, the Czech Republic and Romania.

Pursuant to the IFRS IC decision, the commitments relating to these plans have been reassessed based on a capped length of service, resulting in a writeback of the provisions for employee benefits as at 1 January 2020 against Consolidated reserves for an amount of EUR 43 million before tax impact (see paragraph 7).

As this change in the length of service has no significant impact on the 2020 comparative income statement, the latter has not been restated.

During its 27 April 2021 meeting, the IFRS IC reiterated the accounting rules for a customer’s costs of configuring or customizing the supplier’s application in a “Software as a Service” (SaaS) arrangement.

A study on the possible consequences of this decision on the Group’s financial statements is underway and will continue in 2022.

 

NOTE 1.3    Accounting standards, amendments or interpretations to be applied by the Group in the future

 

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which had not been adopted by the European Union at 31 December 2021. Their application is required for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 at the earliest or on the date of their adoption by the European Union. Hence, they did not apply to the Group as at 31 December 2021.

 

The provisional timetable for application of these standards is as follows:

 

Adopted by the European Union on 2 July 2021.

These amendments clarify the costs to be used in determining the costs of fulfilling a contract when analysing onerous contracts.

Adopted by the European Union on 2 July 2021.

As part of the annual Improvements to the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), the IASB has issued minor amendments to IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards”, IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”, IAS 41 “Agriculture” and IFRS 16 “Leases”.

Published by the IASB on 12 February 2021.

The aim of these amendments is to help companies improve the materiality of the information on accounting policies disclosed in the notes to the financial statements and the usefulness of that information to investors and financial statements users.

Published by the IASB on 12 February 2021.

The aim of these amendments is to facilitate distinguishing between changes in accounting policies and changes in accounting estimates.

Published by the IASB on 7 May 2021.

These amendments clarify and narrow the scope of the exemption provided by the IAS 12 standard allowing institutions to not recognise any deferred tax during the initial recognition of an asset and a liability. Are excluded from the exemption scope all leases and decommissioning obligations for which companies recognise both an asset and a liability and will now have to recognise deferred taxes.

The aim of these amendments is to reduce heterogeneity in the recognition of the deferred tax related to leases and decommissioning obligations.

Since the date of first application of IFRS 16, the Group has been considering the rights of use and the lease-related debt as a single transaction. Consequently, on the initial recognition date, no deferred tax is recognised since the amount of deferred tax asset offsets the amount of deferred tax liability. The net temporary differences resulting from later variations in the right of use and lease debt subsequently result in the recognition of a deferred tax. This amendment thus has no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 1.4    Preparation for the first-time application of IFRS 17 “Insurance contracts” and of IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” to the legal entities operating in the insurance sector

 

The IFRS 17 standard, published on 18 May 2017 and modified by the amendments adopted on 25 June 2020 and 9 December 2021, will upersede the IFRS 4 “Insurance contracts” standard which allows for the recognition of insurance contracts using the methods specified by the local accounting regulation.

On 23 November 2021, the European Commission (EC) published in the official journal Regulation (EU) 2021/2036 of 19 November 2021 adopting IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”. This adoption was supplemented with a possibility offered to European companies not to apply the requirement stated in the standard to group certain type of insurance contracts by annual cohort for their measurement (see paragraph Grouping of contracts); this possibility of exemption will be re-examined by the European Commission no later than 31 December 2027.

The IFRS 17 standard is applicable from 1 January 2023 on. On the same date, the Group subsidiaries operating in the insurance sector will, for the first time, apply the IFRS 9 “Financial instruments” standard the application of which was deferred for these entities according to the possibilities offered by the amendments to the IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 standards published by the IASB on 25 June 2020 and extended by regulations (EU) 2017/1988 and (EU) 2020/2097 of the European Commission.

On 9 December 2021, the IASB published amendments to IFRS 17 to improve the comparative information on financial assets presented at the time of the first concomitant application of the IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 standards. The process of adoption of these amendments by the European Union is currently underway.

The main consequences of the application of the IFRS 17 standard concern:

the valuation of insurance contracts on the balance sheet: their value will be updated at each closing date based on a reassessment of the related future cash flows. This reassessment will take into account market data in relation to the financial elements and policyholders’ behaviour;

the recognition of the margin: even if the profitability of the insurance contracts remains unchanged, the recognition in profit or loss of their margins will be modified to be spread over the duration of the insurance service; and

the presentation of the income statement: the operating expenses attributable to the execution of the insurance contracts will, from now on, be presented in deduction of the net banking income under Insurance service expenses and will not impact the total operating expenses in the consolidated income statement anymore.

The scope of insurance contracts to which IFRS 17 applies mirrors the one to which IFRS 4 currently applies. These are the insurance contracts issued, the reinsurance contracts issued or held, and the investment contracts issued including a discretionary participation clause provided they are issued by an entity which also issues insurance contracts. Like IFRS 4, IFRS 17 does not apply to the insurance contracts in which the Group is the insured beneficiary except for the contracts identified as reinsurance treaties.

To measure the insurance contracts issued, IFRS 17 requires that the latter to be aggregated into homogeneous portfolios. Within these portfolios, the contracts have to be subject to similar risks and managed together.

Within each portfolio, three groups will be distinguished upon initial recognition: contracts that are onerous at initial recognition, contracts that at initial recognition have no significant possibility of becoming onerous subsequently, and remaining contracts.

Furthermore, IFRS 17 stipulates that each group of contracts shall be divided into annual cohorts (with contracts issued no more than twelve-month apart). The European Commission endorsing IFRS 17 has however offered European enterprises the possibility not to apply this provision to contracts benefiting from intergenerational pooling of the returns of the underlying assets.

The Group plans to use this optional exemption on its life insurance contracts in France because they include direct or discretionary participation features, which allow the sharing of risks and cash flows between different generations of policyholders. These life insurance contracts are also managed on an intergenerational basis to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk and longevity risk.

Upon initial recognition, the value of a group of insurance contracts issued corresponds to the sum of the following elements:

 

The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in profit or loss as the insurance services are provided. Its amount is determined at the time of initial recognition of the Group of insurance contracts so that, at this date, no income nor expense is recognised, except in the particular case of groups of onerous contracts whose loss corresponding to the net expected cash outflow has to be recognised immediately in profit or loss.

At each closing date, the accounting value on the balance sheet of the group of insurance contracts issued is re-estimated. It is then equal to the sum of the two following amounts:

liabilities for the remaining coverage, which aggregate the value of the execution flows re-estimated at this date (discounted value of the premiums receivable and of the expenses for future services over the remaining coverage period) and the contractual service margin discounted at the same date as described above;

liabilities for the claims incurred, for an amount equal to the discounted value of the estimated cash flows required to settle the valid claims on past events.

At the same closing date, the amount of the contractual service margin is discounted to take account in particular of:

the impact of the new contracts added to the group of contracts;

the interest capitalised at the discounting rate used to determine the initial margin value;

the re-assessment execution cash flows (discounted value of the premiums receivable and of the expenses for future services over the remaining coverage period, except for the estimated expenses to be paid for the claims incurred which are assessed separately).

A share of the amount of the margin thus reassessed is then recorded in profit or loss, representing the insurance coverage provided by the group of contracts during the period; this share is determined by distributing this reassessed margin between the amount of assurance services provided over the period and the amount of services remaining to be provided over the expected residual coverage period of these contracts.

To measure the insurance contracts issued with direct participation in the profit, the General Model provided for by IFRS 17 is adapted to take account of the participation of policyholders in the yields of the investments underlying the contracts.

This approach, referred to as the “Variable Fee Approach (VFA)”, has to be used for the valuation of the groups of insurance contracts for which:

contractual clauses specify that the policyholder is entitled to a portion of a clearly defined portfolio of underlying elements;

the entity expects to pay to the holder an amount corresponding to a substantial portion of the yield obtained on the fair value of the underlying elements;

the entity expects that a substantial proportion of the variation in the amounts to be paid to the holder can be attributed to the variation in fair value of the underlying elements.

The eligibility to this measurement model is analysed on the issuance date of the contracts and may subsequently be reassessed only in case of changes in said contracts.

The major adaptations to the General Model concern:

the portion of the fair value variation of the underlying investments attributable to the insurer. At each closing date, this portion of the period variation is incorporated into the contractual service margin to be recognised in profit or loss and spread over the expected residual coverage period of the contracts;

the interest on the contractual service margin of which the variations are implicitly included in the periodic review of the margin on contractual services.

The standard also allows, under conditions, for the application of a simplified approach called “Premium Allocation Approach” to contracts with an insurance coverage period lower or equal to 12 months.

The premiums receivables during the contractual insurance period are recognised in profit on a straight-line basis over this contractual period (or according to the expected pace of release of the risk when this pace differs considerably from a straight-line pace).

As in the General Model, the claims are provisioned through profit and loss account upon their occurrence for an amount equal to the estimated value of the cash flows necessary to settle of the valid claims (it is however not necessary to discount the amount of compensation if their payment is expected within a year from the date of the claim).

SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT

The Group considers that a significant portion of the life and savings insurance contracts and individual and collective retirement savings contracts issued by its insurance subsidiaries meet the definition of direct participation contracts. These contracts, which represent the predominant insurance activity of the Group, are measured using the Variable Fee Approach (VFA) adapted General Model. The other contracts of these categories are measured using the General Model or according to IFRS 9 if they meet the definition of an investment contract.

PROTECTION ACTIVITY

The Group intends to apply predominantly the General Model to measure its Provident and Health insurance contracts (borrower insurance, funeral, dependency… contracts) and the Simplified approach for its property and casualty insurance contracts (personal injury, means of payment, multi-risk home insurance, etc.).

On the consolidated income statement, the profits and losses related to the insurance contracts issued and the reinsurance contracts are presented under net banking income, distinguishing between, on one side:

the income from the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued;

the expenses for the services relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued; and

the income and expenses relating to the reinsurance contracts held; and on the other side:

the financial income and expenses of the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued; and

the financial income and expenses of the reinsurance contracts held.

The expenses for the services relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued as well as the expenses for the reinsurance contracts held will then include the share of operating expenses directly attributable to the execution of the contracts which will thus be deducted from the net banking income.

Many insurance contracts include an investment component in the form of a deposit made by the policyholder and which the insurer is contractually required to repay even if the insured event doesn’t occur. Even if they may take the contractual form of insurance premiums and services, the deposits collection and repayment flows do not constitute either income or expenses in relation to these contracts.

The financial income and expenses of the insurance and reinsurance contracts mainly include the variations in value of the groups of contracts relating to the impacts of the time value of money and of the financial risks not taken into account in the estimated flows.

At this stage of the project aiming at implementing the IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 standards by the Group’s insurance entities, the consequences of its application in terms of amounts in the consolidated financial statements cannot be reasonably estimated.

The initial application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2023 will be retrospective and the comparative figures on the 2022 financial year will be restated.

The differences in measurement of the insurance assets and liabilities resulting from the retrospective application of IFRS 17 as at 1 January 2022 will be presented directly under “Equity”.

The retrospective measurement of these assets and liabilities, and in particular of the different insurance contract portfolios, may be subject to simplified approaches when the historical data necessary for a completely retrospective application are not available. The standard then allows for the use of:

either an adjusted retrospective approach which should, provide, based on the reasonable information available without undue cost or effort, for measurements that are as close as possible to those that would result from the retrospective application of the standard;

or an approach based on the fair value of the insurance contract portfolios as at 1 January 2022.

The Group intends to apply a retrospective approach adjusted for the Savings Life-insurance contracts and the Retirement savings contracts which represent the large majority of its contracts. The Protection-Damage contracts might be subject to a full retrospective approach while a case-by-case approach is examined for the Protection-Provident contracts.

The initial application of IFRS 9 by the insurance entities of the Group as at 1 January 2023 will be retrospective.

For consistency purpose with the IFRS 17 transition arrangements, and in order to provide more relevant information, the Group intends to restate the comparative figures for the 2022 financial year relating to the financial instruments concerned of its insurance entities (including financial instruments derecognised during 2022).

The differences in the measurement of the concerned financial assets and liabilities and of the impairment for credit risk as well as gains and losses recognised directly in equity, resulting from the retrospective application of IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2022 will be presented directly under “Equity”.

The treatment of the financial assets currently measured at fair value through profit or loss will not be modified. The other financial assets (available for sale financial assets) mainly consist of:

basic financial instruments – the cashflows of which correspond solely to the repayment of principal and the payment of interest on the principal due – (see Note 4.3.2) held in the framework of a “Held to Collect and Sell” business model; these instruments will be reclassified under “Financial Assets at Fair Value through Equity”;

non-basic financial instruments: these instruments will be reclassified under “Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss”. The unrealised gains or losses previously recognised in equity will be reclassified as consolidated reserves (no impact on the Group’s shareholders’ equity).

Owing to the credit quality of the assets held (see Note 4.3.4), the application of the provisions of IFRS 9 on the recognition of the expected credit losses should lead only to a limited increase in their impairments.

A “project” structure has been set up under the joint governance of the Group Finance Division and the Insurance Business Line.

This governance is articulated around the following main themes with a view to the implementation of the IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 standards by all the insurance entities of the Group, in France and abroad:

accounting treatments and computational models;

presentation in the Financial statements and Notes;

adaptation of the process;

selection and Rollout of the IT solution.

In 2019 and 2020, the work was focused on the review of the different types of contracts, the analysis of their accounting treatment under IFRS 17 and their presentation in the consolidated financial statements, and, lastly, the identification and selection of solutions in terms of information system, information technology and processes.

In 2021 the work has been devoted to implementing new processes, and approving and rolling out the IT solution.

The preparatory work will continue in 2022 with the validation of the tool and processes, the finalisation of the accounting treatments and computational models and the production of the opening data as at 1 January 2022 and of the comparative information.

 

NOTE 1.5  Use of estimates and judgment

 

When applying the accounting principles disclosed in the following notes for the purpose of preparing the Group’s consolidated financial statements, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, on the Unrealised or deferred gains and losses on the valuation of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet, and on the information disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available at the date of preparation of the consolidated financial statements and can exercise its judgment. By nature, valuations based on estimates involve risks and uncertainties concerning their occurrence in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take into account of uncertainties about the consequences, duration and magnitude of the economic crisis generated by the Covid-19 pandemic. The effects of this crisis on the assumptions and estimates used are specified in the 6th part of this note.

The use of estimates and judgment mainly concerns the following accounting topics:

the fair value in the balance sheet of financial instruments not listed on an active market which are classified as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income or even Investments of insurance companies (described in Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 and 4.3), as well as the fair value of instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);

the amount of impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost, or at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan commitments granted, and guarantee commitments granted measured with models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective data (see Note 3.8). The uses of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;

the assumptions and amortisation conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and liabilities for the purpose of measuring and monitoring structural interest rate risk and documenting the related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);

the amount of impairment on Goodwill (see Note 2.2);

the provisions recognised under liabilities, underwriting reserves of insurance companies and deferred profit-sharing (see Notes 4.3, 5.2 and 8.3);

the amount of tax assets and liabilities recognised in the balance sheet (see Note 6);

the analysis of the contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets (see Note 3);

the assessment of control for determining the scope of consolidated entities, especially with regard to structured entities (see Note 2);

the determination of the lease period to be applied in determining the right-of-use assets and the lease liability (see Note 8.4).

The Agreement on the withdrawal of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland from the European Union […] (Brexit) entered into force on 1 January 2021.

The Group has been granted a transitional authorisation to continue its activities in London for two years and is currently in the process of obtaining its permanent licence. Several subsidiaries have also applied for transitional authorisation. The regulatory authorities of the United Kingdom have until end 2023 to rule on these applications.

The Group continues to monitor the negotiations between the United Kingdom and the European Union regarding financial services. To date, the European Commission has granted British clearing houses temporary equivalence status until 30 June 2022.

The Group remains vigilant about the possible future differences between the local and European regulations and takes account of the short-/mid-/long-term consequences of the Brexit in the assumptions and estimates selected to prepare the consolidated accounts.

Climate change is accelerating, and urgent and unprecedented changes are needed more than ever. As illustrated by the 6th assessment report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the world needs urgent, global and coordinated action to contain the now inevitable global warming.

Societe Generale has been engaged in the fight against climate change for many years now. And the Bank remains committed to support an extensive shift towards a decarbonised and more resilient economy.

Environmental risk factors are liable to trigger or increase the risks for the Group. The Group thus considers that climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the risk management system. The integration of climate-related risks is based on the existing governance and processes and follows a standard approach (identification, quantification, definition of the risk appetite, control and mitigation).

Among climate risks, the Group distinguishes between transitional risk and physical risk in compliance with the risk terminology proposed by the TCFD (Task force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures). The impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of Societe Generale’s corporate customers has been identified as the major climate risk for the Group. To measure this impact, indicators aimed at reinforcing credit analysis on the most exposed counterparties in the sectors identified as particularly vulnerable are gradually developed.

The Group continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its consolidated accounts (see Notes 2.2, 3, 3.8, 5.3 and 6).

 

NOTE 1.6  Covid-19

 

Two years after the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, the year 2021 was marked by an economic upturn in several major economies, in particular as a result of the deployment of vaccines. However, these dynamics are affected by persistent frictions in the global supply chains and labour markets, and by longer delivery times in the manufacturing sector and a reduced capacity of supply in the service sector, which have led to rising costs. Uncertainties remain regarding new developments in the sanitary crisis (emergence of the Omicron variant and slow deployment of vaccines in some countries).

Against this background, the multi-scenario approach selected in 2020 has been maintained for preparing the consolidated accounts as at 31 December 2021. The Group thus presents a central scenario central and an alternate protracted crisis scenario.

To apply the principles underlying the assessment of expected credit losses, the Group has maintained the use of methodological adjustments to take account of the support measures adopted since 2020 by public authorities, and the specifics of the current period.

These various consequent to the Covid-19 crisis are stated below to shed light on the financial consequences of the crisis and the way they have been taken into account in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

To prepare its financial statements, the Group uses macroeconomic scenarios in the expected credit loss measurement models including forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) as well as some asset impairment tests including goodwill (see Note 2.2) and deferred tax assets (see Note 6).

As at 31 December 2021, the Group has maintained the coexistence of four scenarios:

the central scenario (SG Central), including the assumption that the GDP in the euro area will be back to a 2019 level in 2022, expects no new widespread closures, and assumes that the remaining social distancing measures, such as masks, will enable most sectors to operate almost as usual;

a scenario of prolonged health crisis (SG Extended), including the assumption that the GDP in the euro area will be back to a 2019 level in 2023, expects a new sanitary shock from the end of 2021, reproducing the lockdown pattern with increased social distancing measures as observed at the end of 2020 and in Spring 2021;

lastly, two additional scenarios, one favourable (SG Favourable) and one stressed (SG Stress), supplement these two scenarios. The favourable scenario envisages a stronger GDP growth than the central scenario owing to unexpected productivity gains leading to a potentially higher GDP. The stress scenario, including the assumption that the GDP in the euro area will be back to a 2019 level after 2026, corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, Euro area crisis), an exogenous crisis (Covid) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Division of Societe Generale for all the Group’s entities based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes in each country.

Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to ensure the consistency of the scenarios thus constructed.

The scenarios provided by the Group’s economists are integrated into the models over a 3-year horizon, followed by a two year period to return in year five to the average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group with a view to developing these macro-economic scenarios are updated to account for the remaining uncertainties regarding the Covid-19 pandemic as well as for the economic recovery prospects.

 

The illustration below compares the GDP previsions in the Euro area used by the Group for each scenario with the previsions provided by the ECB in December 2021.

 

The variables used in the expected credit loss measurement models are presented in Chapter 4.5.4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

The main variables used for determining credit losses (GDP growth percentage for the main countries where the Group operates and profit margins of companies in France) for each scenario are detailed below:

SG Favourable scenario

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

France GDP

4.0

3.5

2.8

2.9

2.0

Profit margin of French companies

32.8

32.5

32.8

33.0

32.4

Euro area GDP

4.4

3.6

2.7

2.8

2.0

United States GDP

4.6

4.6

3.0

3.0

2.0

China GDP

5.9

6.6

5.5

5.4

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

4.5

5.0

3.8

3.8

2.8

Romania GDP

4.5

5.0

4.0

4.0

3.0

SG Central scenario

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

France GDP

3.0

1.5

1.8

1.9

2.0

Profit margin of French companies

32.2

32.2

32.3

32.4

32.4

Euro area GDP

3.4

1.6

1.7

1.8

2.0

United States GDP

3.6

2.6

2.0

2.0

2.0

China GDP

4.9

4.6

4.5

4.4

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

3.5

3.0

2.8

2.8

2.8

Romania GDP

3.5

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

SG Extended scenario

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

France GDP

1.0

2.0

2.3

1.9

2.0

Profit margin of French companies

30.9

32.1

31.9

31.8

31.8

Euro area GDP

1.5

2.2

2.1

1.8

2.0

United States GDP

2.0

2.8

2.5

2.0

2.0

China GDP

3.4

5.2

4.7

4.4

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

2.0

3.5

3.0

2.8

2.8

Romania GDP

2.0

3.5

3.3

3.0

3.0

SG Stress scenario

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

France GDP

(3.0)

(1.2)

0.5

1.4

2.0

Profit margin of French companies

29.3

30.0

29.9

29.9

31.8

Euro area GDP

(2.6)

(1.1)

0.4

1.3

2.0

United States GDP

(2.2)

(0.3)

0.8

1.5

2.0

China GDP

(0.8)

1.9

3.1

3.9

4.4

Czech Republic GDP

(2.3)

0.3

1.4

2.3

2.8

Romania GDP

(2.3)

0.3

1.7

2.5

3.0

 

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk parameters remain unchanged. In fact, these correlations may be impacted by changes in behaviour, legal environment, granting policy or, in the current context, by the unprecedented impact of the support measures.

The probabilities used are based on the differences observed in the past over 25 years between the forecasts made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast similar to the actual scenario occurred, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).

In order to better account for a possible reversal of the cycle, the Group supplemented the methodology it uses for weighing scenarios as of 31 December 2021 and assigned a higher weight to the central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the Stress scenario when the economy moves towards the peak of the cycle. This methodology will be applied and assessed throughout next year to be confirmed by 31 December 2022.

 

31.12.2020

30.06.2021

31.12.2021

SG Central

65%

65%

50%

SG Extended

10%

10%

10%

SG Stress

15%

15%

30%

SG Favourable

10%

10%

10%

 

The Cost of risk as at 31 December 2021 amounts to a net expense of 700 million euros, decreasing by 2,606 million euros (-79%) compared to 31 December 2020.

Sensitivity tests have been conducted to measure the impact of the changes in weights on the models. The scope of this exercise concerns the outstanding amounts classified as Stage 1 and Stage 2 subject to a statistical modelling of the impacts of the macro-economic variables (75% of the outstanding amounts in Stage 1/Stage 2).

The results of these tests, with no impact on the classification of the outstanding amounts concerned, show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:

of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of 381 million euros;

of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of 243 million euros;

of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of 150 million euros;

of the SG Extended scenario, the impact would be a reversal of 64 million euros.

The moratoriums granted in the context of the sanitary crisis through mass treatment have now expired, with a resumption of reimbursements without incident for most customers.

At the end of December 2021, out of a total of 24.9 billion euros of former moratoriums, EUR 6 billion of these outstanding loans are classified in Stage 2 (compared to 7.5 billion euros as at 31 December 2020) and EUR 1 billion have been downgraded to Stage 3 (compared to EUR 0.7 billion as at 31 December 2020). The evolution of outstanding loans classified in Stage 3 (without a predominant sector) remains consistent with the level of doubtful outstanding loans of the Group.

Any request to extend these moratoriums will not be considered as part of general measures, and the outstanding loans related to such request will be treated as restructured loans as defined in the Accounting Principles section in Note 3.8.

In France, in addition to the moratoriums, the Group entities have contributed to the implementation of support measures decided by the authorities through the examination and allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (Prêts Garantis par l’Etat – PGE in French) and Participatory Recovery Loans (Prêts Participatifs Relance – PPR).

Thus, the Group will offer, until 30 June 2022, to its customers affected by the crisis (professionals and corporate customers), the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020. These are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins). With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans come with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of this year, the customer can either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French “Ministre de l’Économie, des Finances et de la Relance” on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan. The remuneration conditions of the guarantee are set by the State and are applicable by all French banking institutions: the Bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrower (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company).

The State Guaranteed Loans contractual characteristics are those of basic loans (SPPI criterion) and these loans are held by the Group as part of a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows until their maturity; as a result, these loans have been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under Customer loans at amortised cost. In accordance with the amortised cost method, the frequency of recognition in the income statement of the share of guarantee premiums retained by the Bank is determined during the initial recording of the state-guaranteed loans (PGE) based on their estimated repayment schedules. Any subsequent change in the expected flows of these premiums resulting from the actual repayment terms (depending on the choice made by borrowers at the end of the first year of grace period and on the possibility to extend this period for another year) results in the immediate recognition in the income statement of the updated amount of additional guarantee premiums that the Bank will receive.

As at 31 December 2021, based on respondents representing 75% of the outstanding loans, nearly half of the state-guaranteed loans have benefited from a second year of grace period for the repayment of principal and some 15% have been repaid at the end of the first year of grace period. The State Guaranteed Loans granted by the Group represent a credit outstanding of approximately 16.6 billion euros (of which 4.4 billion euros classified in Stage 2 and 0.9 billion euros in Stage 3). The State Guaranteed Loans granted by the French Retail Banking amount to 14.3 billion euros (of which EUR 4 billion classified in Stage 2 and EUR 0.7 billion in Stage 3), without predominance of a specific sector; the State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 81% of their amount. The adjusted assumptions relating to repayment terms and conditions had no material impact on the Group’s financial statements as at 31 December 2021.

When initially recognised, these loans are recorded at their nominal value, as the Group considers that it is representative of their fair value; and an impairment for expected credit loss based on a probability of default at one year is recorded taking into account the effects of the guarantee insofar as it is an integral part of the loan. The models for calculating expected credit losses also take into account the probabilities of exercise of the extension options, the amount of the loan not guaranteed by the State as well as the waiting period in the enforcement of the guarantee.

The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2021 in relation to the PGE amount to some 145 million euros, including 78 million euros recognised by the French retail networks (including 35 million euros in Stage 2, and 31 million euros in Stage 3).

A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from six to ten years.

The possible impacts of this decree will be presented in the half-yearly financial statements.

Established by the French 2021 Finance act, this new mechanism may be used until 30 June 2022. It aims at providing small and medium entities (SME) and mid-market companies with new long-term, quasi-equity-like, financing. PPR are granted for eight years, with a grace period of four years. They bear market-based interest rates and do not include the right to participate in the borrowing company’s profits. 90% of the PPR thus granted are immediately transferred to a specialised investment fund whose shares are purchased mainly by insurance companies and which are guaranteed by the French State up to 30% of the amount of money invested.

The amount of PPR granted as at 31 December 2021 remains non-significant at Group level.

 

NOTE 1.7  Amounts restated compared to the financial statements published for 2020

 

The Group restated some comparative amounts with respect to the financial statements published for 2020. These restatements have no impact on the opening equity, except for the changes in accounting method resulting from the implementation of the IFRS IC decision on IAS 19.

(In EURm)

31.12.2020

Restatement 1

Restatement 2

Published

Restated

Consolidated balance sheet – assets

1,461,952

1,444,404

(17,542)

(6)

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

429,458

411,916

(17,542)

-

Tax assets

5,001

4,995

-

(6)

Consolidated balance sheet – liabilities

1,461,952

1,444,404

(17,542)

(6)

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

390,247

372,705

(17,542)

-

Tax liabilities

1,223

1,227

-

4

Provisions

4,775

4,732

-

(43)

Consolidated reserves

32,076

32,102

-

26

Non-controlling interests

5,295

5,302

-

7

 

The review of the offsets between financial assets and liabilities done by the Group in 2021 has allowed to identify revaluations of transaction derivatives wrongly recognised on the liabilities side of the balance sheet instead of being booked in reduction of the assets and vice versa.

This work also brought to light an inconsistency in the accounting schemes of the macro hedging activities with the impact on the presentation of the balance sheet. The corrections made resulted in a EUR 17.5 billion restatement of the comparative data on the balance sheet as at 31 December 2020.

This correction also impacts Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.4, 3.12 and 8.1.

The 20 April 2021 decision of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) on IAS 19 (see paragraph 2) led the Group to re-assess the commitments the characteristics of which were similar to those referred to in this decision.

The implementation of this decision results in a change in accounting method the retroactive effect of which was recorded in the Group’s equity as at 1 January 2020 for an amount net of tax 33 million euros of which 7 million euros corresponding to the non-controlling interests.

This change in accounting method also impacts Cash flow statement and the Notes 2.3, 3.12, 5.2, 6, 8.1, 8.3.

The tagging of the consolidated financial statements for the publication of the 2022 Financial Statement in ESEF format led the Group to stop including in the Statement of Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses the flows related to the reclassification as retained earnings of the actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans as well as the revaluation of the own credit risk of financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.

This change in the presentation has no impact on the total consolidated equity.

These impacts of this restatement are presented in the table below:

(In EURm)

2020 published

Allocation to retained earnings

2020 restated

Shareholder’s

equity Group

share

Non-

controlling

interests

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will not be
reclassified subsequently into income

(79)

(13)

(6)

(98)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans

(53)

7

(8)

(54)

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

(79)

(21)

-

(100)

Unrealised gains and losses of entities accounted for using the equity method

16

-

-

16

Related tax

37

1

2

40

 

6.3  STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information specifically required by European regulations and French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or verification of the information concerning the Société Générale Group presented in the management report.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

 

Year ended December 31, 2021

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2021.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the results of operations of the Société Générale Group for the year then ended and of its financial position and of its assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2021 in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

Basis for opinion

AUDIT FRAMEWORK

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements” section of our report.

INDEPENDENCE

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with independence requirements of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics for statutory auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes) for the period from January 1, 2021 to the date of our report and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014.

EMPHASIS OF MATTER

Without qualifying the above opinion, we draw your attention to Note 1.7 to the consolidated financial statements on the restatements made this year compared to the 2020 published consolidated financial statements, which describes the impacts of:

corrections following the review of financial asset and liability offsetting;

adoption of the IFRS IC decision of April 20, 2021 regarding IAS 19.

Justification of Assessments – Key Audit Matters

Due to the global crisis related to the Covid-19 pandemic, the financial statements for this period have been prepared and audited under special circumstances. Indeed, this crisis and the exceptional measures taken in the context of the health emergency have had numerous consequences for companies, particularly on their operations and their financing, and have led to greater uncertainties regarding their future prospects. Some of those measures, such as travel restrictions and remote working, have also had an impact on companies’ internal organization and on the performance of our audits.

It is in this complex and evolving context that, in accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R. 823-7 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the consolidated financial statements.

ASSESSMENT OF THE IMPAIRMENT OF CUSTOMER LOANS

Risk identified

Customer loans and receivables carry a credit risk which exposes the Société Générale Group to a potential loss if its client or counterparty is unable to meet its financial commitments. The Société Générale Group recognizes impairment to cover this risk.

Such impairment is calculated according to IFRS 9, Financial instruments and the expected credit loss principle.

The assessment of expected credit losses for customer loan portfolios requires the exercise of judgment by Management, particularly in the uncertain context due to the global crisis tied to the Covid-19 pandemic, notably to:

determine the loan classification criteria under stages 1, 2 or 3, taking account of the material increase in credit risk at loan portfolio level and the impact of measures to support the economy;

prepare, in an uncertain environment, macro-economic projections which are embedded in the deterioration criteria and in the expected credit losses measurement;

estimate the amount of expected credit losses depending on the different stages;

determine the adjustments to models and parameters, as well as the sector adjustments considered necessary to reflect the impact of economic scenarios on expected credit losses and anticipate the default or recovery cycle for certain sectors.

The information concerning in particular the procedures used to estimate and recognize expected credit losses are mainly described in Notes 3.5 “Loans, receivables and securities at amortized cost” and 3.8 “Impairment and provisions” to the consolidated financial statements.

As at December 31, 2021, total customer loan outstandings exposed to credit risk totaled M€ 497,164; impairment totaled M€ 10,980.

We considered the assessment of the impairment of customer loans to be a key audit matter as they require Management to exercise judgment and make estimates, particularly concerning the economic sectors and geographic areas most affected by the crisis.

Our response

With the support of specialists in risk management and modelling, and the economists from our firms included in the audit team, we focused our work on the most significant customer loan outstandings and portfolios, as well as on the economic sectors and geographic areas the most affected by the crisis.

We obtained an understanding of the Société Générale Group’s governance and internal control system relating to credit risk appraisal and the measurement of expected losses and tested the manual and automated key controls.

Our audit work notably consisted in:

examining the compliance of policies implemented by the Group and the methodologies broken down in the different business units with IFRS 9 “Financial instruments”

assessing the relevance of the macro-economic projections and the scenario weightings applied by the Société Générale Group;

examining the main parameters adopted by the Société Générale Group to classify the loans and assess impairment in stages 1 and 2 as at December 31, 2021, including adjustments performed to take account of the impact of economic support measures;

assessing the ability of adjustments to models and parameters, as well as sector adjustments to provide adequate coverage of the level of credit risk in the context of the crisis;

assessing, using data analysis tools, the assessment of expected credit losses for a sample of stage 1 and 2 loan portfolios;

testing, as at December 31, 2021, for a selection of the most significant loans to corporate clients, the main criteria used to classify loans in stage 3, as well as the assumptions underlying the estimation of the related individual impairment.

We also analyzed the disclosures in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 3.5 “Loans, receivables and securities at amortized cost”, 3.8 “Impairment and provisions” and 10.3 “Credit and counterparty risk” to the consolidated financial statements relating to credit risk in the changing context of the pandemic and, in particular, the information required by IFRS 7, Financial instruments: Disclosures, on credit risk.

RECOVERABILITY OF DEFERRED TAX ASSETS IN FRANCE AND IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Risk identified

As at December 31, 2021 deferred tax assets on tax loss carryforwards were recorded in an amount of M€ 1,719, including M€ 1,635 for the tax groups in France and the United States of America.

As stated in Note 6 “Income tax” to the consolidated financial statements, the Société Générale Group calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity and recognizes deferred tax assets when it is considered probable that the tax entity concerned will have future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe. As at December 31, 2021, this timeframe is eight years for the France tax group and seven years for the United States of America tax group.

In addition, as stated in Note 6 “Income tax” and 9 “Information on risks and litigation” to the consolidated financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are challenged by the French tax authorities and are therefore liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets in France and the United States of America, notably on future taxable profits, and the judgment exercised by Management in this respect, we considered this issue to be a key audit matter.

Our response

Our audit approach consisted in assessing the probability that the Société Générale Group will be able to use in the future its tax loss carryforwards generated to date, in particular with regard to its ability to generate future taxable profits in France and in the United States of America.

With the support of tax specialists, our work notably consisted in:

comparing the projected results of the previous years with the actual results of the corresponding fiscal years, to assess the reliability of the tax business plan preparation process;

obtaining an understanding of the 2022 budget drawn up by Management and approved by the Board of Directors, as well as of the assumptions underlying projections for the 2022-2025 period, which take into account the expected impacts of the France network merger;

assessing the relevance of tax profit extrapolation methods after the 2022-2025 period;

reviewing the assumptions underlying sensitivity tests in the event of adverse scenarios defined by the Société Générale Group;

analyzing the sensitivity of the tax loss recovery period under a range of assumptions determined by us;

analyzing the situation of the Société Générale Group, notably by taking note of the opinions of its external tax advisers regarding its tax loss carryforwards in France, partly challenged by the tax authorities.

We have also examined the information provided by the Société Générale Group concerning deferred tax assets disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 6 “Income tax” and 9 “Information on risks and litigation” to the consolidated financial statements

PORTFOLIO-BASED INTEREST RATE RISK FAIR VALUE HEDGING OF OUTSTANDINGS OF THE RETAIL BANKING NETWORKS IN FRANCE

Risk identified

To manage the interest rate risk generated by its retail banking activities in France in particular, the Société Générale Group manages a portfolio of internal derivatives classified as hedges.

These internal transactions are classified as portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging transactions (“macro-hedging”) in accordance with IAS 39 as adopted in the European Union, as presented in Note 3.2 “Financial derivatives” to the consolidated financial statements.

Hedge accounting is only possible if certain criteria are met, in particular:

designation and documentation at inception of the hedging relationship;

eligibility of hedging and hedged instruments;

demonstration of the hedge effectiveness;

measurement of effectiveness;

demonstration of the reversal of internal transactions at Group level.

The “macro-hedge” accounting of retail banking transactions in France requires Management to exercise judgment regarding in particular:

the identification of eligible hedging and hedged items;

determining the criteria adopted to schedule the outstandings’ maturities by including behavioral criteria;

and the conduct of tests on over-hedging, the disappearance of hedged items, efficiency and the external reversal of hedging transactions entered into with internal Group counterparties.

As at December 31, 2021, the amount of hedged portfolio remeasurement differences was M€ 131 in assets and M€ 2,832 in liabilities. The fair value of the corresponding financial instruments is included under “Hedging derivative instruments” in assets and liabilities.

Given the documentation requirements for “macro-hedging” relationships, the volume of hedging derivative transactions and the use of Management judgment required, we consider the accounting treatment of portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging of outstandings of the retail banking networks in France to be a key audit matter.

Our response

Our audit procedures in response to the risk relating to the accounting treatment of portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedging of outstandings (“macro-hedging”) consisted in obtaining an understanding of the procedures used to manage the structural interest rate risk, and reviewing the control environment set up by Management in particular for the documentation, identification and eligibility of hedged and hedging items, as well as for the performance of effectiveness tests.

With the support of financial modelling experts, where necessary, our work mainly consisted in:

familiarizing ourselves with the accounting documentation of the hedging relationships;

testing the eligibility of the financial assets and liabilities used by the Société Générale Group for the portfolio-based interest rate risk fair value hedge accounting, according to the terms and conditions defined by IAS 39 as adopted in the European Union;

assessing the procedures used to prepare and control the criteria adopted to schedule the maturities of the hedged financial instruments, particularly with regard to the adopted maturities of the eligible financial liabilities;

assessing the procedures used to determine the effectiveness of these hedging relationships, as well as the related governance;

analyzing the external reversal system for hedges entered into with internal Group counterparties and the related documentation, and conducting tests on the matching of internal and external transactions;

analyzing the results of tests on over-hedging, the disappearance of hedged items, efficiency and reversal required by applicable accounting standards.

We also assessed the information disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 3.2 “Derivative financial instruments” and 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements and their compliance with IFRS 7 “Financial instruments: Disclosures” with regard to hedge accounting.

MEASUREMENT OF GOODWILL

Risk identified

The accounting recognition of external growth transactions leads the Société Générale Group to record goodwill in the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet. This goodwill represents the difference between the acquisition cost of the activities or securities of companies acquired and the share in identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date. As at December 31, 2021, the net value of goodwill was M€ 3,741, after impairment of the AFMO zone cash-generating unit (CGU) at December 30, 2021 for a total amount of M€ 114.

The Société Générale Group must determine the presence or absence of indications of loss in value on this goodwill, in particular its inclusion in forecasts made and variables used to update business plans, as well as in the terminal value calculation. The comparison of the net carrying amount of uniform business groupings allocated to CGUs, and their recoverable amount is a key component in assessing the potential need to record an impairment. The value in use of CGUs was calculated using the discounted cash flow method based on distributable profits calculated at CGU level.

As disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment” and 2.2 “Goodwill” to the consolidated financial statements, the models and data used to value these CGUs are based on accounting estimates resulting from the exercise of Management judgment, notably concerning the following assumptions:

future distributable profits of activities or companies acquired, whether 5-year budget forecasts or the extrapolation for an additional year to calculate the terminal value;

discount and growth rates applied to forecast flows.

For this reason, we considered the measurement of goodwill to be a key audit matter.

Our response

Our audit approach is based on obtaining an understanding of control procedures relating to (i) goodwill impairment tests and (ii) the preparation of business plans, implemented within the Société Générale Group to assess future changes in structures and activities, and to identify indications of impairment loss on these assets.

Procedures on the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021, conducted with our valuation specialists, notably consisted in:

assessing the way groupings of uniform businesses are determined and, where appropriate, change;

analyzing the methodology applied in the current context;

comparing prior year profit forecasts with actual results for the relevant years, to assess the reliability of the budget process;

conducting a critical review of business plans prepared by Management and approved by the Board of Directors based on our knowledge of activities and of the assumptions adopted by Management beyond the five-year period to establish projections enabling the determination of terminal values;

conducting a critical analysis of the main assumptions and parameters used (growth rate, cost of capital, discount rate) with regard to available internal and external information (macro-economic scenarios, financial analysts’ consensus, etc.);

independently recalculating the valuation of the CGUs;

assessing the sensitivity analyses of results to change in key parameters, in particular when the recoverable amount is close to the net carrying amount.

We have also reviewed the information submitted by the Société Générale Group on goodwill, disclosed in Notes 1.5 “Use of estimates and judgment” Note 2.2 “Goodwill” to the consolidated financial statements

VALUATION OF COMPLEX FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Risk identified

Within the scope of its market activities, the Société Générale Group holds financial instruments for trading purposes. As at December 31, 2021, in this respect, M€ 222,934 are recognized in fair value levels 2 and 3 in the asset side, and M€ 302,669 are recognized in the liability side of the Société Générale Group’s balance sheet, i.e. 56% and 95%, respectively, of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

To determine the fair value of these instruments, the Société Générale Group uses techniques or in-house valuation models based on parameters and data, some of which are not observable in the market, which can defer the recognition of the margin in the income statement for transactions involving such financial instruments, as stated in point 7 of Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements. If necessary, these valuations include additional reserves or value adjustments. The models and data used to value these instruments, and their classification under the fair value hierarchy, may be based for example on Management’s judgments and estimates, in the absence of available market data or a market valuation model.

Due to the complexity of modelling in determining fair value, the multiplicity of models used, and the use of Management judgment in determining these fair values, we consider the valuation of complex financial instruments to be a key audit matter.

Our response

Our audit approach is based on the key internal control processes related to the valuation of complex financial instruments.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments included in the audit team, our work consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the procedure to authorize and validate new products and their valuation models, including the process for the entry of these models in the information systems;

analyzing the governance set up by the Risk Department for the control of the valuation models;

analyzing the valuation methodologies for certain categories of complex instruments and the relating reserves or value adjustments;

testing the key controls relating to the independent verification of the valuation parameters, and analyzing certain market parameters used to provide input for the valuation models, by reference to external data;

obtaining an understanding of the bank’s analysis principles and performing tests of controls, on a sampling basis, as regards the process used to explain the changes in fair value; in addition, performing “analytical” IT procedures on the daily control data relating to certain activities;

obtaining the quarterly results of the independent price verification process performed on the valuation models;

obtaining the quarterly results of the valuation adjustment process using external market data, and analyzing the differences in parameters with the market data in the event of a significant impact, and the accounting treatment of such differences. Where there was no external data, we controlled the existence of reserves or the non-material nature of the related issues;

performing counter-valuations of a selection of complex derivative financial instruments using our tools;

analyzing the observability criteria, among others, used to determine the fair value hierarchy of such instruments, and to estimate deferred margin amounts and we compared the new methods adopted by the Société Générale Group to recognize these margins over time with the information presented in point 7 of Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements

We have also assessed the compliance of the methods underlying the estimates with the principles described in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements.

IT RISK RELATING TO MARKET ACTIVITIES

Risk identified

The Market Activities of the Global Banking & Investor Solutions division (GBIS) constitute an important activity, as illustrated by the significance of the financial instruments positions in Note 3.4 “Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value” to the consolidated financial statements.

This activity is highly complex given the nature of the financial instruments processed, the volume of transactions, and the use of numerous interfaced information systems. The risk of occurrence of a significant misstatement in the accounts related to an incident in the data processing chains used or the recording of transactions until their transfer into the accounting system may result from:

changes made to management and financial information by unauthorized persons via the information systems or underlying databases;

a failure in processing or in the transfer of data between systems;

a service interruption or an operating incident which may or may not be related to internal or external fraud.

Furthermore, the resurgence of the Covid-19 pandemic still requires all employees to work from home to ensure business continuity. The measures taken by the Société Générale Group in this respect exposed it to new risks, particularly those relating to the opening up of information systems to allow remote access to transaction processing applications.

To ensure the reliability of the accounts, it is therefore essential for Société Générale to master the controls relating to the management of the information systems. In this context, the IT risk relating to the Market Activities of the GBIS division constitutes a key audit matter.

Our response

Our audit approach for this activity is based on the controls related to the management of the information systems set up by Société Générale Group. With the support of specialists in information systems included in the audit team, we tested the IT general controls of the applications that we considered to be key for this activity. Our work mainly consisted in assessing:

the controls set up by the Société Générale Group on access rights, notably at sensitive periods in a professional career (recruitment, transfer, resignation, end of contract) with, where applicable, extended audit procedures in the event of ineffective control identified during the financial year;

potential privileged access to applications and infrastructure;

the management of changes made to applications, and more specifically the separation between development and business environments;

security policies in general and their deployment in IT applications (for example, those related to passwords);

the handling of IT incidents during the audit period;

governance and the control environment on a sample of applications.

For these same applications, and in order to assess the transfer of information flows, we tested the key application controls relating to the automated interfaces between the systems. In addition, our tests on the general IT and application controls were supplemented by data analytics procedures on certain IT applications.

We also evaluated the governance implemented by the Société Générale Group to ensure the resilience of information systems in the context of the Covid-19 crisis. Our procedures consisted in discussions with the Société Générale Group’s security teams and reviewing minutes of cybersecurity committee meetings, as well as any incidents during the period. Our procedures notably included an analysis of access derogations granted and validated by the security team.

Specific verifications

We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by laws and regulations on the information relating to the Société Générale Group presented in the Board of Directors’ management report.

We have no matters to report as to its fair presentation and its consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

We attest that the consolidated non-financial performance statement required by Article L.225-102-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) is included in Société Générale Group management report, it being specified that, in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 823-10 of said Code, we have verified neither the fair presentation nor the consistency with the consolidated financial statements of the information contained therein. This information should be reported on by an independent third party.

Other Legal and Regulatory Verifications or Information

FORMAT OF PRESENTATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standard applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by the statutory auditor relating to the annual and consolidated financial statements presented in the European single electronic format, that the presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report mentioned in Article L. 451-1-2, I of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), prepared under the responsibility of Chief Executive Officer, complies with the single electronic format defined in the European Delegated Regulation No. 2019/815 of December 17, 2018.

Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that the presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

APPOINTMENT OF THE STATUTORY AUDITORS

We were appointed as statutory auditors of Société Générale by the Annual General Meeting held on April 18, 2003 for Deloitte & Associés and on May 22, 2012 for ERNST & YOUNG et Autres.

As at December 31, 2021, Deloitte & Associés and ERNST & YOUNG et Autres were in their nineteenth and tenth year of total uninterrupted engagement, respectively.

Previously, ERNST & YOUNG Audit was the statutory auditor of Société Générale from 2000 to 2011

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and for such internal control as Management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risks management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

OBJECTIVE AND AUDIT APPROACH

Our role is to issue a report on the consolidated financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As specified in Article L.823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance on the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional judgment throughout the audit and furthermore:

identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs and performs audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control;

evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by Management in the consolidated financial statements;

assesses the appropriateness of Management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein;

evaluates the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements and assesses whether these consolidated statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation;

obtains sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Société Générale Group to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. The statutory auditor is responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit of the consolidated financial statements and for the opinion expressed on these consolidated financial statements.

REPORT TO THE AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROL COMMITTEE

We submit to the Audit and Internal Control Committee a report which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report, if any, significant deficiencies in internal control regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France such as they are set in particular by Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors (Code de déontologie de la profession de commissaire aux comptes). Where appropriate, we discuss with the Audit and Internal Control Committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the related safeguards

 

Paris-La Défense, March 9, 2022

The Statutory Auditors

French original signed by

   

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

Jean-Marc Mickeler

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

Micha Missakian

 

 

6.4  SOCIETE GENERALE MANAGEMENT REPORT

 

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Change

Interbank and money market assets

231

217

14

Loans to customers

341

319

22

Securities transactions

484

510

(26)

o.w. securities purchased under resale agreements

198

217

(19)

Other assets

178

209

(31)

o.w. option premiums

87

102

(15)

Tangible and intangible assets

3

3

 

TOTAL ASSETS

1,237

1,258

(21)

(In EURbn at 31 December)

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Change

Interbank and cash liabilities(1)

336

320

16

Customer deposits

399

408

(10)

Bonds and subordinated debt(2)

27

31

(4)

Securities transactions

261

261

 

o.w. securities sold under repurchase agreements

192

207

(15)

Other liabilities and provisions

176

202

(25)

o.w. option premiums

96

108

(12)

Shareholder’s equity

38

36

2

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,237

1,258

(21)

(1)

Including negotiable debt instruments.

(2)

Including undated subordinated capital notes.

The global economic recovery accelerated in 2021 as restrictions to curb the spread of Covid-19 were lifted, massive vaccination campaigns were rolled out and governments and central banks rolled out the big guns to provide fiscal and monetary support.

In sharp contrast to the previous year roiled by the pandemic, financial markets rebounded throughout 2021. The pace of growth picked up in the United States, boosted by huge fiscal supports and the surge in consumer spending. Growth also expanded sharply in Europe in mid-2021. In France, GDP returned to pre-crisis levels in the third quarter.

This trend persisted through to the end of the year, despite inflationary pressure, in part due to the mismatch between strong demand and supply scarcities caused by disruptions in the production chains and reimposed restrictions to tackle virus outbreaks.

In this positive economic environment, Societe Generale posted exceptional results and demonstrated tight cost discipline and sound risk management.

At 31 December 2021, the balance sheet total was EUR 1,237 billion, down EUR 21 billion from the position at 31 December 2020.

The Interbank and money market assets line increased by EUR 14.5 billion versus 31 December 2020. Amounts outstanding with the French central bank, the Banque de France, rose EUR 5 billion, mainly due to the ECB’s operations to provide financing to credit institutions. Amounts due from banks increased EUR 9 billion, primarily related to financing of Group subsidiaries.

Money market liabilities increased to the tune of EUR 16 billion. Term borrowings from banks rose EUR 14.6 billion, bank refinancing increased EUR 3.6 billion, while demand deposits were up EUR 6.3 billion. Conversely, issuance volume of euro medium-term notes (EMTN) debt securities declined EUR 9.4 billion.

Loans to customers rose EUR 22 billion on an increase in short-term loans of EUR 11.1 billion, in equipment loans of EUR 1.1 billion and in mortgage lending of EUR 3.3 billion. Overdrafts increased by EUR 9.4 billion, chiefly with Group subsidiaries, while loans to subsidiaries fell EUR 4.5 billion. Customer deposits declined a net EUR 10 billion as customer deposits increased and short-term loans to subsidiaries decreased.

Securities transactions declined EUR 26 billion for assets and were stable for liabilities.

Bonds and other fixed-income securities fell EUR 16.8 billion on the increase in rates observed during the year and expectations that the Federal Reserve is set to start tightening. Treasury notes and similar securities declined EUR 6.8 billion and securities purchased under repo agreements fell EUR 19.4 billion, while shares and other equity securities rose EUR 16.1 billion in a bull market.

Other financial assets and liabilities were down EUR 31 billion and EUR 25 billion, respectively. These falls stem from the lower values of derivatives as a result of the extreme volatility in market indices observed during the year.

Societe Generale boasts a diversified range of funding sources and channels:

stable resources consisting of equity and subordinated debt (EUR 65 billion);

customer deposits, down EUR 10 billion, which make up a significant share (32%) of total balance sheet resources;

resources (EUR 221 billion) in the form of interbank deposits and borrowings;

capital raised on the market through a proactive diversification policy, making use of various types of debt (secured and unsecured bonds, etc.), issuance vehicles (EMTNs, Certificates of Deposit), currencies and investor pools (EUR 110 billion);

resources from securities sold under repurchase agreements to customers and banks (EUR 192 billion), which declined relative to 2020.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

(In EURbn)

2021

2020

Changes 2021-2020 (%)

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

France

Outside

France

Societe

Generale

Net banking income

8,125

2,827

10,952

5,794

2,696

8,490

40

5

29

Total operating expenses

(7,887)

(1,649)

(9,536)

(7,370)

(1,616)

(8,986)

7

2

6

Gross operating income

238

1,178

1,416

(1,576)

1,080

(496)

(115)

9

(385)

Cost of risk

(133)

26

(107)

(855)

(727)

(1,582)

(84)

(104)

(93)

Operating income

105

1,204

1,309

(2,431)

353

(2,078)

(104)

241

(163)

Income/(loss) on long-term investments

604

57

661

654

(3)

651

(8)

(2,000)

2

Operating income before income tax

709

1261

1970

(1,777)

350

(1,427)

(140)

260

(238)

Income tax

414

(389)

25

(7)

(134)

(141)

(6,014)

190

(118)

Net income

1,123

872

1,995

(1,784)

216

(1,568)

(163)

304

(227)

 

Societe Generale posted EUR 1.4 billion in operating income in 2021 as the post-Covid recovery took hold, compared with a loss of EUR 0.5 billion in 2020.

Net banking income (NBI) gained EUR 2.5 billion (+29%) to EUR 11 billion vs. 2020. Income rose across all our businesses:

French Retail Banking’s net banking income was up slightly (EUR +0.1 billion) in comparison to 2020 in a resilient performance. Fee income rose 7% year-on-year, mainly attributable to higher financial fees as the economy recovered, which partially offset the 5% contraction in net interest margin with rates still at rock bottom. Retail Banking pursued the drive to transform its network and the merger between the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale bank networks has gone ahead on target. The plan aims to boost the Bank’s positioning in the French retail banking market, with more than 10 million customers;

Global Banking and Investor Solutions rebounded compared with 2020, lifted by brisk activity in equity derivatives. Note that the pandemic and extreme volatility in financial markets in reaction to government health restrictions to contain the virus tool their toll on these activities, especially in the first half of 2020. However, this uptick tends to obscure a more nuanced picture. The healthy growth in revenue for Equities was mitigated by the decline in Fixed Income and Foreign Exchange:

-

income from Equities and Securities powered ahead in 2021, reflecting the remarkable recovery in the Equity derivatives business. Equities put in its best performance since 2009, making the most of a buoyant stock market and optimum volatility levels over the year. Moreover, the Bank’s exposure to losses in 2021 was reduced as a result of the defensive action taken to recalibrate its risk profile in structured equities – with a heavy knock-on effect on costs in 2020,

-

revenue from Fixed Income and Currencies contracted 25% in 2021 in less favourable market conditions, as spreads tightened and customer demand for fixed-income products fell,

-

Financing and Advisory Services saw revenue pick up 7% over the period, buoyed by brisk momentum in advisory, mergers and acquisitions;

the Corporate Centre, which includes management of the Group’s investment portfolio, grew net banking income by EUR 0.9 billion as dividends paid to subsidiaries increased by EUR 0.7 billion compared with 2020. The main reason for the rise was the favourable base effect created by the recommendation issued by the European Central Bank in March 2020 asking banks not to pay dividends to boost banks’ capacity to absorb losses and support lending to the economy in an environment of heightened uncertainty generated by the pandemic;

general operating expenses rose EUR 0.5 billion (+6%) year-on-year:

-

management overheads came out at EUR 4.4 billion at 31 December 2021, an increase of EUR 0.2 billion (+5%) relative to 2020. Underlying management overheads declined EUR 0.1 billion. The higher contribution to the Single Resolution Fund (SRF) accounted for EUR 0.1 billion of this item in 2021 and the costs of the merger between the retail network and Credit du Nord makes up EUR 0.2 billion,

-

payroll expense totalled EUR 5.1 billion, a rise of EUR 0.3 billion (+6%) on 2020, reflecting the effects of the economic recovery on collective and variable compensation post-pandemic;

the net cost of risk was EUR 0.1 billion at end-2021, a healthy fall of EUR 1.5 billion year-on-year. In 2020, the Bank put aside substantial provisions to cover the impacts of the pandemic, especially on performing loans. But the quality of the loan portfolio drove down the cost of risk in 2021, while the Group retained its prudent provisioning policy.

The combination of these items pushed up operating income by EUR 3.4 billion vs. 2020 to EUR 1.3 billion at 31 December 2021.

In 2021, Societe Generale booked EUR 0.7 billion in gains on fixed assets, essentially arising from the sale of Lyxor Asset Management and Lyxor International Asset Management. You are reminded that the gains on fixed assets in 2020 had to do with the positive revaluation of some subsidiaries and the resulting write-back of EUR 0.5 billion in impairment provisions, as well as the capital gain on the partial conversion of Visa Inc. securities in the amount of EUR 0.2 billion.

Income tax fell by EUR 0.2 billion. The 2021 tax charge increased by EUR 0.2 billion and reflects the increase in pre-tax operating income over the period, offset by the fall in deferred taxes for EUR 0.4 billion, particularly in France and in the United States. Updated projections for the 2021 financial year have improved. As a result, Societe Generale recognised EUR 0.2 billion in deferred tax assets, compared to a deferred tax expense of EUR 0.7 billion in 2020 following a review of tax loss carry-forwards that factored in the uncertainties inherent in the Covid-19 crisis in projected taxable income.

Net income after tax amounted to EUR 2 billion at end-2021 versus a loss of EUR 1.6 billion at the 2020 year end.

TRADE PAYABLES PAYMENT SCHEDULE

(In EURbn)

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Payables not yet due

Payables not yet due

1-30 

days

31-60 

days

> 60 

days

> 90 

days

Payables

due

Total

1-30 

days

31-60 

days

> 60 

days

> 90 

days

Payables

due

Total

Trade Payables

41

91

-

-

-

132

18

48

-

-

-

66

 

The due dates are according to conditions calculated at 60 days from invoice date.

In France, Societe Generale’s supplier invoices are processed centrally for the most part. The department responsible books and settles invoices for services requested by all Societe Generale France’s Corporate and Business Divisions.

In accordance with the Group’s internal control procedures, invoices are only paid after they have been approved by the departments that signed for the services. Once approved, invoices are paid on average in three to seven days.

In accordance with Article D. 441-6 of the French Commercial Code, as worded pursuant to French Decree No. 2021-11 of 26 February 2021, the information on supplier payment times is given in the table below:

the banking, insurance and financial services businesses (loans, financing and commissions) are excluded from the scope.

 

31.12.2021

Payables due

0 day

(indicative)

1–30 days

31–60 days

61–90 days

91 days

and more

Total

(1 day and

more)

(A) Payment delay tranches

Number of invoices concerned

26

2,111

894

423

4,470

7,898

Total amount of invoices (incl. tax) concerned (In EURm)

1

19

9

6

32

66

Percentage of total purchases (excl. tax) for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) pertaining to disputed payables and receivables, not recorded

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount (excl. tax) of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment times used when calculating delays (Article L. 441-6 or L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

þ  Statutory payment terms (45 days end of month or 60 days from invoice date)

 

 

 

 

 

 

o  Contractual payment terms

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment terms on accounts receivable

The payment schedules for accounts receivable are set by contract in respect of financing granted or services invoiced. The initial payment terms set for loan repayments may be amended by means of contractual options (such as prepayment options, or options to defer payments). Compliance with contractual payment terms is monitored as part of the Bank’s risk management process (see Chapter 4 of this URD: “Risks and Capital Adequacy”), particularly in respect of credit risk, structural interest rate risk, and liquidity risk. The residual maturities of accounts receivable are indicated in Note 7.4 to the parent company financial statements.

The due dates are according to conditions calculated at 60 days from invoice date.

 

31.12.2021

Receivables due

0 day

(indicative)

1–30 days

31–60 days

61–90 days

91 days

and more

Total

(1 day and

more)

(A) Payment delay tranches

Number of invoices concerned

8

95

44

64

1,445

1,648

Total amount (incl. tax) of invoices concerned (In EURm)(1)

-

7

2

5

52

66

Percentage of total purchases (excl. tax) for the year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) pertaining to disputed payables and receivables, not recorded

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount (excl. tax) of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment times used when calculating delays (Article L. 441-6 or L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

o  Contractual payment terms (to be specified)

 

 

 

 

 

 

þ  Statutory payment terms

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Including EUR 44 million of disputed payables.

 

SOCIETE GENERALE FINANCIAL RESULTS: FIVE-YEAR SUMMARY

(in EURm)

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Financial position at year end

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital (in EURm)(1)

1,067

1,067

1,067

1,010

1,010

Number of shares outstanding(1)

853,371,494

853,371,494

853,371,494

807,917,739

807,917,739

Total income from operations (in EURm)

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue excluding tax(2)

27,128

27,026

34,300

30,748

27,207

Earnings before tax, depreciation, amortisation, provisions, employee profit sharing and general reserve for banking risks

2,470

365

3,881

19

1,704

Employee profit sharing

15

6

11

11

11

Income tax

(25)

141

(581)

(616)

(109)

Earnings after tax, depreciation, amortisation and provisions

1,995

(1,568)

3,695

1,725

800

Dividends paid(3)

1,877

-

1,777

1,777

1,777

Adjusted earnings per share (in EUR)

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings after tax but before depreciation, amortisation
and provisions

2.91

0.24

5.16

0.72

2.20

Net income

2.34

(1.84)

4.33

2.14

0.99

Dividend paid per share

1.65

0.55

2.20

2.20

2.20

Employees

 

 

 

 

 

Headcount

43,319

44,531

46,177

46,942

46,804

Total payroll (in EURm)

3,554

3,408

3,754

3,128

3,560

Employee benefits (Social Security and other) (in EURm)

1,655

1,475

1,554

1,525

1,475

(1)

At 31 December 2021, Societe Generale’s fully paid-up capital amounted to EUR 1,066,714,367.50 and comprised 853,371,494 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

(2)

Revenue consists of interest income, dividend income, fee income, income from financial transactions and other operating income.

(3)

In accordance with the European Central Bank’s recommendation on paying dividends during the Covid-19 pandemic issued on 27 March 2020, Societe Generale did not pay dividends on ordinary shares in respect of the 2019 financial year.

 

Main changes in the investment portfolio in 2021

In 2021, Societe Generale carried out the following transactions:

Outside France

In France

Creation

Creation

-

-

Acquisition of interest

Acquisition of interest

-

-

Acquisition

Acquisition

-

-

Increase of interest

Increase of interest

Visa Inc.

Shine

Subscription to capital

increases

Subscription to capital increases

-

Boursorama SA, Treezor, Societe Generale Ventures, Shine

Full disposal

Full disposal

-

Lyxor Asset Management, Lyxor International Asset Management

Reduction of interest(1)

Reduction of interest(1)

-

Caisse de Refinancement de l’Habitat

(1)

Including capital reductions, dissolution by transfer of assets, mergers and liquidations.

 

The table below summarises the ownership of Societe Generale S.A. presenting a threshold crossing (as a percentage of direct ownership) in 2021:

Crossing above the threshold

Crossing below the threshold

Threshold

Companies

% of capital

at 31.12.2021

% of capital

at 31.12.2020

Threshold

Companies

% of capital

at 31.12.2021

% of capital

at 31.12.2020

5%

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

33.33%

 

 

 

33.33%

 

 

 

50%

 

 

 

50%

 

 

 

66.66%

Shine(1)

80.6%

53.7%

66.66%

Lyxor Asset Management (1)

0%

100%

(1)

Ownership in the French entities, in accordance with Article L. 233.6 of the French Commercial Code.

 

 

6.4.1  INFORMATION REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE L. 511-4-2 OF THE FRENCH MONETARY AND FINANCIAL CODE RELATED TO SOCIETE GENERALE SA

 

As part of its long-established presence in the commodities markets, Societe Generale offers agricultural commodity derivatives. These products meet a range of customer needs, including the risk management needs of business customers (producers, consumers), and provide exposure to the commodities markets for investors (asset managers, funds and insurance companies).

Societe Generale’s offering covers a broad range of underlyings, including sugar, cocoa, coffee, cotton, orange juice, corn, wheat, rapeseed, soybean, oats, cattle, lean hogs, milk and rice. Within this scope, Societe Generale offers vanilla products on organised markets and in index-based products. Exposure to agricultural commodities can be provided through single- or multi-commodity products. Multi-commodity products are primarily used by investor clients through index-based products.

Societe Generale manages the risks associated with these positions on organised markets, for example:

NYSE LIFFE (including Euronext Paris) for cocoa, corn, wheat, rapeseed oil, sugar and coffee;

ICE FUTURES US for cocoa, coffee, cotton, orange juice, sugar, canola and wheat;

CME group for corn, soybean, soybean oil, soybean meal, wheat, oats, cattle, lean hogs, milk and rice;

Minneapolis Grain Exchange for wheat;

SGX for rubber;

TOCOM for rubber.

This list is subject to change.

A number of measures are in place to prevent or detect any material impact on the price of agricultural commodities as a result of Societe Generale’s activities described above:

trading activity is governed by the MiFID II regulatory framework in Europe, in force since 3 January 2018: it sets limits for positions on certain agricultural commodities, introduces the obligation to report on positions to the trading platform, as well as systematic reporting of all transactions to the appropriate regulatory body;

the business also operates within internal limits, set by teams tracking risks independently of the operators;

these teams constantly monitor compliance with these various limits;

moreover, Societe Generale’s trading activity on organised markets follows limits set by the Societe Generale clearing broker;

to prevent any inappropriate behaviour, mandates and manuals setting out their scope are provided to Societe Generale traders. They also attend regular training on business standards and market conduct;

daily controls are run to detect any inappropriate trading. These controls include monitoring compliance with the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and market rules on position limits, designed to ensure that no operator can adopt a market position that poses a danger to market equilibrium.

 

6.5  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6.5.1  PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET

 

ASSETS

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2021

31.12 2020

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

138,486

133,323

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

46,992

53,806

Due from banks

Note 2.3

187,185

176,309

Customer loans

Note 2.3

444,357

443,343

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

104,622

121,389

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

109,629

93,568

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

943

992

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

23,850

23,446

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

2,939

2,934

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

630

131

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

177,663

208,801

TOTAL

 

1,237,296

1,258,042

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Loan commitments granted

Note 2.3

249,393

228,424

Guarantee commitments granted

Note 2.3

221,912

225,915

Commitments made on securities

 

20,729

19,645

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

5,118

1,489

Due to banks

Note 2.4

314,011

301,788

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

497,734

513,860

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

Note 2.4

113,037

125,053

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

234,551

243,121

Provisions

Note 7.3

11,250

12,529

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

23,639

23,786

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,067

1,067

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

21,556

21,556

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

13,338

15,361

Net income

Note 6.1

1,995

(1,568)

SUB-TOTAL

 

37,956

36,416

TOTAL

 

1,237,296

1,258,042

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ITEMS

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Loan commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

67,942

70,008

Guarantee commitments received from banks

Note 2.4

64,927

60,479

Commitments received on securities

 

26,352

23,886

 

 

6.6  NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The parent company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 9 February 2022.

NOTE 1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

 

1. Introduction

The preparation and presentation of the parent company financial statements for Societe Generale comply with the provisions of Regulation 2014-07 of the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), relating to the annual accounts for the banking sector.

As the financial statements of foreign branches were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in their respective countries, they have been adjusted to comply with the accounting principles applicable in France.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of Societe Generale, its activities and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations over the period still impacted by the Covid-19 crisis.

2. Accounting policies and valuation methods

In accordance with the accounting principles applicable to French credit institutions, the majority of transactions are recorded using valuation methods that take account of the purpose for which they were completed.

In financial intermediation transactions, assets and liabilities are generally maintained at their historical cost and impairment is recognised where counterparty risk arises. Revenues and expenses arising from these transactions are recorded prorata temporis over the life of the transaction in accordance with the accounting cut-off principle. The same applies for transactions on forward financial instruments carried out for hedging purposes or to manage the bank’s overall interest rate risk.

Transactions performed in the Global Markets activity are generally marked to market at year-end, except for loans, borrowings and short-term investment securities which are recorded at nominal value. When these financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, the market value used is adjusted to take into account liquidity risk, future management fees and, if any, counterparty risk.

3. Translation of foreign currency financial statement

The on- and off-balance sheet items of branches reporting in foreign currencies are translated at the official exchange rate prevailing at year-end. The income statement items of these branches are translated at the average quarter-end exchange rate. Translation gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution, reserves, retained earnings and net income of foreign branches, which result from changes in exchange rates, are included in the balance sheet under “Accruals, other accounts payable/receivable and other liabilities/assets”.

4. Use of estimates and judgment

In compliance with the accounting principles and methods applicable to the preparation of the financial statements and stated in the notes to the present document, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and the information disclosed in the notes to the parent company financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available as at the date of preparation of the financial statements and can exercise its own judgment. By nature, valuations based on these estimates involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and may then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made in preparing these annual financial statements takes into account current uncertainties on the consequences, duration and magnitude of the economic crisis resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic. The impacts of this crisis on the assumptions and estimates used are detailed in part 6 of the present note.

The use of estimates mainly concerns the following accounting topics:

fair value in the balance sheet of financial instruments (securities portfolio and forward financial instruments) not quoted in an active market and held for trading activities (see Notes 2.1, 2.2 and 3.2);

impairment of financial assets (see Note 2.6);

provisions recognised as liabilities (see Notes 2.6, 4.2 and 7.3);

deferred tax assets recognised in the balance sheet (see Note 5).

BREXIT

The United Kingdom withdrawal agreement (Brexit) entered into force on 1 January 2021. Societe Generale has been granted a transitional authorisation to continue its activities in London for two years and is currently in the process of obtaining its permanent licence. To date, the European Commission has granted British clearing houses temporary equivalence status until 30 June 2022.

Societe Generale continues to monitor the negotiations between the United Kingdom and the European Union regarding financial services and takes account of the short-/mid-/long-term consequences of the Brexit in the assumptions and estimates selected to prepare the statutory financial statements.

Climate change is accelerating and urgent as unprecedent change are more than ever necessary. As the 6th report of the Intergovernmental panel for climate change (IPCC), the world needs urgent, global and coordinated actions to contain the global warming.

Societe Generale has been engaged in the fight against climate change for many years now. And the Bank remains committed to support an extensive shift towards a decarbonised and more resilient economy.

Environmental risk factors are liable to trigger or increase the risks for which Societe Generale is exposed. Societe Generale thus considers that climate change-related risks are not a new risk category but rather an aggravating factor for categories already covered by the risk management system. The integration of climate-related risks is based on the existing governance and processes and follows a standard approach (identification, quantification, definition of the risk appetite, control and mitigation).

Among climate risks, Societe Generale distinguishes between transitional risk and physical risk in compliance with the risk terminology proposed by the TCFD (Task force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures). The impact of transitional risk on the credit risk of Societe Generale’s corporate customers has been identified as the major climate risk. To measure this impact, indicators aimed at reinforcing credit analysis on the most exposed counterparties in the sectors identified as particularly vulnerable are gradually developed.

Societe Generale continues its work to gradually integrate climate risks in the preparation of its statutory financial statements.

The French ANC – Autorité des Normes Comptables (French accounting standards authority) modified on 5 November 2021 the recommendation n°2013-02 related to the principles of measurement and recognition of pension obligations and assimilated benefits for the statutory and consolidated financial statements prepared according to French accounting standards.

This update introduced a choice of method for the allocation and recognition in the income statement of the benefit rights for defined benefit plans with benefit rights depending on seniority, with a maximum caped amount and requiring the presence of the employee in the Company when he reaches the retirement age. The change resulting from this choice of method is qualified as change of accounting method.

As Societe Generale choose to apply this new method, its application led to remeasure the plan obligations with similar features as those described in the updated recommendation (end of career compensation). The retroactive effect of this change of accounting method has been recognised in equity on 1 January 2021 for a net amount of EUR 13 million.

This change of accounting method impacts Notes 4 and 6.

Two years after the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic, the year 2021 was marked by an economic upturn in several major economies, in particular as a result of the deployment of vaccines. However, these dynamics are affected by persistent frictions in the global supply chains and labour markets, and by longer delivery times in the manufacturing sector and a reduced capacity of supply in the service sector, which have led to rising costs. Uncertainties remain regarding new developments in the sanitary crisis (emergence of the Omicron variant and slow deployment of vaccines in some countries).

Against this background, the multi-scenario approach selected in 2020 has been maintained for preparing the statutory accounts as at 31 December 2021; in particular, Societe Generale uses macro-economic scenarios in its measurement models for credit risk impairment and provision (see Note 2.6) and in its impairment test for differed tax assets (see Note 5).

Societe Generale also maintained the use of methodological adjustments (see Note 2.6) to take account of the support measures adopted since 2020 by public authorities, and the remaining uncertainties related to the Covid-19 crisis.

These various topics are detailed hereafter to shed light on the financial consequences of the crisis and the way they have been taken into account in the preparation of the statutory financial statements.

As at 31 December 2021, Societe Generale has maintained the coexistence of four scenarios:

the central scenario (SG Central), weighted at 50%, expects no new widespread closures, and assumes that the remaining social distancing measures, such as masks, will enable most sectors to operate almost as usual;

a scenario of prolonged health crisis (SG Extended), weighted at 10%, expects a new sanitary shock from the end of 2021, reproducing the lockdown pattern with increased social distancing measures as observed at the end of 2020 and in Spring 2021;

lastly, two additional scenarios, one favourable (SG Favourable) weighted at 10% and one stress (SG Stress) weighter at 30%, supplement these two scenarios. The favorable scenario envisages a stronger GDP growth than the central scenario owing to unexpected productivity gains leading to a potentially higher GDP. The stress scenario corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, Euro area crisis), an exogenous crisis (Covid) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Departmentof Societe Generale based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes. Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD, etc.) and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to ensure the consistency of the scenarios thus constructed.

The moratoriums granted by Societe Generale in the context of the sanitary crisis through mass treatment have now expired, with a resumption of reimbursements without incident for most customers.

In addition to the moratoriums, Societe Generale contributed to the implementation of support measures decided by the authorities through the examination and allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (Prêts Garantis par l’État (PGE) in French) and Participatory Recovery Equity Loans (Prêts Participatifs Relance (PPR).

Thus, Societe Generale will offer, until 30 June 2022, to its customers affected by the crisis (professionals and corporate customers), the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) within the framework of the 2020 French Amending Finance Act and the conditions set by the French decree of 23 March 2020. These are financings granted at cost price and guaranteed by the government for a share of the borrowed amount between 70 to 90% depending on the size of the borrowing enterprise (with a waiting period of two months after disbursement at the end of which the guarantee period begins). With a maximum amount corresponding, in the general case, to three months of turnover before tax, these loans come with a one-year repayment exemption. At the end of this year, the customer can either repay the loan or amortise it over one to five more years, with the possibility of extending the grace period for the repayment of principal for one year (in line with the announcements made by the French Ministre de l’Économie, des Finances et de la Relance on 14 January 2021) without extending the total duration of the loan.

The remuneration conditions of the guarantee are set by the State: the bank keeps only a share of the guarantee premium paid by the borrowers (the amount of which depends on the size of the Company and the maturity of the loan) remunerating the risk it bears, which corresponds to the part of the loan not guaranteed by the State (i.e., between 10% and 30% of the loan depending on the size of the borrowing company). This share of the guarantee premium kept by the bank is assimilated to interest income.

These State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) have been recorded among Customer loans. The share of the guarantee premium received from the borrowers and kept by the bank to compensate the share of risk not guaranteed by the French State is spread over the effective lifetime of the loans in net income amongst Interest and similar income, as for the contractual interests.

Provisions and impairment for credit risk recognised for the State Guaranteed Loan facilities take into account of the effect of the French State guarantee. The models for calculating impairment and provisions for credit risk also take into account the probabilities of exercise of the extension options, the amount of the loan not guaranteed by the State as well as the waiting period in the enforcement of the guarantee.

At 31 December 2021, the State Guaranteed Loan facilities represent an outstanding of approximately EUR 10.1 billion (including EUR 2.7 billion in underperforming loans and EUR 0.5 billion of doubtful loans). The amount of credit risk impairment and provisions recorded as at 31 December 2021 related to these State Guaranteed Loan facilities represent approximately EUR 64.1 million, without predominance of a specific sector.

Based on the scenarios presented above, and after taking into account methodological adjustments and support measures, the cost of risk for the financial year 2021 represents a net loss of EUR 107 million, decreasing from EUR 1,475 million (-93%) compared to financial year 2020.

A French decree published on 19 January 2022, amending the decree published on 23 March 2020, allows some companies to benefit, under certain conditions, from an extension of their PGE repayment deadlines from 6 to 10 years. The possible impacts of this decree will be presented in the 2022 financial statements.

Societe Generale announced on 7 December 2020 its project to merge of the retail banking network of Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord to form a new one (the VISION 2025 project).

In the fourth quarter of 2021, Societe Generale presented the proposed organisation of its new Retail Banking in France, which will result from the legal merger of Credit du Nord and Societe Generale. The net income of the financial year 2021 includes EUR 166 million of expenses related to this project. These expenses mainly represent restructuring costs already incurred during the year as well as the gradual recognition of the cost of voluntary redundancy measures, the accounting treatment of which has been assimilated to that of post-employment benefits.

Societe Generale announced the signing by Societe Generale and ALD of two separate Memorandums of Understanding providing for the acquisition by ALD of 100% of the capital of LeasePlan from a consortium led by TDR Capital in order to create a leading actor of the mobility solutions business.

The intended acquisition of LeasePlan for a total amount of EUR 4.9 billion would be financed by securities and cash. Societe Generale would ensure a capital increase with preferred subscription rights of EUR 1.3 billion and would be committed to remain the majority shareholder of the new group (“NewALD”) with a capital share of about 53% at the closing of this transaction, the LeasePlan shareholders would receive a capital share of 30.75% as share based payment. The LeasePlan shareholders would receive also warrants that could increase the capital share pro forma up to 32.9% in case of exercise, decreasing the capital share of Societe Generale to around 51%.

6.7  STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT ON THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

This is a translation into English of the statutory auditors’ report on the financial statements issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English speaking users.

This statutory auditors’ report includes information required by French law, such as information about the appointment of the statutory auditors or verification of the management report and other documents provided to shareholders.

This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021

To the Annual General Meeting of Société Générale,

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended December 31, 2021.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Statutory Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our report.

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with independence requirements of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) for statutory auditors for the period from January 1, 2021 to the date of our report, and specifically we did not provide any prohibited non-audit services referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014.

Without qualifying the above opinion, we draw your attention to Note 5 to the financial statements which describes the retroactive impacts of the change in accounting method relating to the valuation and recognition of pension commitments and similar benefits resulting from the November 5, 2021 update to ANC recommendation no. 2013-02 of November 7, 2013 and to Note 3.2 to the financial statements which describes the corrections following the review of financial asset and liability offsetting.

Due to the global crisis related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the financial statements of this period have been prepared and audited under special circumstances. Indeed, this crisis and the exceptional measures taken in the context of the health emergency have had numerous consequences for companies, particularly on their operations and their financing, and have led to greater uncertainties regarding their future prospects. Some of these measures, such as travel restrictions and remote working, have also had an impact on the companies’ internal organization and on how audits are performed.

It is in this complex and evolving context that, in accordance with the requirements of Articles L. 823-9 and R. 823-7 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current period, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the annual financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon and we do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the financial statements.

Risk identified

Our response

Customer loans and receivables carry a credit risk which exposes Société Générale to a potential loss if its client or counterparty is unable to meet its financial commitments. Société Générale recognizes impairment and provisions to cover this risk.

The accounting principles used for the measurement of individual impairment, on the one hand, and collective provisions, on the other, are set out in Note 2.6 “Impairment and provisions” to the financial statements.

The amount of the collective provisions for credit risk is calculated on the basis of non-downgraded performing loans and downgraded performing loans, respectively. These collective provisions are determined using statistical models requiring the exercise of judgment at the various stages in the calculation, particularly in the context of uncertainty relating to the global crisis arising from the Covid-19 pandemic.

In addition, Société Générale uses judgment and makes accounting estimates to measure the level of individual impairment for doubtful loans.

As at December 31, 2021, outstanding loans to clients exposed to credit risk totaled M€ 343,601; total impairment amounted to M€ 2,357 and total provisions amounted to M€ 1,427.

We considered the measurement of impairment and provisions relating to customer loans to be a key audit matter as they require Management to exercise judgment and make estimates, particularly concerning the economic sectors and geographical areas most seriously weakened by the crisis.

 

With the support of specialists in risk management and modelling as well as economists from our firms included in the audit team, we focused our work on the most significant loans and portfolios of loans to clients, as well as on the economic sectors and geographical areas most seriously weakened by the crisis.

We obtained an understanding of Société Générale’s governance and internal control relating to the assessment of the credit risk and the measurement of the expected losses, and tested the key manual and automated controls.

Our other audit procedures mainly consisted in:

assessing the relevance of the macro-economic projections and the weighting of scenarios used by Société Générale;

analyzing the main parameters used by Société Générale to measure the collective provisions as at December 31, 2021, including the adaptations made to assess the impact of economic support measures;

assessing the capacity of model and parameter adjustments as well as sectoral adjustments to adequately cover the credit risk level in the context of the economic crisis;

assessing, using data analysis tools, the measurement of the collective provisions on a sample of portfolios;

testing, as at December 31, 2021, on a selection of the most significant loans to corporate clients, the main criteria used to classify loans as doubtful, as well as the assumptions used to estimate the related individual impairment.

We also analyzed the information on credit risk in the evolving context of the pandemic disclosed in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 2.3 “Loans and receivables” and 2.6 “Impairment and provisions” to the financial statements.

 

 

Risk identified

Our response

As at December 31, 2021, deferred tax assets on loss carryforwards were recorded in the amount of M€ 1,649, including M€ 1,635 for the tax groups in France and in the United States of America.

As stated in Note 5 “Taxes” to the financial statements, Société Générale calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity and recognizes deferred tax assets at the closing date when it is considered probable that the tax entity concerned will have future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe. As at December 31, 2021, this timeframe is eight years for the tax group in France and seven years for the tax group in the United States of America.

In addition, as stated in Notes 5 “Taxes” and 8 “Information on risks and litigation” to the financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are challenged by the French tax authorities and are therefore liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets in France and in the United States of America, notably on future taxable profits, and of the judgment exercised by Management in this respect, we considered this issue to be a key audit matter.

 

Our audit approach consisted in assessing the probability that Société Générale will be able to use in the future its tax loss carryforwards generated to date, in particular in view of its ability to generate future taxable profits in France and in the United States of America.

With the support of tax specialists, our procedures mainly consisted in:

comparing the projected results of the previous years with the actual results of the corresponding fiscal years, so as to assess the reliability of the tax business plan development process;

obtaining an understanding of the budget for 2022 drawn up by Management and approved by the Board of Directors, as well as the assumptions underlying the projections over the 2022-2025 timeframe which take into account the expected impacts of the France network merger;

assessing the relevance of the methods used to extrapolate the tax results after the 2022-2025 timeframe;

assessing the assumptions used to analyze sensitivity in the event of adverse scenarios defined by the Société Générale group;

analyzing the sensitivity of the recovery period for tax losses under different scenarios we created;

analyzing the situation of Société Générale, notably by taking note of the opinions of its external tax advisers regarding its tax loss carryforwards in France, partly challenged by the tax authorities.

We also analyzed the information provided by Société Générale, concerning deferred tax assets, disclosed in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 5 “Taxes” and 8 “Information on risks and litigation” to the financial statements.

 

Risk identified

Our response

Within the scope of its market activities, Société Générale holds financial instruments for trading purposes. As at December 31, 2021, M€ 187,228 are recorded in this respect under assets on Société Générale’s balance sheet.

To determine the fair value of theseinstruments, Société Générale uses techniques or in-house valuation models. As stated in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements, if necessary, these valuations include discounts calculated according to the relevant instruments and associated risks. In the absence of available market data or market valuation models, the models and data used to value these instruments may, for example, be based on Management’s judgment and estimates.

Given the complexity of the modelling in determining the fair value, the multiplicity of models used, and the use of Management’s judgment in determining these fair values, we consider the valuation of complex financial instruments to be a key audit matter.

 

Our audit approach is based on the key internal control processes related to the valuation of complex financial instruments.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments included in the audit team, our procedures consisted in:

obtaining an understanding of the procedure to authorize and validate new products and their valuation models, including the process for the entry of these models in the information systems;

analyzing the governance set up by the Risk Department for the control of the valuation models;

analyzing the valuation methodologies for certain categories of complex instruments and the related reserves or value adjustments;

testing the key controls relating to the independent verification of the valuation parameters, and evaluating the reliability of the market parameters used to provide input for the valuation models with reference to external data;

as regards the process used to explain the changes in fair value, obtaining an understanding of the bank’s analysis principles and performing tests of controls on a sample basis. In addition, we performed “analytical” IT procedures on the control data relating to certain activities;

obtaining the quarterly results of the model independent price verification process;

obtaining the quarterly results of the valuation adjustment process based on external market data, and analyzing the differences in parameters with the market data in the event of a significant impact, and the accounting treatment of such differences. Where external data is absent, we assessed the existence of reserves or the non-materiality of the associated issues;

performing counter-valuations of a selection of complex derivative financial instruments using our tools.

We also analyzed the compliance of the methods underlying the estimates with the principles described in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements.

 

Risk identified

Our response

The Market Activities of the Global Banking & Investor Solutions division (GBIS) constitute an important activity, as illustrated by the significance of the financial instruments positions in Note 2.2 “Operations on forward financial instruments” to the financial statements.

This activity is highly complex given the nature of the financial instruments processed, the volume of transactions, and the use of numerous interfaced information systems.

The risk of occurrence of a significant misstatement in the accounts related to an incident in the data processing chains used or the recording of transactions until their transfer into the accounting system may result from:

changes made to management and financial information by unauthorized persons via the information systems or underlying databases;

a failure in processing or in the transfer of data between systems;

a service interruption or an operating incident which may or may not be related to internal or external fraud.

Furthermore, the resurgence of the Covid-19 pandemic still required all employees to work remotely to ensure business continuity. The measures taken by Société Générale in this respect have exposed it to new risks, particularly those relating to the opening up of information systems to allow remote access to transaction processing applications.

To ensure the reliability of the accounts, it is therefore essential for Société Générale to master the controls relating to the management of the information systems.

In this context, the IT risk relating to the Market Activities of the GBIS division constitutes a key audit matter.

Our audit approach for this activity is based on the controls related to the management of the information systems set up by Société Générale. With the support of specialists in information systems included in the audit team, we tested the IT general controls of the applications that we considered to be key for this activity.

Our work mainly consisted in assessing:

the controls set up by Société Générale on access rights, notably at sensitive periods in a professional career (recruitment, transfer, resignation, end of contract) with, where applicable, extended procedures in the event of anomalies identified during the financial year;

potential privileged access to applications and infrastructure;

change management relating to applications, and more specifically the separation between development and business environments;

security policies in general and their deployment in IT applications (for example, those related to passwords);

handling of IT incidents during the audit period;

governance and the control environment on a sample of applications.

For these same applications, and in order to assess the transfer of information flows, we tested the key application controls relating to the automated interfaces between the systems.

In addition, our tests on the general IT and application controls were supplemented by data analysis procedures on certain IT applications.

We also evaluated the governance implemented by Société Générale to ensure the resilience of the information systems in the context of the Covid-19 crisis. Our work consisted in interviewing the bank’s security teams and studying the reports from the cybersecurity teams as well as any incidents occurring during the period. Our work notably included analyzing the access special access authorizations granted and validated by the security team.

 

Risk identified

Our response

Equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies are recognized in the balance sheet for a net carrying amount value of €23.9 billion (including €3.7 billion in impairment).

As stated in Note 2.1 “Securities portfolio” to the financial statements, they are recognized at their purchase price excluding acquisition costs.

The entity must ascertain whether there is any indication that the securities may be impaired, and notably whether such impairment is taken into account in the forecasts made and the variables used to discount the resulting flows. The comparison of the net carrying amount of the securities with their recoverable amount is an essential factor in assessing the need for a potential impairment.

As stated in Note 2.6.4 “Impairment of securities” to the financial statements, the recoverable amount is assessed at the value in use determined, for each security, with reference to a valuation method based on available information such as equity, profitability or the average stock market price of the last three months (for listed securities).

Given the importance of the sensitivity of the models used to data variations and the assumptions on which the estimates are based, we considered the measurement of equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies to be a key audit matter.

Our audit approach is based on gaining an understanding of the control procedures concerning (i) impairment testing of equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies and (ii) the drawing up of the business plans in place at the level of each entity to understand future changes in the Group’s structure and activities, and identify any indicators of impairment of these assets.

With the support of experts in the valuation of financial instruments, our audit work on the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 consisted notably in:

assessing, on a sample basis, the justification of the valuation methods and the figures used by Management to calculate values in use;

analyzing the consistency of the business plans drawn up by the entities’ finance departments on the basis of our understanding of the activities and projected results from previous financial years, in order to assess the reliability of the drawing-up of the business plans;

critically analyzing the main assumptions and parameters used with regard to the available internal and external information (macro-economic scenarios, financial analyst consensus, etc.);

evaluating the sensitivity analyses of the results to the key parameters, notably via comparison with multiples;

testing, via sampling, the arithmetic accuracy of the value-in-use calculations used by the Company.

Lastly, we analyzed the information concerning equity securities, other long-term securities and shares in affiliated companies published in Notes 1.4 “Use of estimates and judgment”, 2.1 “Securities portfolio” and 2.6.4 “Impairment of securities” to the financial statements.

 

We have also performed, in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the specific verifications required by French law and regulations.

We have no matters to report on the fair presentation and consistency with the financial statements of the information given in the Board of Directors’ management report and in the other documents with respect to the financial position and the financial statements provided to the Shareholders except for the matter described below.

We have the following matter to report regarding the fair presentation and consistency with the financial statements of the information relating to payment deadlines referred to in Article D. 441-6 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce): as stated in the management report, this information does not include bank and other related operations as your Company considers that such operations fall outside the scope of disclosable information.

We attest that the Board of Directors’ report on corporate governance sets out the information required by Articles L. 225-37-4, L. 22-10-10 and L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce).

Concerning the information given in accordance with the requirements of Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) relating to remunerations and benefits received by or allocated to the directors and any other commitments made in their favor, we have verified its consistency with the financial statements, or with the underlying information used to prepare these financial statements and, where applicable, with the information obtained by your Company from companies controlled thereby, included in the scope of consolidation. Based on these procedures, we attest the accuracy and fair presentation of this information.

With respect to the information relating to items that your Company considered likely to have an impact in the event of a takeover bid or exchange offer, provided pursuant to Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), we have agreed this information to the source documents communicated to us. Based on these procedures, we have no observations to make on this information.

In accordance with French law, we have verified that the required information concerning the purchase of investments and controlling interests, the identity of the shareholders and holders of the voting rights and the cross-shareholdings has been properly disclosed in the management report.

We have also verified, in accordance with the professional standard applicable in France relating to the procedures performed by the statutory auditor relating to the annual and consolidated financial statements presented in the European single electronic format, that the presentation of the financial statements included in the annual financial report mentioned in Article L.451-1-2, I of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), prepared under the responsibility of Chief Executive Officer, complies with the single electronic format defined in the European Delegated Regulation No. 2019/815 of December 17, 2018.

Based on the work we have performed, we conclude that the presentation of the financial statements included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic format.

We were appointed as statutory auditors of Société Générale by your Annual General Meeting held on April 18, 2003 for Deloitte & Associés and on May 22, 2012 for Ernst & Young et Autres.

As of December 31, 2021, Deloitte & Associés and Ernst & Young et Autres were in their nineteenth and tenth year of total uninterrupted engagement, respectively. Previously, Ernst & Young Audit had been statutory auditor of Société Générale from 2000 to 2011.

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with French accounting principles, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, Management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless it is expected to liquidate the Company or to cease its operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risks management systems and where applicable, its internal audit, regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Our role is to issue a report on the financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

As specified in Article L. 823-10-1 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), our statutory audit does not include assurance on the viability of the Company or the quality of management of the affairs of the Company.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the statutory auditor exercises professional judgment throughout the audit and furthermore:

identifies and assesses the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, designs and performs audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtains audit evidence considered to be sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for his opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

obtains an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control;

evaluates the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management in the financial statements;

assesses the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of his audit report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern. If the statutory auditor concludes that a material uncertainty exists, there is a requirement to draw attention in the audit report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are not provided or inadequate, to modify the opinion expressed therein;

evaluates the overall presentation of the financial statements and assesses whether these statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

We submit a report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee which includes in particular a description of the scope of the audit and the audit program implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report, if any, significant deficiencies in internal control regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures that we have identified.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and which are therefore the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France such as they are set in particular by Articles L. 822-10 to L. 822-14 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and in the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) for statutory auditors. Where appropriate, we discuss with the Audit and Internal Control Committee the risks that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and the related safeguards.

 

Paris-La Défense, March 9, 2022

The Statutory Auditors

French original signed by

   

DELOITTE & ASSOCIES

Jean-Marc Mickeler

ERNST & YOUNG et Autres

Micha Missakian

 

 

 

7    SHARE, SHARE CAPITAL AND LEGAL INFORMATION

 

 

7.1  THE SOCIETE GENERALE SHARE

 

 

7.1.1  STOCK MARKET PERFORMANCE

 

Societe Generale’s share price increased by 77.4% in 2021, closing at EUR 30.21 at 31 December 2021. This performance can be compared over the same period to an increase of 36.1% for the Eurozone bank index (DJ EURO STOXX BANK) and to an increase of 28.9% for the CAC 40 index.

At 31 December 2021, the Societe Generale Group’s market capitalisation stood at EUR 25.8 billion, ranking it 26th among CAC 40 stocks (32nd at 31 December 2020), 27th in terms of free float (32nd at 31 December 2020) and 10th among Eurozone banks (10th at 31 December 2020).

The market for the Group’s shares remained highly liquid in 2021, with an average daily trading volume of EUR 87 million, representing a daily capital rotation ratio of 0.42% (versus 0.79% in 2020). In value terms, Societe Generale’s shares were the 16th most actively traded on the CAC 40 index.

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

 

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

 

 

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon.

 

7.2  INFORMATION ON SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

7.2.1  SHARE CAPITAL

 

At 1 February 2022, Societe Generale paid-up share capital amounted to EUR 1,046,405,540 and comprised 837,124,432 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25 per share.

As part of the Group’s capital market activities, transactions may be carried out involving indices or underlying assets with a Societe Generale share component. These transactions do not have an impact on the Group’s future capital.

 

7.3  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

7.3.1  GENERAL INFORMATION

 

Societe Generale

29 boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris (France)

17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France)

Postal address: Societe Generale, Tours Societe Generale, 75886 Paris cedex 18 (France)

Telephone number: +33 (0)1 42 14 20 00

Website: www.societegenerale.com. The information on the website does not form part of the universal registration document.

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) established under French law and having the status of a credit institution.

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) governed by French commercial legislation, in particular by Articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as by its By-laws.

Société Générale is a credit institution under French law authorised and supervised by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (“ACPR”), under the direct prudential supervision of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a company whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and an investment services provider, Société Générale is also subject to supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (“AMF”).

Societe Generale is authorised to carry out all banking transactions and provide all investment services with the exception of the investment service of operating a multilateral trading facility (MTF) or an organised trading system (OTF). It is subject to the laws and regulations specific to the financial sector, in particular the provisions of the applicable European regulations, the articles of the Monetary and Financial Code and, where applicable, to local law provisions, in particular for its branches. It is also subject to compliance with a certain number of prudential rules and, as such, to the controls of the ECB, as well as of the ACPR in respect of the latter’s sphere of competence.

Societe Generale was incorporated following a deed approved by decree dated 4 May 1864. The duration of Societe Generale previously set at fifty years from 1 January 1899, was subsequently extended for ninety-nine years from 1 January 1949.

It will expire on 31 December 2047, unless extended or dissolved early.

Article 3 of the Company’s By-laws describes the corporate purpose. The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals or legal entities, in France and abroad:

all banking transactions;

all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or related services referred to in Articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;

all acquisitions of interests in other companies.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in effect, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial or agricultural, security or property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the abovementioned activities or likely to facilitate their accomplishment.

552 120 222 RCS PARIS

ISIN code (International Securities Identification Number): FR 0000130809

NAF (trade sector) code: 6419Z

LEI (Legal Entity Identifier): O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41

Documents relating to the Company and in particular its By-laws, its accounts, the reports submitted to its General Meetings by the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors, are available at Tours Société Générale, 17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France).

The By-laws of Societe Generale are posted on the website under the Board of Directors tab.

From 1 January to 31 December of each year.

Under Article 4 of the Company’s By-laws, the share capital is divided into 837,124,432 fully paid-up shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, double voting rights are allocated, in relation to the amount of share capital represented by the shares in question, to all shares which are fully paid-up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years from 1 January 1993, as well as to any new registered shares that may be freely allocated to a shareholder, in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums, on the basis of shares benefiting from this right.

According to the law, double voting rights cease for shares which have been converted into bearer form or if ownership of the shares is transferred. Nevertheless, transfer through inheritance, liquidation of marital assets, donation inter vivos to a spouse or a direct relative entitled to inherit, does not result in the loss of rights and does not affect the minimum two-year vesting period. The same applies, unless otherwise stated in the Company’s By-laws, in case of transfer following a merger or a spin-off of a shareholder company. The amendment to the regulations of Fund E as at 1 January 2021 has no effect on the calculation of the double voting rights of the shares in Fund E’s assets.

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, the number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or through a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights existing at the date of the Meeting. This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided that each proxy complies with the 15% rule. For the purposes of applying this 15% limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder comes to hold, following a public tender offer, either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder, more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights.

In accordance with the provisions of Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, any person, acting on his own or in concert, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the latter, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional crossing of 1% of the capital or voting rights of the Company must be notified to the Company as provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of his capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in the article 6.2 of by-laws.

For the purposes of the obligations to disclose the crossings of statutory thresholds provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

Under Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, General Meetings are convened and deliberate in accordance with the conditions set forth by the laws and regulations in force. They meet at the registered office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the convening notice. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, failing this, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Regardless of the number of shares held, any shareholder whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set by decree, has the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. A shareholder may, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, under the conditions set forth by the provisions of the laws and regulations in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when provided for in the convening notice and subject to the conditions defined therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval of and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the notice of meeting and/or the convening notice.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares with a right of usufruct is exercised by the usufructuary.

Societe Generale may at any time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force, ask the organisation responsible for securities clearing to provide information relating to the securities granting the right to vote in its General Meetings, either immediately or in the future, as well as information about the holders of these securities.

Following the amendments to the by-laws voted by the extraordinary General Meeting on 19 May 2020 and since the General Meeting of 18 May 2021, employee shareholders are represented on the Board of Directors by a Director, in addition to the two Directors representing all employees. The level of employee shareholding, calculated for the specific need of this new director appointment represents, in accordance with the calculation methods provided in Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code and with the new stipulations of Article 6.5 of the by-laws, 7.89% of the share capital on 31 December 2021.

Following the amendments of the rules of the FCPE “Société Générale actionnariat (FONDS E)” decided on 16 April 2020, which came into force on 1 January 2021, in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article L. 214-165 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the voting rights relating to Société Générale shares included in the assets of this fund, corresponding to 10.45% of the voting rights on 31 December 2021, will be exclusively exercised individually by the unit holders and, for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

 

7.4  BY-LAWS

 

The Company, named Societe Generale, is a public limited company incorporated by deed approved by the Decree of 4 May 1864, and is approved as a bank.

The duration of Societe Generale, previously fixed at 50 years with effect from 1 January 1899, was then extended by 99 years with effect from 1 January 1949.

Under the legislative and regulatory provisions relating to credit institutions, notably the articles of the French Monetary and Financial Code that apply to them, the Company is subject to commercial laws, in particular articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as these By-laws.

Societe Generale’s registered office is at 29, boulevard Haussmann, Paris (9th arrondissement).

In accordance with current legislative and regulatory provisions, it may be transferred to any other location.

The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals and corporate entities, in France or abroad:

all banking transactions;

all transactions related to banking operations, including in particular investment services or allied services as listed by articles L. 321-1 and L. 321-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code;

all acquisitions of interests in other entities.

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in force, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, including in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial, agricultural, movable assets or real property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the above-mentioned activities or likely to facilitate the accomplishment of such activities.

The share capital amounts to EUR 1,046,405,540. It is divided into 837,124,432 fully paid-up shares, each with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

The capital may be increased or reduced on the decision of the competent General Meeting or Meetings.

Any capital reduction motivated by losses shall be divided between shareholders in proportion to their share of the capital.

Unless otherwise provided by legislative, regulatory or statutory provisions, all shares have the same rights.

All shares which make up or which will make up the share capital will be given equal rank as regards taxes. Consequently, all taxes which, for whatever reason, may become payable on certain shares following capital reimbursement, either during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, shall be divided between all the shares making up the capital on such reimbursement(s) so that, while allowing for the nominal and non-amortized value of the shares and for their respective rights, all present or future shares shall entitle their owners to the same effective advantages and to the right to receive the same net sum.

Whenever it is necessary to possess a certain number of shares in order to exercise a right, it is incumbent on shareholders who own fewer shares than the total number required to assemble the necessary number of shares.

The shares may, in accordance with the holder’s wishes, be registered or bearer shares and shall be freely negotiable, unless otherwise stipulated by legislative and regulatory provisions.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the Company, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional crossing of 1% of the capital or voting rights of the Company must be notified to the Company under the aforementioned conditions.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of his capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in this article.

For the purposes of the three preceding subparagraphs, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalized in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least a 5% in the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

The rights of shareholders shall comply with applicable legislative and regulatory provisions, subject to the specific provisions of the current by-laws.

Registered shares held directly by employees and governed by Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code are taken into account in determining the proportion of capital held by employees in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

 

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors made up of three categories of Directors:

There are at least nine of these Directors, and thirteen at the most.

The term of office of Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting is four years.

When, in application of current legislative and regulatory provisions, a Director is appointed to replace another, then his term of office shall not exceed the term of office remaining to be served by his predecessor.

Each Director must hold at least six hundred shares.

The status and methods of electing these Directors are laid down by Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code, as well as by these By-laws.

There are two Directors, one to represent the executives and one to represent all other Company employees.

In any event, their number may not exceed one third of the Directors appointed by the General Meeting.

Their term of office is three years.

The General Meeting appoints a Director representing employee shareholders.

The term of office is four years.

Regardless of the appointment procedure, the duties of a Director cease at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the previous fiscal year and held during the year in which his term of office expires.

Directors may be reelected, as long as they meet the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, particularly with regard to age.

This provision shall apply from the General Meeting convened to approve the accounts for the 2020 financial year.

For each seat to be filled, the voting procedure is that set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

The first Directors elected by employees will begin their term of office during the Board of Directors’ meeting held after publication of the full results of the first elections.

Subsequent Directors shall take up office upon expiry of the outgoing Directors’ terms of office.

If, under any circumstances and for any reason whatsoever, there shall remain in office less than the statutory number of elected Directors before the normal end of the term of office of such Directors, vacant seats shall remain vacant until the end of the term of office and the Board shall continue to meet and take decisions validly until that date.

Elections shall be organised every three years so that a second vote may take place at the latest fifteen days before the normal end of the term of office of outgoing Directors.

For both the first and second ballot, the following deadlines should be adhered to:

posting of the date of the election at least eight weeks before the polling date;

posting of the lists of the electors at least six weeks before the polling date;

registration of candidates at least five weeks before the polling date;

posting of lists of candidates at least four weeks before the polling date;

sending of documents required for postal voting at least three weeks before the polling date.

The candidatures or lists of candidates other than those entered by a representative trade union should be accompanied by a document including the names and signatures of the one hundred employees presenting the candidates.

Polling takes place the same day, at the work place, and during working hours. Nevertheless, the following may vote by post:

employees not present on the day of polling;

employees working abroad;

employees of a department or office, or seconded to a subsidiary in France, not having a polling station, or who cannot vote in another office.

Each polling station consists of three elective members, the Chairman being the oldest one among them. The Chairman is responsible for seeing that voting operations proceed correctly.

Votes are counted in each polling station, and immediately after the closing of the polls; the minutes are drawn up as soon as the counting has been completed.

Results are immediately sent to the Head Office of Societe Generale, where a centralized results station will be set up with a view to drafting the summary report and announcing the results.

Methods of polling not specified by Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code or these By-laws are decreed by the General Management after consulting with the representative trade unions.

These methods may include electronic voting, whose organization may deviate from the practical organization and conduct of the election described herein.

When the legal conditions are met, a member of the Board of Directors representing employee shareholders is appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting in accordance with the terms and conditions set by the regulations in force and by these By-laws.

The term of office is identical to the terms of the other Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting. The term of office is exercised by the candidate appointed, or by his replacement in the event of definitive termination, during the term of office, of the duties as Director of the candidate with whom he was appointed. The term of office ends automatically in the event of loss of the capacity of employee of the Company or of an affiliated company within the meaning of the regulations in force.

Candidates for appointment as Director representing employee shareholders are nominated by a single election of all employee shareholders, including holders of units of mutual funds invested in Societe Generale securities. The scope of voters and eligible candidates is defined by the regulations in force and these By-laws.

Employee shareholders may be consulted by any technical means that ensures the reliability of the vote, including electronic voting or postal ballot. Each elector has a number of votes equal to the number of shares he holds directly or indirectly through a mutual fund.

Every candidate must stand for election with a replacement who meets the same legal conditions of eligibility as the candidate. The replacement is called upon to replace the candidate for the remainder of the term of office. The candidate and his replacement shall be of different sexes.

Only candidacies presented by voters (i) representing at least 0.1% of the shares held directly or indirectly by employee shareholders and (ii) benefitting from 100 sponsorships of employees who vote, are admissible.

Minutes of the consultation are drawn up: they include the number of votes received by each of the candidates as well as a list of validly nominated candidates and replacements.

Only the two candidacies having obtained the highest number of votes cast during the consultation of employee shareholders shall be submitted to the vote of the Ordinary General Meeting.

The procedures relating to the organization and conduct of the consultation of employee shareholders and the appointment of candidates not defined by the regulations in force and these Articles of Association shall be determined by the Board of Directors, on the proposal of the General Management.

The Board of Directors presents the designated candidates and their replacements to the Ordinary General Meeting by means of separate resolutions, and approves, if necessary, one of the resolutions.

The Director representing employee shareholders and his replacement are appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting from among the validly nominated candidates and replacements. Under the quorum and majority conditions applicable to any appointment of a Director, the person who has received the highest number of votes cast by the shareholders present or represented at the Ordinary General Meeting shall be elected as Director.

The Director representing employee shareholders shall hold on a continuous basis, either directly or through a mutual fund, at least one share or a number of shares of such fund equivalent to at least one share. Failing this, he shall be deemed to have resigned automatically unless he has rectified his situation within three months.

In the event of the definitive termination of the mandate of the Director representing employee shareholders, his replacement, if he still meets the eligibility conditions, shall take up office immediately for the remainder of the term of office. If he is no longer a shareholder, he must rectify his situation within three months of taking office; failing this, he is deemed to have resigned at the end of this period.

In the event of a vacancy, for any reason whatsoever, in the office of the Director representing employee shareholders, the appointment of candidates to replace the Director representing employee shareholders shall be made under the conditions provided for in this article, at the latest before the meeting of the next Ordinary General Meeting or, if such meeting is held less than four months after the vacancy occurs, before the next Ordinary General Meeting. The Director representing employee shareholders so appointed to the vacant position shall be appointed for the duration of one term of office.

Until the date of replacement of the Director representing the employee shareholders, the Board of Directors may validly meet and deliberate.

In the event that, during the term of office, the conditions provided for by the regulations in force for the appointment of a Director representing employee shareholders are no longer met, the term of office of the Director representing employee shareholders shall end at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting at which the Board of Directors’ report acknowledging this fact is presented.

On the proposal of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may appoint one or two Non-Voting Directors.

Non-Voting Directors are convened and attend Board of Directors’ meetings in a consultative capacity.

They are appointed for a period not exceeding four years and the Board can renew their terms of office or terminate them at any time.

They may be selected from among shareholders or non-shareholders, and receive an annual remuneration determined by the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation, in accordance with its corporate interest, taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Subject to the powers expressly attributed to the General Meeting and within the scope provided for in the corporate purpose, it considers all matters that affect the Company’s operations and settles by its decisions matters that concern it.

It carries out all the controls and verifications it deems appropriate. The Chairman or Chief Executive Officer is required to furnish each Director with all documents and information required to carry out their function.

The Board of Directors elects a Chairman from among its natural person members, determines his remuneration and sets the duration of his term of office, which may not exceed that of his term of office as Director.

No member of 70 years of age or more shall be appointed Chairman. If the Chairman in office reaches the age of 70, his duties shall cease after the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the preceding fiscal year.

The Chairman organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities to the General Meeting. He ensures that the Company’s bodies operate correctly and in particular ensures that the Directors are able to fulfill their functions.

The Board of Directors meets as often as is required by the interests of the Company, upon convocation by the Chairman, either at the registered office or in any other place indicated in the Notice of Meeting. The Board examines the items placed on the agenda.

It shall meet when at least one-third of Board members or the Chief Executive Officer submits a request for a meeting with a specific agenda to the Chairman.

If the Chairman is unable to attend, the Board of Directors can be convened either by one-third of its members, or by the Chief Executive Officer or a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, provided they are members of the Board.

Unless specifically provided for, Directors are called to meetings by letter or by any other means. In any event, the Board may always deliberate validly if all its members are present or represented.

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, decisions falling within the powers of the Board of Directors as well as decisions to transfer the registered office within the same department may be taken by written consultation with the Directors.

Board meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his absence, by a Director designated for this purpose at the beginning of the meeting.

Every Director may give his proxy to another Director, but a Director may act as proxy for only one other Director and a proxy can only be given for one specific meeting of the Board.

In all cases, deliberations of the Board are valid only if at least half the members are present.

The Chief Executive Officer attends meetings of the Board.

One or several delegates of the Central Social and Economic Committee attend Board meetings, under the conditions laid down by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

At the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, members of the Management, the Statutory Auditors or other persons outside the Company with specific expertise relating to the items on the agenda may attend all or part of a Board meeting.

Resolutions are adopted by a majority vote of the Directors present or represented. In the event of a tie, the Chairman holds a casting vote.

A member of the Management appointed by the Chairman serves as Secretary of the Board.

Minutes are prepared and copies or extracts certified and delivered in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, members of the Board may receive, for the term of their offices, a remuneration. the total amount of which shall be determined by the General Meeting and which shall be split among the Directors by the Board according to allocation principles submitted to the General Meeting.

 

The General Management of the Company is the responsibility of either the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or any other individual appointed by the Board of Directors to act as Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors may choose between the two general management structures, and its decision is only valid if:

the agenda with respect to this choice is sent to members at least 15 days before the date of the Board Meeting;

at least two-thirds of Directors are present or represented.

Shareholders and third parties shall be informed of this decision in accordance with the regulations in force.

When the Chairman of the Board of Directors assumes responsibility for the general management of the Company, the following provisions relating to the Chief Executive Officer shall be applicable to him.

The Chief Executive Officer shall be vested with the most extensive powers to act under any circumstances on behalf of the Company. He shall exercise these powers within the scope of the Company’s purpose and subject to those powers expressly assigned by law to meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors. He shall represent the Company vis-à-vis third parties.

The Board of Directors sets the remuneration under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force and the duration of the Chief Executive Officer’s term, which may not exceed that of the dissociation of the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer nor, where applicable, the term of his directorship.

No person aged 70 or more may be appointed Chief Executive Officer. If the Chief Executive Officer in office reaches 70 years of age, his functions shall end at the end of the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the preceding fiscal year.

On recommendation by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors can appoint up to five persons to assist the Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the title Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

In agreement with the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors determines the extent and duration of the powers granted to Deputy Chief Executive Officers. The Board of Directors sets their remuneration under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. With respect to third parties, Deputy Chief Executive Officers have the same powers as the Chief Executive Officer.

 

General Meetings are comprised of all shareholders.

The General Meeting is called and deliberates as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

It meets at the Company’s Head Office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the Notice to attend the General Meeting.

Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board.

Regardless of the number of shares held, all shareholders whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, have the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. The shareholders may, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy.

The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless otherwise specified in the Notice of Meeting or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when stipulated in the Notice of Meeting and subject to the conditions provided therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the preliminary Notice of Meeting and/or Notice to attend the Meeting.

Double voting rights, in relation to the share of capital stock they represent, are allocated to all those shares which are fully paid up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years as from 1 January 1993. Double voting rights are also allocated to new registered shares that may be allocated free of charge to a shareholder in respect of the shares with double voting rights already held by him, in the case of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, earnings, or additional paid-in capital.

The number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or by a proxy, may not exceed 15% of total voting rights at the date of the Meeting.

This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided each shareholder for whom they act as proxy complies with the rule stipulated in the previous paragraph.

For the purposes of applying this limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder acquires – either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder – more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights following a public offering.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right, is exercised by the usufructuary.

 

When different categories of shares exist, the Special Meetings of the Shareholders of such categories of shares deliberate as provided by applicable legislative and regulatory provisions and Article 14 herein.

 

 

The Statutory Auditors are appointed and carry out their duties according to the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

 

The financial year starts on 1 January and ends on 31 December.

The Board of Directors prepares the financial statements for the year under the conditions set by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

All other documents prescribed by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions are also drawn up.

The results for the year are determined in accordance with the applicable legal and regulatory provisions.

At least 5% of the profits for the year, less any previous losses, must be set aside by the legislative provisions in force to form a reserve fund until said fund reaches 10% of the capital.

The net income available after this deduction, increased by any net income brought forward, constitutes the profits available for distribution, to be successively allocated to ordinary, extraordinary or special reserves or to be carried forward in those amounts which the General Meeting may deem useful, upon the recommendation of the Board of Directors.

The balance is then allocated to the shareholders in proportion to their stake in the share capital.

The General Meeting may also resolve to distribute amounts from available reserves.

The General Meeting approving the annual financial statements may, with regard to the whole or part of the dividend or interim dividend, grant each shareholder the option to choose between payment of the dividend or interim dividend in cash or in shares in accordance with the conditions set by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. A shareholder who exercises this option must do so for all of the dividends or interim dividends attached to their shares.

Except in cases of a reduction in capital, no distribution may be made to shareholders if the Shareholders’ equity of the Company is or may subsequently become less than the minimum capital and reserves that may not be distributed by the legislative or statutory provisions.

Any dispute arising during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, between the Company and its shareholders or among the shareholders themselves, related to Company matters, shall be brought before the courts under the proper jurisdiction effective at the Company’s registered office.

 

In the event that Societe Generale is wound up and unless otherwise provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, the General Meeting determines the method of liquidation, appoints the liquidators on the proposal of the Board of Directors and continues to exercise its assigned powers during said liquidation until completion thereof.

The net assets remaining after repayment of the nominal value of the shares are distributed among the shareholders, in proportion to their share of the capital.

 

7.5  INTERNAL RULES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS(1)

 

(Updated on 18 May 2021)

The Board of Directors collectively represents all shareholders and acts in the Company’s interest taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Each Director, regardless of the manner in which he/she was appointed, must act in all circumstances in the Company’s corporate interest.

Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies. As a credit institution, Societe Generale is subject to the provisions of the French Commercial Code, the French Monetary and Financial Code and more generally the regulatory texts applicable to the banking sector.

The purpose of these Internal Rules is to define the Board of Directors’ organization and operating procedures and to specify the rights and obligations of its members.

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system including, in particular, a clear organization ensuring a well-defined, transparent and coherent sharing of responsibilities, effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, an adequate internal control system, sound administrative and accounting procedures and compensation policies and practices enabling and promoting sound and effective risk management.

 

1.1

The Board of Directors shall deliberate on any issue falling within its legal or regulatory powers and devote sufficient time to perform its missions.

1.2

The Board of Directors is competent, the enumeration is not to be regarded as exhaustive, in the following areas:

The Board of Directors:

approves the Group’s strategic directions, ensures their implementation and reviews them at least once a year; these directions include the values and the Code of Conduct of the Group as well as the main thrusts of the policy followed with respect to social and environmental responsibility, human resources, information systems and organization;

approves the plans for strategic operations, in particular acquisitions or disposals, which may have a significant impact on the Group’s earnings, its balance sheet structure or its risk profile.

This prior approval process concerns:

organic growth transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 250 million and not already approved as part of the annual budget or the strategic plan;

external growth transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 500 million or higher than EUR 250 million if these transactions do not fall within the development priorities approved in the strategic plan;

disposal transactions of a unit amount higher than EUR 250 million;

partnership transactions with a compensation (soulte) of an amount higher than EUR 250 million;

transactions substantially degrading the Group’s risk profile.

The Chairman shall assess, on a case-by-case basis, the appropriateness of a referral to the Board of Directors to deliberate on a transaction that does not fall under the aforementioned circumstances.

During each Board of Directors’ meeting, an update is made on the transactions concluded since the previous meeting as well as on the main projects in progress and likely to be concluded before the next Board of Directors’ meeting.

The Board of Directors:

ensures the accuracy and truthfulness of the annual and consolidated annual accounts and the quality of the information provided to the shareholders and the market;

approves the Management Report;

controls the publication and communication process, the quality and reliability of the information to be published and communicated.

The Board of Directors:

approves the global strategy and the appetite in terms of risks of any kind and controls the related implementation. To this end, it approves and regularly reviews the strategies and policies governing the taking, management, monitoring and reduction of the risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, including the risks created by the economic environment;

ensures, in particular, the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management systems, controls the risk exposure from its activities and approves the overall risk limits;

ensures the effectiveness of the corrective measures taken in the event of a default.

The Board of Directors:

appoints the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and, upon the latter’s proposal, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer(s); it determines any possible limitations on the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officer(s);

reviews the governance system, periodically assesses its effectiveness and ensures that corrective measures to remedy potential shortcomings have been taken;

ensures, in particular, compliance with the banking regulations with respect to internal control;

(1)

This document does not form part of Societe Generale’s By-laws.

determines the orientations and controls the implementation by the Effective Senior Managers(1) of the oversight systems in order to ensure effective and prudent management of the institution, in particular the avoidance of conflicts of interest;

deliberates on changes to the Group’s management structures prior to their implementation and is informed of the main changes to its organization;

deliberates at least once a year, on its operation and that of its Committees, on the skills, aptitudes and availability of its members (see Articles 2 and 3) as well as on the conclusions of the periodic assessment thereof;

reviews once a year the succession plan for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux);

gives, where appropriate, its prior consent to the dismissal of the Chief Risk Officer, after the Risk Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee have been consulted;

prepares the Report on corporate governance submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders.

The Board of Directors:

distributes the overall amount of the Directors’ compensation in accordance with Article 15 of these Internal Rules;

establishes the compensation policy principles applicable in the Group, in particular regarding the categories of staff whose activities have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, and ensures that the internal control systems enable to verify that these principles comply with the regulations and professional standards and are consistent with the objectives for risk control;

sets the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux), in particular their fixed and variable compensation, including benefits in kind, allocations of performance shares or any compensation instruments, as well as post-employment benefits;

deliberates once a year on the Company’s policy regarding professional and wage equality between men and women.

The Board of Directors:

establishes the preventive recovery plan that is communicated to the European Central Bank and deliberates on any similar plan requested by foreign supervisory authorities.

2.1

The members of the Board of Directors shall have at all times the good repute, knowledge, skills and experience necessary for the performance of their duties and, collectively, the knowledge, skills and experience necessary to understand the Company’s activities, including the main risks to which it is exposed.

2.2

Each Director continually ensures to improve his/her knowledge of the Company and its sector of activity.

3.1

The members of the Board of Directors shall devote sufficient time to the performance of their functions.

Under the conditions defined by the legislation in force, they may hold, within any legal entity, only one executive directorship and two non-executive directorships or only four non-executive directorships. For the purpose of this rule, directorships held within the same group are considered to be a single directorship. The European Central Bank may authorize a member of the Board of Directors to hold an additional non-executive directorship.

3.2

Any Director holding an executive directorship in the Group must obtain the opinion of the Board of Directors before accepting a mandate in a listed company; the Director must comply with the procedure set out in Article 14 “Conflicts of interest”.

3.3

The Director shall promptly inform the Chairman of any change in the number of directorships held, including his/her participation in a Committee of a Board, as well as any change in professional responsibility.

He/she undertakes to let the Board of Directors decide whether he/she should continue to serve as a Director in the event of a significant change in his/her professional responsibilities or mandates.

He/she undertakes to resign from his/her directorship when he/she no longer considers himself/herself able to perform his/her duties within the Board of Directors and the Committees of which he/she is a member.

3.4

The Directors, under the conditions defined by the By-laws, may participate in meetings of the Board or of the Committees by videoconference or telecommunication means enabling their identification and guaranteeing their effective participation.

3.5

The Universal Registration Document reports on the attendance of Directors at meetings of the Board of Directors and the Committees.

3.6

The Directors shall attend the General Meetings of Shareholders.

4.1

The Director keeps, in all circumstances, his/her independence of analysis, judgement, decision and action.

He/she undertakes not to seek or accept any benefit likely to compromise his/her independence.

4.2

Each Director must comply with the provisions of the rules on market abuse (regulation (EU) n° 596/2014 dated 16 April 2014 and its delegated and implementing regulations supplementing it and defining technical standards; French Monetary and Financial Code; General Regulations, position-recommendation and instruction of the French Financial Markets Authority) in particular the ones relating to the communication and the use of inside information with regard to Societe Generale shares, debt securities and derivatives instruments or other financial instruments related to the Societe Generale share (hereinafter, Financial instruments). He/she must also comply with these same rules for Financial instruments of his/her subsidiaries or listed investments or companies on which he/she may hold inside information received as a result of his/her participation in the Board of Directors of Societe Generale.

(1)

Persons designated as such with the European Central Bank (ECB) and the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (ACPR) pursuant to banking regulations. For Societe Generale, these are the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

4.3

Directors shall abstain from intervening on the market of Societe Generale Financial instruments during the 30 calendar days preceding the publication of Societe Generale’s quarterly, half-yearly and annual results as well as on the day of the said publication.

They shall refrain from carrying out speculative or leveraged transactions on Societe Generale Financial instruments or those of a listed company controlled directly or indirectly by Societe Generale within the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code.

They shall inform the Secretary of the Board of Directors of any difficulty they may encounter in enforcing the above.

4.4

In accordance with the regulations in force, Directors and persons closely associated with them must report to the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF) the transactions carried out on Societe Generale Financial instruments.

A copy of this statement is also sent to the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

4.5

Directors must hold in registered form all Societe Generale shares they have under the obligation provided for in Article 16 of these Internal Rules.

5.1

The Chairman convenes and chairs the Board of Directors meetings. He/she sets the timetable and agenda of the meetings. He/she organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities to the General Meeting. He/she chairs the General Meetings of Shareholders.

5.2

The Chairman ensures the proper functioning of the Company’s bodies and the implementation of the best corporate governance practices, in particular as regards the Committees set up within the Board of Directors, which he/she may attend without the right to vote. He/she may submit questions for the consideration of these Committees.

5.3

He/she receives all information relevant to his/her missions. He/she is regularly informed by the Chief Executive Officer and, where applicable, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers, of significant events relating to the life of the Group. He/she may request the disclosure of any information or document that may inform the Board of Directors. For the same purpose, he/she may hear the Statutory Auditors and, after having informed the Chief Executive Officer, any Group senior manager.

5.4

He/she ensures that the Directors are in a position to fulfill their missions and ensures that they are properly informed.

5.5

He/she is the only person authorized to speak on behalf of the Board of Directors, except in exceptional circumstances or with a specific mandate entrusted to another Director.

5.6

He/she devotes his/her best efforts to promote in all circumstances the values and the image of the Company. In consultation with the General Management, he/she may represent the Group in its high-level relations, in particular with major clients, regulators, major shareholders and public authorities, both domestically and internationally.

5.7

He/she has the material resources necessary for the performance of his/her missions.

5.8

The Chairman has no executive responsibilities, these responsibilities being exercised by the General Management which proposes and applies the Company’s strategy, within the limits defined by law and in compliance with the corporate governance rules and directions set by the Board of Directors.

6.1

The Board of Directors shall hold at least eight meetings per year.

6.2

The Directors who participate in the meeting of the Board of Directors by means of videoconference or telecommunication enabling their identification and guaranteeing their effective participation shall be deemed present for the calculation of the quorum and the majority. To this end, the means chosen shall transmit at least the voice of the participants and comply with technical characteristics enabling the continuous and simultaneous transmission of the deliberations.

This provision does not apply when the Board of Directors is convened to carry out the work for establishing and adopting the annual and consolidated annual accounts and the Management Report.

6.3

Convening notices, which may be transmitted by the Secretary of the Board of Directors, are sent by letter, fax, e-mail or by any other means, including verbally.

6.4

Upon decision of the Chairman, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers or other Group senior managers or, where relevant, external persons whose attendance is useful to the deliberations may attend all or part of the meetings of the Board of Directors.

7.1

The Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall provide each Director and non-voting Director (censeur) with all information and documents necessary for the performance of his/her missions; he/she is provided with computer equipment enabling easy access to them. All protective measures deemed necessary are taken to preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information and each member of the Board of Directors or any person who has received the documentation is responsible not only for the tools and materials thus made available to him but also of its accesses.

7.2

Effective Senior Managers shall inform the Board of Directors of all significant risks, risk management policies and changes made to them.

7.3

If necessary, in the event of changes in the risks affecting or likely to affect the Company, the Chief Risk Officer may report directly to the Board of Directors.

7.4

Meetings of the Board of Directors and the Committees are preceded by the on-line publication or availability in due course of a file on the agenda items that require special analysis and prior reflection whenever the respect of confidentiality so permits.

Moreover, between meetings, Directors shall receive all useful information, including critical information, about events or transactions significant for the Company. In particular, they shall receive press releases issued by the Company.

8.1

The Company devotes the necessary human and financial resources to the training of the Directors and, especially, the Directors representing the employees.

8.2

Training sessions on the specificities of the banking activity are organised each year.

Each Director may, on his/her appointment or throughout his/her term of office, benefit from any training that he/she deems necessary for the performance of the mandate.

8.3

These training sessions shall be organised by the Company which shall bear their costs.

9.1

In certain areas, the Board of Directors’ deliberations are prepared by specialized Committees composed of Directors appointed by the Board of Directors, which examine matters within their remit and submit their opinions and proposals to the Board of Directors.

9.2

These Committees are composed of members of the Board of Directors who do not hold any executive function within the Company and who have suitable knowledge for the performance of the missions of the Committee in which they participate.

These Committees may decide, as necessary, to involve other Directors, without the right to vote, in their meetings.

9.3

They shall have the necessary means to perform their missions and act under the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

9.4

In the performance of their respective duties, they may request the communication of any relevant information, hear the Chief Executive Officer, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers as well as the Group’s senior managers and, after having informed the Chairman, request the carrying out of external technical studies, at the Company’s expense. They shall report on the information obtained and the opinions collected.

9.5

There are four standing Committees:

-

the Audit and Internal Control Committee;

-

the Risk Committee;

-

the Compensation Committee; and

-

the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

9.6

Upon decision of the Chairmen of the relevant Committees, joint meetings between Committees may be arranged on topics of common interest. These meetings are co-chaired by the Chairmen of the Committees.

9.7

The Board of Directors may create one or more ad hoc Committees.

9.8

The Risk Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee may perform their missions for Group companies on a consolidated or sub-consolidated basis.

9.9

Each Committee shall be chaired by a Chairman appointed by the Board of Directors based on a proposal from the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

The Secretariat of each Committee is provided by a person designated by the Secretary of the Board of Directors.

9.10

The Chairman of each Committee shall report to the Board of Directors on the Committee’s work. A written report of the Committees’ work shall be regularly circulated to the Board of Directors.

Each Committee shall submit its annual work program to the Board of Directors.

9.11

Each Committee shall give an opinion to the Board of Directors on the part of the Universal Registration Document dealing with the issues falling within its scope of activity and prepare an annual Activity Report, submitted to the Board of Directors’ approval, to be inserted in the Universal Registration Document.

10.1

The Audit and Internal Control Committee’s mission is to monitor issues concerning the preparation and control of accounting and financial information as well as the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control, measurement, monitoring and risk control systems.

10.2

In particular, it is responsible for:

a)

ensuring the monitoring of the process for the production of the financial information, particularly reviewing the quality and reliability of existing systems, making proposals for their improvement and ensuring that corrective actions have been implemented in the event of a malfunction in the process; where appropriate, it makes recommendations to ensure their integrity;

b)

analyzing the draft accounts to be submitted to the Board of Directors in order to, in particular, verify the clarity of the information provided and assess the relevance and consistency of the accounting methods adopted for drawing up annual accounts and consolidated annual accounts;

c)

conducting the procedure for selecting the Statutory Auditors and issuing a recommendation to the Board of Directors, developed in accordance with the provisions of Article 16 of the regulation (EU) n° 537/2014 dated 16 April 2014, concerning their appointment or renewal as well as their remuneration;

d)

ensuring the independence of the Statutory Auditors in accordance with the regulations in force;

e)

approving, in accordance with Article L. 823-19 of the French Commercial Code and the policy adopted by the Board of Directors, the provision of services other than the certification of accounts referred to in Article L. 822-11-2 of the said Code after analyzing the risks to the Statutory Auditor’s independence and the safeguard measures applied by the latter;

f)

reviewing the work program of the Statutory Auditors and, more generally, monitoring the control of the accounts by the Statutory Auditors in accordance with the regulations in force;

g)

ensuring the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control, risk management and internal audit systems, with regard to the procedures for the preparation and processing of the accounting and financial information. To this end, the Committee is responsible in particular for:

reviewing the Group’s permanent control quarterly dashboard;

reviewing the internal control and risk control of the business segments, divisions and main subsidiaries;

reviewing the Group’s periodic monitoring program and giving its opinion on the organization and functioning of the internal control departments;

reviewing the follow-up letters from the banking and markets supervisors and issuing an opinion on draft replies to these letters;

h)

reviewing the reports prepared in order to comply with the regulations in terms of internal control.

10.3

It regularly reports to the Board of Directors on the performance of its missions, including the outcomes of the mission of certification of the accounts, how this mission contributed to the integrity of the financial information and the role it played in this process. It informs the Board of Directors without delay of any difficulty encountered.

10.4

The Statutory Auditors shall be invited to the meetings of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, unless the Committee decides otherwise. They may also be consulted outside these meetings.

10.5

The Audit and Internal Control Committee or its Chairman also hear the heads of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, internal audit) as well as the Chief Financial Officer and, as necessary, the managers in charge of drawing up the accounts, internal control, risk control, compliance control and periodic control.

10.6

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is composed of at least three Directors appointed by the Board of Directors, who have the appropriate financial, accounting, or statutory audit skills. At least two thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

11.1

The Risk Committee advises the Board of Directors on the overall strategy and the appetite regarding all kinds of risks, both current and future, and assists it when it controls the implementation of this strategy.

11.2

In particular, it is responsible for:

a)

preparing the debates of the Board of Directors on documents relating to risk appetite;

b)

reviewing the risk control procedures and is consulted for the setting of overall risk limits;

c)

undertaking a regular review of the strategies, policies, procedures and systems used to detect, manage and monitor the liquidity risk and communicating its conclusions to the Board of Directors;

d)

issuing an opinion on the Group’s global provisioning policy, as well as on specific provisions for significant amounts;

e)

reviewing the reports prepared to comply with the banking regulations on risks;

f)

reviewing the policy concerning risk control and the monitoring of off-balance sheet commitments, especially in the light of the memoranda prepared to this end by the Finance Division, the Risk Division and the Statutory Auditors;

g)

reviewing, as part of its mission, whether the prices for the products and services mentioned in books II and III of the French Monetary and Financial Code and offered to clients are consistent with the Company’s risk strategy. When these prices do not correctly reflect the risks, it informs the Board of Directors accordingly and gives its opinion on the action plan to remedy the situation;

h)

without prejudice to the Compensation Committee’s missions, reviewing whether the incentives provided for by the compensation policy and practices are consistent with the Company’s situation with regard to the risks to which it is exposed, its capital and its liquidity, as well as the probability and timing of expected benefits;

i)

reviewing the risks associated with the Group’s implementation of the guidelines on social and environmental responsibility and the indicators relating to the Conduct as part of the “Culture and Conduct” program;

j)

reviewing the enterprise risk management related to the Company’s operations in the United States in accordance with the requirements of the US Federal Reserve’s Enhanced Prudential Standard Rules and supervisory guidelines. When acting as US Risk Committee, the Risk Committee operates under a dedicated charter, which forms part of and supplements this Section. The Chairman of the Risk Committee reports the work adopted by the US Risk Committee to the Board of Directors, which validates it;

k)

reviewing the policy to fight money laundering and the financing of terrorism referred to in Article L. 561-4-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code, the systems and procedures put in place to comply with the provisions of II of Article L. 561-36-1 and the corrective measures necessary to remedy significant incidents and shortcomings in the fight against money laundering and terrorist financing and the freezing of assets and the prohibition of provision or use of funds or economic resources and to ensure their effectiveness.

11.3

It has all information on the Company’s risk situation. It may use the services of the Chief Risk Officer or external experts.

11.4

The Statutory Auditors are invited to the meetings of the Risk Committee, unless the Committee decides otherwise. They may also be consulted outside these meetings.

The Risk Committee or its Chairman hear the heads of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, internal audit) as well as the Chief Financial Officer and, as necessary, the managers responsible for drawing up the accounts, internal control, risk control, compliance control and periodic control.

11.5

The Risk Committee is composed of at least three Directors appointed by the Board of Directors who have knowledge, skills and expertise concerning risks. At least two thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

12.1

The Compensation Committee prepares the decisions that the Board of Directors adopts concerning compensation, especially those related to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux) as well as those that have an impact on the risk and the management of risks in the Company.

12.2

It conducts an annual review of:

a)

the principles of the Company’s compensation policy;

b)

the compensation, allowances and benefits of any kind granted to the Company officers (mandataires sociaux) as well as the Effective Senior Managers, if they are different;

c)

the compensation policy for regulated employees within the meaning of the banking regulations.

12.3

It controls the compensation of the Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer.

12.4

It receives all information necessary for its mission and in particular the Annual Report sent to the European Central Bank.

12.5

It may be assisted by the internal control services or by external experts.

12.6

In particular, the Committee:

a)

proposes to the Board of Directors, in compliance with the regulations applicable to credit institutions, the principles given by the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code and professional standards, the principles of the compensation policy for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux), and especially the criteria for the determination, the structure and the amount of this compensation, including allowances and benefits in kind, insurance or pension benefits, and compensation of any kind received from all the Group companies; it ensures their application;

b)

prepares the annual performance assessment of the Chief Executive Officers (dirigeants mandataires sociaux exécutifs);

c)

proposes to the Board of Directors the policy for performance shares;

d)

prepares the decisions of the Board of Directors concerning the employee savings plan.

12.7

It is composed of at least three Directors and includes a Director elected by the employees. At least two thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Code(1). Its composition enables it to exercise a competent and independent judgement on the compensation policies and practices with regard to the management of risks, the equity and the liquidities of the Company.

13.1

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee:

a)

is responsible for making proposals to the Board of Directors for the appointment of Directors, non-voting Directors (censeurs) and Committees members as well as on the succession of the Company officers (mandataires sociaux), especially in the event of an unforeseeable vacancy, after having carried out necessary studies. To this end, it prepares the selection criteria to be submitted to the Board of Directors, proposes to the Board of Directors an objective to be achieved concerning the balanced representation of women and men on the Board of Directors and develops a policy designed to achieve this objective(2). The objective and the policy thus set are decided by the Board of Directors;

b)

periodically reviews, and at least once a year the structure, size, composition and effectiveness of the Board of Directors’ work with regard to the missions assigned to it and submits to the Board of Directors any recommendation relevant to the carrying out of the annual assessment of the Board of Directors and its members. This assessment is prepared by the Committee, its Chairman reporting to the Board of Directors. Every three years, when the assessment is carried out by an external firm, the Committee makes any proposal for the selection of the firm and the smooth running of the assessment;

c)

periodically reviews the Board of Directors’ policies concerning the selection and appointment of the Effective Senior Managers, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers and the Heads of risk, compliance, audit and finance functions; it makes recommendations in this area;

d)

is informed in advance of the appointment of the Heads of risk, compliance, audit and finance functions. It is also informed of the appointment of the Heads of Business Units or of Service Units. It is informed of the succession plan for these senior officers (dirigeants);

e)

prepares the review by the Board of Directors of corporate governance issues as well as the Board of Directors’ work on matters relating to Corporate culture. It proposes to the Board of Directors the presentation of the Board of Directors in the Universal Registration Document and in particular the list of independent Directors.

13.2

It is composed of at least three Directors. At least two thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code. The Chief Executive Officer is involved, as necessary, in the Committee’s work.

14.1

The Director shall inform the Secretary of the Board of Directors of any conflict of interest, including potential ones, in which he/she may be directly or indirectly involved. He/she shall refrain from taking part in the debates and decision-making on related matters.

14.2

The Chairman is in charge of managing conflict of interest situations of the members of the Board of Directors. Where appropriate, he/she refers the matter to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Regarding conflicts which could affect him/her personally, he/she refers to the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

If necessary, the Chairman may invite a Director having a conflict of interest not to attend the deliberation.

14.3

The Director shall inform the Chairman and the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of his/her intention to accept a new mandate, including his/her participation in a Committee, in a listed company that does not belong to a group of which he/she is an executive officer (dirigeant), in order to enable the Board of Directors, based on the Committee’s proposal, to decide where appropriate that such an appointment would be inconsistent with the directorship in Societe Generale.

14.4

The Director shall inform the Chairman of the Board of Directors of any conviction for fraud, of any incrimination and/or public sanction, and of any prohibition to manage or administer that may have been pronounced against him/her, as well as any bankruptcy, sequestration or liquidation proceedings to which he/she may have been associated.

14.5

Each Director shall make a sworn statement as to the existence or otherwise of the situations referred to in 14.1 and 14.3: i) upon taking up his/her office, ii) each year in response to the request made by the Secretary of the Board of Directors upon the preparation of the Universal Registration Document, iii) at any time if the Secretary of the Board of Directors requests it and iv) within 10 working days following the occurrence of any event that renders the previous statement made by him/her in whole or in part inaccurate.

(1)

For the calculation of the rate of independents within the Committees, the AFEP-MEDEF Code does not take employees into account.

(2)

The objective and policy of the credit institutions, as well as the terms of implementation, are made public in accordance with paragraph 2 (c) of Article 435 of regulation (EU) n° 575/2013 dated 26 June 2013.

 

15.1

The overall amount of the Directors’ compensation is set by the General Meeting. The Board of Directors may decide to only partially use it. It may decide to allocate a budget for specific tasks or temporary workload increases for some members of the Board of Directors or of Committees.

15.2

The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, when he/she is also a Director, do not receive this compensation.

15.3

As from 1 May 2018, the amount of allocated compensation is reduced by a sum equal to EUR 200,000 to be distributed between the members of the Risk Committee and the members of the Audit and Internal Control Committee gathered as the US Risk Committee. This amount is distributed in equal portions, except for the Chairman of the Risk Committee who has two portions.

The balance is then reduced by a lump sum of EUR 130,000 distributed between the Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Chairman of the Risk Committee.

15.4

The balance is divided into 50% fixed, 50% variable. The number of fixed portions per Director is 6. Additional fixed portions are allocated:

-

Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee or of the Risk Committee: four portions;

-

Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee or of the Compensation Committee: three portions;

-

Member of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee or of the Compensation Committee: half a portion;

-

Member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee or of the Risk Committee: one portion.

The additional fixed portions may be reduced in proportion to the actual attendance when the attendance over the year is below 80%.

15.5

The variable portion of the compensation is divided up at the end of the year, in proportion to the number of meetings or working meetings of the Board of Directors and of each of the Committees which each Director has attended.

16.1

Each Director appointed by the General Meeting (whether in his/her own name or as a permanent representative of a legal entity) must hold the equivalent of at least 1,000 shares. Each Director has a six-month time frame to hold the 600 shares provided for by the By-laws and an additional six-month time frame to increase his/her holding to 1,000 shares.

16.2

Each Director shall refrain from hedging his/her shares.

17.1

Directors’ travel, accommodation, meals and mission expenses pertaining to the meetings of the Board of Directors or of the Committees of the Board of Directors, the General Meeting of Shareholders or any other meetings related to the work of the Board of Directors or the Committees, are paid for or reimbursed by Societe Generale, upon submission of receipts.

At least once a year, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee considers these and, as necessary, makes proposals or recommendations.

17.2

As to the Chairman, the Company also pays the expenses necessary for the performance of his/her duties.

17.3

The Secretary of the Board of Directors receives and verifies the relevant supportive documents and ensures that the sums due are paid or reimbursed.

18.1

Each Director is bound by a strict professional secrecy with regard to the confidential information he/she receives, the discussions in which he/she participates, the decisions taken as long as they are not made public as well as with regard to the views expressed by each of them.

18.2

He/she obliges himself/herself to a duty of care and a duty to alert.

The non-voting Director attends the Board of Directors’ meetings and can participate in the meetings of the specialized Committees, in a consultative capacity. He is subject to the same rules of ethics, confidentiality and deontology as the Directors. Articles 2, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 7.1, 7.4, 14, 17 and 18 of the Internal Rules are applicable to the non-voting Director.

The compensation of the non-voting Director is set by the Board of Directors upon the proposal from the Compensation Committee. It is equal to the average of the compensation paid to Directors in application of article 15 of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors with the exception of the compensation paid to the Chairmen of the Committees and to the Directors who are members of the US Risk Committee. This compensation takes into account his attendance.

 

MANDATE

The U.S. Risk Committee (“Committee” or the “USRC”) of the Societe Generale (“SG” or “SG Group”) Board of Directors (“Board”) is formed in accordance with the requirements of the Enhanced Prudential Standards for Bank Holding Companies and Foreign Banking Organizations (“EPS Rules”) as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System(1). The Committee’s mandate is to (a) review all kinds of risks, both current and future, relating to, booked in or arising from SG’s business, activities, affairs and operations in the United States, including SG’s subsidiaries, branches, agencies and representative offices in the United States (collectively, “SGUS”), (b) advise the Board on the overall strategy and the appetite regarding such risks, and (c) assist the Board when it oversees the implementation of this strategy; and (d) oversee the adequacy and effectiveness of the SGUS Internal Audit function.

For avoidance of doubt, it is the responsibility of SG and SGUS senior management to identify and assess SGUS’ exposure to risk and escalate those risks, and planned mitigants, to the Committee. Although the Committee is responsible for overseeing the SGUS enterprise risk management function and challenging management on SGUS risk issues, it is not the sole body responsible for ensuring that SGUS’ risk management function is carried out efficiently and effectively.

CHARTER

This charter forms part of and supplements Section 11.2(j) of the Internal Rules of the SG Board of Directors, as amended from time to time (the “Internal Rules”), which forms the USRC. Any topic not covered herein shall be governed by the Internal Rules.

MEMBERSHIP

The Committee is composed of the members of the SG Board’s Risk Committee (Comité des Risques), the Chair of the Board’s Audit and Internal Control Committee (Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne) and the other members of the Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne unless the Board has provided an exception to one or more of such members. The Committee is chaired by the Chair of the Comité des Risques. If the Committee Chair cannot be present at a meeting, he or she shall delegate the role to the Chair of the Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne.

The Committee shall meet the requirements for independent membership set out in the Internal Rules and shall at all times include at least one member who meets the independence requirements set forth in the EPS Rules.

QUORUM AND COMMITTEE DECISIONS

The presence of at least a majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the Committee may act through the vote of a majority of the Directors who are in attendance. Committee members may attend meetings in person, or by video conference or by telephone. Committee decisions may be taken absent a meeting by unanimous written consent.

AGENDA AND COMMITTEE MATERIALS

The Committee shall approve an annual agenda submitted to it by the SGUS Chief Executive Officer after consultation with the SGUS Chief Risk Officer and SGUS General Counsel. The agenda for each meeting is based off the approved annual agenda, with additions and modifications as relevant issues within the USRC’s mandate arise each year, which is proposed for Committee approval by the SGUS Chief Executive Officer. Materials for each meeting of the Committee are typically circulated to Committee members no less than five business days prior to meetings.

MEETING FREQUENCY

The Committee may meet as often as it determines is appropriate to carry out its responsibilities under this charter, provided that the Committee shall meet at least once per quarter. Special meetings of the Committee may be held from time to time.

MEETING MINUTES

The SGUS General Counsel (or his or her designee) shall be the Secretary of the Committee and shall document the meetings. Minutes shall be circulated to the Committee members prior to the next meeting of the Committee and shall be approved at such subsequent meeting of the Committee. The official records of Committee meetings shall be maintained by the Secretary to the Board.

ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The mandate of the Committee, including its function of challenging management, is set forth above. The Committee’s specific roles and responsibilities in fulfillment of this mandate include the following:

regularly receiving updates from the heads of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, internal audit) as well as the Chief Financial Officer and, as necessary, other SGUS Managers;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS enterprise risk management framework including, but not limited to, the elements of the framework relating to liquidity risk management, and any material revisions thereto;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Risk Appetite Statement, and any material revisions thereto, and reviewing any other relevant overarching policies establishing the SGUS risk management governance and risk control infrastructure as well as the processes and systems for implementing, monitoring and reporting compliance with such policies;

on a quarterly basis, reviewing a quarterly report from the U.S. Chief Risk Officer on risks affecting SGUS, which risks include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk. For avoidance of doubt, no member of the SG management has the right to demand changes to or veto the contents of the quarterly risk report;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Liquidity Risk Policy, and any material revisions thereto;

(1)

79 Fed. Reg. 17, 240 (Mar. 27, 2014), codified at 12 C.F.R. Part 252.

at least quarterly, and more frequently if needed, conducting in camera meetings with the SGUS Chief Risk Officer with no other SG Group or SGUS personnel present. In addition, the SGUS Chief Risk Officer shall have unfettered access to the USRC should he or she need to report an issue, finding, conclusion, recommendation or analysis to the Committee;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the acceptable level of liquidity risk that SG may assume in connection with the operating strategies for its combined U.S. operations (liquidity risk tolerance), taking into account the capital structure, risk profile, complexity, activities, size and SG’s enterprise-wide liquidity risk tolerance of such operations;

at least semi-annually, reviewing information sufficient to determine whether SG’s combined U.S. operations are operating in accordance with its established liquidity risk tolerance and to ensure that such liquidity risk tolerance is consistent with SG’s enterprise-wide liquidity risk tolerance;

at least annually, reviewing SGUS significant business lines and products to determine whether each creates or has created any unanticipated liquidity risk and whether the liquidity risk of each is within the established liquidity risk tolerance;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS contingency funding plan and any material revisions thereto;

at least annually, reviewing the SGUS business plans, results and strategy;

on a regular basis, reviewing progress on all SGUS remediation projects arising from prudential supervisory issues;

at least quarterly, reviewing information about the SGUS corporate compliance framework, including metrics, updates and challenges;

at least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Compliance Risk Management Program Framework and any material revisions thereto;

serving as the ultimate oversight body over SGUS’ compliance with U.S. anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, and applicable know-your-customer requirements and, at least annually, reviewing the SGUS framework for compliance with such regulations and requirements;

annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Internal Audit function (“SGIAA”) proposed annual audit plan, SGIAA Charter and key performance indicators;

on a regular basis, reviewing reports from SGIAA relating to: the conclusions of the audit work, including the adequacy of key SGUS risk management processes, areas of higher risk, the status of issues and recommendations, root-cause analysis, and information on significant industry and institution thematic trends;

on a regular basis, receiving a presentation from the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive provided outside of the presence of SGUS senior management (other than the SGUS Chief Executive Officer and the SGUS General Counsel) relating to: the completion status of the annual audit plan, including any significant changes made to such plan; updates on ongoing SGIAA remediation plans, if any; and the results of SGIAA key performance indicators and internal and external quality assurance reviews;

as and when requested by SGIAA, conducting in camera meetings with the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive. In addition, the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive shall have unfettered access to the USRC should he or she need to report an issue, finding, conclusion, recommendation or analysis to the Committee;

at least annually: reviewing SGIAA’s annual Independent and Objectivity Assertion Presentation and SGIAA’s annual skills assessment; assessing the ability of SGIAA to operate independently and objectively; and raising any concerns regarding SGIAA to the Group Head of Inspection and Audit and the SGUS CEO; and

at least annually, receiving information and training on a range of topics affecting SGUS. Such topics will change from time to time but will typically include anti-bribery and corruption, liquidity risk, human resources, culture & conduct, information technology risk management; cybersecurity, regulatory developments and litigation and enforcement developments.

Additional details on the periodicity of all the foregoing topics are set forth in the annual agenda of the Committee.

For avoidance of doubt, all SGIAA presentations referenced herein shall be made to the Committee and the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive interactions described herein shall be with the Committee. The Group Audit function shall continue to report to the Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne and may in its discretion include information in its reports about any matters relating to SGUS or SGIAA and its work.

Annex A contains a list of all documents scheduled for approval by the Committee on an annual basis. Other items may also be presented to the Committee for approval as needed.

Amendments to this charter shall be approved by the Committee and the SG Board after prior examination by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.

The Committee may request select, retain and terminate special risk management, legal, financial, accounting, audit or other professional advisors to assist the Committee in performing its responsibilities under this charter at the corporation’s expense, after informing the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors itself, and subject to reporting back to the Board thereon. Such retention shall be coordinated by the Committee Chair with the assistance of the Secretary to the Board.

Annex A: List of Items Approved by the Committee Annually

SGUS Risk Appetite Statement

SGUS Liquidity Risk Tolerance

SGUS Enterprise Risk Management Framework

SGUS Contingency Funding Plan

SGUS Liquidity Risk Policy

Annual U.S. Risk Committee Agenda

Proposed USRC training program (included in the Annual U.S. Risk Committee Agenda)

SGUS Compliance Risk Management Program Framework

SGIAA Charter

SGIAA Key Performance Indicators

SGIAA Annual Audit Plan

 

7.6  LIST OF REGULATED INFORMATION PUBLISHED IN THE LAST 12 MONTHS(1)

 

07.04.2021 – Entry into exclusive negotiation with Amundi with a view to disposing of the asset management activities of Lyxor

29.04.2021 – General Meeting of Noteholders

30.07.2021 – The European Banking Authority published the results of the 2021 European stress testing exercise

27.10.2021 – Societe Generale and ALD disclose that they are holding discussions with Lease Plan and its shareholders concerning a potential merger of ALD and LeasePlan to create a global player in mobility

03.03.2022 – Update on the Group's current situation in Ukraine and Russia

17.03.2021 – Universal Registration Document 2021

17.03.2021 – Availability of the Universal Registration Document 2021

07.05.2021– Availability of the first update to the 2021 Registration Document filed on 7 May 2021

07.05.2021 – First update to the 2021 Universal Registration Document filed on 7 May 2021

04.08.2021 – Availability of the second amendment to the Universal Registration Document

04.08.2021 – Second amendment to the Universal Registration Document filed on 4 August 2021

04.11.2021 – Availability of the third amendment to the Universal Registration Document

04.11.2021 – Third amendment to the Universal Registration Document filed on 4 November 2021

06.05.2021 – 1st quarter 2021 results

03.08.2021 – 2nd quarter 2021 results

04.11.2021 – 3rd quarter 2021 results

10.02.2022 – Full-year 2021 and 4th quarter results

12 report forms

08.01.2021 – Half-year statement on the liquidity agreement

11.05.2021 – Description of share buyback programme

07.07.2021 – Half-year statement on the liquidity agreement

from 04.11.2021 to 17.12.2021 – Report on share buyback and information regarding executed transactions within the framework of a share buyback programme (7 reports)

17.03.2021 – Availability of the report on corporate governance

21.04.2021 – Availability or consultation of information relating to the Combined General Meeting of Shareholders of 18 May 2021

(1)

Full information available at https://investors.societegenerale.com/en/financial-and-non-financial-information/regulated-information.

 

 

 

8    PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

 

 

8.1  PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

 

Mr. Frédéric Oudéa

Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale

 

8.2  STATEMENT OF THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT AND THE ANNUAL FINANCIAL REPORT

 

I hereby certify, after taking all reasonable measures for this purpose, that the information contained in this Universal Registration Document is, to the best of my knowledge, in accordance with the facts and contains no omission likely to affect its meaning.

I certify, to the best of my knowledge, that the accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards and are a fair reflection of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, and that the Management Report (the cross-reference table of the annual financial report in Chapter 9 indicates the contents of said report) presents a fair view of the Company’s business, performance and financial position and that of all the undertakings included in the consolidation scope, as well as a description of the main risks and uncertainties to which they are exposed

 

Paris, 9 March 2022

Chief Executive Officer

Frédéric Oudéa

 

8.3  PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE AUDIT OF THE ACCOUNTS

 

Name:

Ernst & Young et Autres
represented by Mr. Micha Missakian

Address:

1/2 place des Saisons,
92400 Courbevoie – Paris-La Défense (France)

Date of appointment: 22 May 2012

Date of renewal: 23 May 2018

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

Name:

Deloitte & Associés
represented by Mr. Jean-Marc Mickeler

Address:

6, place de la Pyramide
92908 Paris-La Défense Cedex (France)

Date of first appointment: 18 April 2003

Date of last renewal: 23 May 2018

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2023

The companies Ernst & Young et Autres and Deloitte & Associés are registered as Statutory Auditors with the Compagnie régionale des Commissaires aux comptes de Versailles.

 

 

 

9    CROSS-REFERENCE TABLES

 

 

9.1  CROSS-REFERENCE TABLES

 

 

9.1.1  CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE OF THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

 

This cross-reference table contains the headings provided for in Annex 1 (as referred to in Annex 2) of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004, and refers to the pages of this Universal Registration Document where the information relating to each of these headings is mentioned.

Headings

 

Page numbers of the Universal
Registration Document

1

PERSONS RESPONSIBLE

 

1.1

Name and function of the persons responsible

646

1.2

Declaration by the persons responsible

646

1.3

Statement or report attributed to a person as an expert

NA

1.4

Information sourced from a third party

NA

1.5

Statement by the issuer

656

2

STATUTORY AUDITORS

 

2.1

Names and addresses of the auditors

646

2.2

Resignation, removal or non-reappointment of the auditors

NA

3

RISK FACTORS

148-160

4

INFORMATION ABOUT THE ISSUER

 

4.1

Legal and commercial name of the issuer

625

4.2

Place of registration, registration number and legal entity identifier (LEI) of the issuer

625

4.3

Date of incorporation and the length of life of the issuer

625

4.4

Domicile and legal form of the issuer, applicable legislation, country of incorporation, address and telephone number of its registered office and website

625

5

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

5.1

Principal activities

8-10; 47-49

5.2

Principal markets

8-15 16-25 ; 28-29 ; 482-487

5.3

Important events in the development of the business

6-7 ; 14-25

5.4

Strategy and objectives

11-15 ; 30-31

5.5

Extent to which the issuer is dependent on patents or licences, industrial, commercial or financial contracts or new manufacturing processes

NA

5.6

Basis for any statements made by the issuer regarding its competitive position

30-40

5.7

Investments

55 ; 266-347 ; 377-381

6

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

6.1

Brief description of the Group

8-10 ; 28-29

6.2

List of the significant subsidiaries

28-29 ; 495-532

7

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW

 

7.1

Financial condition

30-46 ; 50-54

7.2

Operating results

30-46

8

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

8.1

Information concerning the issuer’s capital resources

52 ; 351-355 ; 476-481 ; 586-589

8.2

Sources and amounts of the issuer’s cash flows

355

8.3

Information on the borrowing requirements and funding structure of the issuer

53-54

8.4

Information regarding any restrictions on the use of capital resources that have materially affected, or could materially affect the issuer’s operations

615

8.5

Information regarding the anticipated sources of funds needed to fulfil commitments referred to in item 5.7.2

52-54 ; 56

9

REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

12 ; 14-15 ; 41 ; 46 ; 180

10

TREND INFORMATION

 

10.1

Most significant recent trends in production, sales and inventory, and costs and selling prices since the end of the last financial year

Any significant change in the financial performance of the Group or provide an appropriate negative statement. 

56-57

10.2

Trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the issuer’s prospects for at least the current financial year

14-15

11

PROFIT FORECASTS OR ESTIMATES

NA

12

ADMINISTRATIVE, MANAGEMENT AND SUPERVISORY BODIES AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT

 

12.1

Board of Directors and General Management

64-95

12.2

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and General Management conflicts of interests

142

13

REMUNERATION AND BENEFITS

 

13.1

Amount of remuneration paid and benefits in kind

97-137

13.2

Total amounts set aside or accrued by the issuer or its subsidiaries to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits

464-471

14

BOARD AND GENERAL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

 

14.1

Date of expiration of the current term of office

65-66 ; 71-79 ; 91-92 ; 98

14.2

Members of the administrative bodies’ service contracts with the issuer

NA

14.3

Information about the issuer’s audit committee and remuneration committee

83-89

14.4

Statement as to whether or not the issuer complies with the corporate governance regime

63

14.5

Potential material impacts on the corporate governance, including future changes in the board and committees composition

64-66

15

EMPLOYEES

 

15.1

Number of employees

314

15.2

Shareholdings and stock options of company officers

65 ; 71-79 ; 91-92 ; 97-137

15.3

Description of any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the issuer

464 ; 471 ; 560 ; 569 ; 583 ; 621 ; 626

16

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

 

16.1

Shareholders holding more than 5% of capital or voting rights

621-622

16.2

Different voting rights held by the major shareholders

621-622 ; 625-626

16.3

Control of the issuer

621-622 ; 624

16.4

Arrangements, known to the issuer, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the issuer

NA

17

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

142-143 ; 464-465

18

FINANCIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING THE ISSUER’S ASSETS AND LIABILITIES, FINANCIAL POSITION AND PROFITS AND LOSSES

 

18.1

Historical financial information

10 ; 30-51 ; 146 ; 349-615

18.2

Interim and other financial information

NA

18.3

Auditing of historical annual financial information

538-543 ; 609-615

18.4

Pro forma financial information

NA

18.5

Dividend policy

12; 620

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

259 ; 534-537 ; 606-608

18.7

Significant change in the issuer’s financial position

56

19

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

19.1

Share capital

140-141 ; 621-627

19.2

Memorandum and Articles of Association

627-632

20

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

56

21

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE

626

 

In accordance with EC Regulation No. 2019/890 dated 14 March 2019, complementary to (EU) Regulation No. 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is included by reference in this Universal Registration Document:

the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2019, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 469 to 535 and 135-137, 161-162, 172, 181, 183, 185-192, 199-202, 208-215, 217-219, 231-235, 310-468, on pages 536-540, and on pages 29 to 67 of the Registration Document D. 20-0122 filed with the AMF on 12 March 2020;

the parent company and consolidated accounts for the year ended 31 December 2020, the related Statutory Auditors’ reports and the Group Management Report and presented respectively on pages 523 to 592 and 138-141, 168-171, 179-180, 190, 192-196, 204-208, 221-218, 224-228, 230-231, 243-247, 352-522, 593-598 and on pages 27 to 61 of the Registration Document D. 21-0138 filed with the AMF on 17 March 2021.

The chapters of the Registration Documents D. 21-0138 and D. 20-0122 not mentioned above do not apply to investors or are covered in another part of this Universal Registration Document.

Both of the aforementioned Registration Documents are available on the Company’s website www.societegenerale.com and on the AMF’s (French Financial Markets Authority) website https://www.amf-france.org/en.

 

9.2  DECLARATION OF THE ISSUER

 

This Universal Registration Document was filed on 9 March 2022 with the AMF, as competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation. The Universal Registration Document may be used for the purposes of an offer to the public of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

GLOSSARY

 

 

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY GLOSSARY

 

AA1000: the AccountAbility 1000 (AA1000) framework standard was published in November 1999 by the predominantly Anglo-Saxon Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability (ISEA). Based on systematic stakeholder engagement in a company’s day-to-day business, it contains a series of indicators, targets and reporting systems designed to assure the credibility of a company’s performance in such respect. Various major corporations, non-governmental organisations and public institutions are among those to have adopted the standard.

ADEME: the Environment and Energy Management Agency (ADEME or Ademe) is a French public industrial and commercial institution (EPIC) created in 1991. It is under the joint authority of the French ministries responsible for research and innovation, the ecological and solidarity transition, and higher education. ADEME drives, manages, coordinates, facilitates and carries out environmental protection and energy control operations.

Aggregation vehicle: a consolidating entity that pools individual investments so as to reach the critical mass needed to gain access to the markets.

ALD Automotive: a subsidiary of Societe Generale, ALD Automotive is the European leader in enterprise automotive mobility solutions. Operating in 43 countries, ALD Automotive provides companies with operational vehicle leasing and fleet management solutions.

Belt and Road: the new silk road comprises a “belt” of overland rail links and a “road” of shipping routes linking China to Europe through Kazakhstan, Russia, Belarus, Poland, Germany, France and the United Kingdom.

Blended finance: the strategic use of development finance and philanthropic funds to encourage additional inflows of private capital for emerging markets, generating positive results for both investors and local communities.

BRD: Societe Generale’s subsidiary in Romania, the Romanian Development Bank is a universal bank offering a comprehensive range of services to all types of clients.

CIU (Collective Investment Undertaking): a type of financial instrument set up by an accredited entity to manage savings in accordance with a predefined strategy. It is effectively a professionally managed share portfolio. All sums invested in a CIU are pooled and converted into units or shares in the undertaking. These units or shares reflect the portfolio’s value at any given time. This value is expressed as a “net asset value”, calculated by dividing the total value of the CIU’s net assets by the total number of its units or shares. The net asset value represents both the subscription price for a unit or share (with fees being payable in addition) and its redemption price.

Convention d’Occupation Temporaire: a contract between a public entity and, typically, a private one, under which the latter is authorised to temporarily occupy part of the public domain. A pavement café would need such a contract, for example, for its outdoor seating.

CSA: French polling institute specialising in market research and opinion polls.

Eco-PTZ+: an interest-free loan for energy renovation work in residential properties. Subject to certain conditions, owners, occupiers and co-ownership associations can apply for loans ranging from EUR 7,000 to EUR 50,000, depending on the work they want to finance. The scheme is set to run until 31 December 2023.

EMEA: an abbreviation sometimes used by companies or organisations to refer to the business region encompassing Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Equipment finance: financing of sales and capital goods.

ETF: Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) are financial instruments that faithfully track the upward or downward movements in an underlying index.

FTE: refers to work performed on a full-time equivalent basis, in line with the legal working hours for the country in question.

Finansol: first introduced in 1997, the Finansol label marks out solidarity-based savings products from other savings vehicles for the general public.

Fing: the Fondation Internet Nouvelle Génération (New Generation Internet Foundation) is a French non-profit association set up in 2000. Its work falls into four main categories: bringing people together around new technologies; taking part in emerging ethical and societal debates; fostering innovative ideas and projects; and encouraging partnerships and the appropriation of innovation.

Framework: a document setting out the terms and conditions defined by the issuing entity for sustainable bond issues.

Fronting bank: a fronting bank is the bank directly liable to the beneficiary of a letter of credit, bond or guarantee for the full amount thereof. It is counter-indemnified by the syndicate lenders pro rata to their participation in the relevant facility. The beneficiary does not have any direct payment rights against the syndicate lenders.

Green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisations: green, social and sustainable loans or bonds finance projects offering clearly identified environmental and/or social benefits.

Green, sustainable export finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project that has a clear positive impact on the environment.

Greenfin: an initiative launched by the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, Greenfin certification is a guarantee of an investment fund’s green credentials. The label can be awarded to funds that invest in the common good and whose practices are transparent and sustainable. Funds that invest in companies in the nuclear and fossil fuel industries are not eligible for the Greenfin label.

GRI: the Global Reporting Initiative, or GRI, is an NGO founded in 1997 by the CERES (Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) and the UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme) that has attracted stakeholders (companies, organisations, non-profit associations, etc.) from around the world. It was set up to develop a reporting framework allowing companies to measure how they are doing in terms of sustainable development. It has published a series of standards designed to help companies report on their economic, social and environmental performance.

IIRC: the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) is a global coalition of companies, investors, regulators, standard setters, members of the accounting profession and NGOs. Its members are united by the conviction that corporate reporting needs to be made more about value creation. To help make this happen, the International IR Framework provides a common set of guidelines, key concepts and components for Integrated Reporting.

International Capital Market Association (ICMA): a global professional body and de facto regulator whose members include investment banks and securities dealers active on the international debt capital market.

Ipsos: French polling company founded in 1975 that also conducts opinion marketing research worldwide.

Issuing bank: a financial organisation or bank that grants credit or credit cards through card associations, opening a letter of credit in favour of a seller or exporter (the beneficiary), which is then forwarded onto an advising bank, the issuing bank undertaking to honour all demand drafts. The issuing bank thus promises to make good on charges made by the credit card holder.

KB: Societe Generale’s subsidiary in the Czech Republic, Komerční banka is a universal bank offering a comprehensive range of services to all types of clients.

LDDS: the Livret de développement durable et solidaire (sustainable development and solidarity savings account) is an instant-access interest-bearing savings account designed to finance small- and medium-sized enterprises, as well as the social and solidarity economy. Since 1 October 2020, LDDS accountholders have also had the option of making donations to one or more social and solidarity companies or non-profit associations.

Le Chaînon Manquant: French non-profit association that combats food waste by recovering good-quality unsold foodstuffs from catering establishments for redistribution to those in need.

LGBTI: an acronym for people who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex. It encompasses all those who engage in anything other than solely heterosexual relations.

Livret A: an interest-bearing, instant-access savings passbook that is regulated, meaning that its terms – especially the cap and interest rate – are set by the public authorities. Part of the deposits in such accounts can be used to help finance social housing projects. The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations pools 60% of all funds on Livret A accounts, using them to invest in projects in the public interest, such as building social housing and granting long-term loans to providers of social housing or to local authorities for infrastructure development, including building hospitals and transport infrastructure. The remaining 40% is managed by the banks and generates interest for savers.

LuxFLAG: the Luxembourg Finance Labelling Agency (LuxFLAG) is an independent and international non-profit association founded in July 2006. It aims to promote sustainable investments by awarding a transparent label to investment vehicles that are active in the fields of microfinance, the environment, ESG (environment, social, governance), climate finance and green bonds. LuxFLAG labels are designed to reassure investors that the investment vehicle in question genuinely pursues responsible investment of the assets it manages. There are no restrictions on eligibility for international investment vehicles based on issuing countries or where the vehicle is domiciled. LuxFLAG is guided by four core values: sustainability, transparency, independence and responsibility.

Lyxor: Lyxor Asset Management Group is a Societe Generale subsidiary. With its offer of investment solutions, the Lyxor Group is a European asset management specialist and one of the leaders in ETFs. At the end of 2021, Amundi and Societe Generale announced the completion of Amundi’s acquisition of Lyxor from Societe Generale.

Mutual fund: a fund that pools securities for a number of investors, each of which holds a number of units in the fund proportionate to their investment. The investors are not shareholders in the fund and have no influence over how it is managed. Called FCPs (fonds commun de placement) in France, these funds are a type of CIU (collective investment undertaking) offering the opportunity to invest collectively in a portfolio of French or foreign securities.

OMDF (Off-Grid Market Development Fund): a fund that aims to step up the rollout of sustainable electricity in Madagascar through the use of off-grid solar solutions.

PEA PME/ETI: a French share savings plan designed to finance SMEs/mid-caps. The PEA PME/ETI was created to encourage French-resident savers to invest in French SMEs and mid-caps, in return for certain tax benefits. Savers benefit from tax reductions on the capital gains they derive from these plans, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum holding period).

Phenix: a French start-up founded in 2014 to offer companies a way to cut down on waste. Phenix collects their unsold goods (foodstuffs, toiletries, cleaning products, school supplies, etc.) and then either donates them to food banks and charities or sells them at cut-price rates through its mobile app.

Physical risk: refers to the financial impact of climate change, as a result of more frequent extreme weather events as well as progressive climate change. Physical risks can be either “acute” (impact of extreme weather events, such as storms and flooding) or chronic (impact of more progressive shifts, such as higher temperatures, rising sea levels and water stress). These physical risks may have financial implications for organisations, such as direct damage, supply shocks (affecting their own assets or else their supply chains, resulting in an indirect impact) or demand shocks (affecting downstream destination markets). An organisation’s financial performance may also be affected by changes in water availability, sourcing and quality, food security, or extreme temperature variations affecting its premises, operations, supply chains, transport needs and employee safety.

Positive Impact note: Societe Generale has put together a range of positive impact notes (PI Notes) that offer investors the opportunity to invest in a structured note with the additional benefit of promoting Positive Impact Finance. When a client invests in PI Notes, Societe Generale commits to holding in its books an amount of Positive Impact Finance assets equivalent to 100% of the outstanding nominal amount of the note.

Positive-impact project: a project whose environmental or social impacts have been measured and evaluated prior to its launch to identify how it will contribute to positive change for society or the planet. Positive-impact projects can cover a range of fields: the environment, education, social issues, health, food, biodiversity, gender equality, etc.

RE2020: new French environmental regulations introduced with a view to taking energy efficiency and user comfort a step further in buildings whilst reducing their carbon footprint.

Rosbank: Societe Generale’s subsidiary in Russia, Rosbank is a universal bank offering a comprehensive range of services to all types of clients.

Social impact bond: financial bonds issued by the public sector to private operators on a pay-for-success basis to finance social projects.

Societe Generale Equipment Finance (SGEF): a subsidiary of the Societe Generale Group, SGEF specialises in financing sales and professional capital goods. Operating in 40 countries, SGEF offers its clients solid knowledge of the transport, industrial equipment and high-tech sectors.

Speak-up culture: in human resources, this refers to a working environment where people feel welcome, included and free to express their views and opinions, confident in the knowledge that they will be heard and acknowledged.

SPI: Sustainable and Positive Investment for wealth and asset management activities, including the structuring of products aimed at institutional and individual investors.

SPIF: Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance involves financing clients’ credit institution, leasing and/or support activities with a view to boosting their positive impact.

SRI: the SRI (Socially Responsible Investment) label is a tool for choosing sustainable and responsible investments. Created and supported by the French Ministry of Finance, the label aims to raise the profile of SRI products for savers in France and Europe.

Sustainability-linked bond: any type of bond instrument for which the characteristics (especially the financial characteristics) can vary depending on whether the issuer achieves certain predefined environmental, social and/or governance objectives.

Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles (SLBP): a set of guidelines intended for use by market participants and designed to drive the provision of the information needed to increase capital allocation to sustainability-linked bonds. The SLBP are applicable to all types of issuers and financial capital market instruments.

Sustainability-linked derivative: a derivative which creates an ESG-linked cash-flow in the context of a traditional derivative instrument (such as an increase in spread linked to a failure to meet an ESG target).

Sustainability-linked loan: a credit facility granted with an interest rate that varies according to the borrower’s ESG performance. Also referred to as positive-impact loans.

Sustainable bond: a form of debt securities, sustainable bonds are issued to finance one or more existing, progressing or new projects that are identified and classified as “sustainable”. Such bonds are intended for all investor classes. A project’s “sustainability” is defined by its positive contribution to a sustainable development goal (social or environmental).

Sustainable bond issue: with a sustainable bond issue, the entirety of the net proceeds from the issue go towards financing or refinancing environmental and social projects.

Transition risk: refers to the risk of financial losses for an institution as a direct or indirect result of adjusting to a more environmentally sustainable low-carbon economy. Transitioning to a low-carbon economy to meet the challenges of mitigating and adapting to climate change can involve major political, legal, technological and market changes. The exact nature and direction of these changes, as well as how fast they occur, will affect the extent of the financial and reputational risk elements making up transition risks. Although the TCFD’s recommendations do not specifically mention it, the Group also includes within transition risk the liability risk arising from possible compensation claims from parties having sustained losses as a result of physical or transition risks.

Visits per month: a website visit is counted when an internet user views one or more pages over a one-month period.

WWF: the World Wildlife Fund is an international non-governmental organisation (INGO) established in 1961, dedicated to environmental protection and sustainable development. It is one of the world’s largest environmental INGOs with more than six million supporters worldwide, working in more than 100 countries and supporting some 1,300 environmental projects.

GLOSSARY OF MAIN TECHNICAL TERMS

 

Acronym

Definition

Glossary

ABS

Asset-Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CDS

Credit Default Swap

See: Securitisation

CDO

Collateralised Debt Obligation

See: Securitisation

CLO

Collateralised Loan Obligation

See: Securitisation

CMBS

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CRD

Capital Requirement Directive

 

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

EL

Expected Loss

 

ESG

Environment, Social and Governance

 

G-SIB

Global Systemically Important Banks

See: SIFI

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

LGD

Loss Given Default

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

PD

Probability of Default

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

RWA

Risk Weighted Assets

 

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

 

Asset Backed Securities (ABS): see securitisation.

Basel 1 (Accords): prudential framework established in 1988 by the Basel Committee to ensure solvency and stability in the international banking system by setting an international minimum and standardised limit on banks’ capital bases. It notably establishes a minimum capital ratio – as a proportion of the total risks taken on by banks – of 8% (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 2 (Accords): prudential framework used to better assess and limit banks’ risks. It is focused on banks’ credit, market and operational risks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 3 (Accords): changes to prudential banking standards that supplement the Basel 2 accords by improving the quality and quantity of banks’ required capital. They also implement minimum requirements in terms of liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), define measures to limit the financial system’s procyclicality (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and strengthen requirements related to systemically significant banks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012). The Basel 3 Accords are implemented in Europe under Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation 575/2013 (“CRR”), which have been in force since 1 January 2014.

Bond: a bond is a fraction of a loan, issued in the form of a security, which is tradable and – in a given issue – grants a receivable over the issuer according to the issue’s nominal value (the issuer being a company, public sector entity or government).

Cash Generating Unit (CGU): the smallest identifiable set of assets which generates incoming cash flow that is generally independent from the incoming cash flow generated by other assets or sets of assets in accordance with the IAS 36 accounting standard. “In accordance with IFRS standards, a company must determine the largest number of cash generating units (CGU) which make it up; these CGU should be generally independent in terms of operations and the company must allocate assets to each of these CGU. Impairment testing must be conducted at the CGU level periodically (if there are reasons to believe that their value has dropped) or annually (if they include goodwill).” (Source: Les Echos.fr, quoting Vernimmen).

Collateral: transferable asset or guarantee used as a pledge for the repayment of a loan in the event that the borrower cannot meet its payment obligations (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO): see securitisation.

Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO): see securitisation.

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS): see securitisation.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: includes principally share capital, associated share premiums and reserves, less prudential deductions.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Common Equity Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to CRD4/CRR rules. Common Equity Tier 1 capital has a more restrictive definition than in the earlier CRD3 Directive (Basel 2).

Comprehensive Risk Measurement (CRM): capital charge in addition to Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) for the credit activities correlation portfolio which accounts for specific price risks (spread, correlation, collection, etc.). The CRM is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Core Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Core Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to Basel 2 rules and their changes known as Basel 2.5.

Cost-to-income ratio: ratio indicating the share of net banking income (NBI) used to cover the company’s operating costs. It is determined by dividing management fees by the NBI.

Cost of risk in basis points: the cost of risk in basis points is calculated using the ratio of the net cost of commercial risk to loan outstandings at the start of the period.

Net cost of risk corresponds to the cost of risk calculated for on- and off-balance sheet exposures, i.e. Depreciation and reversals (used or not used) + Losses on unrecoverable receivables - Recovery of impaired debts. Provisions and reversals of provisions for litigation issues are excluded from this calculation.

CRD3: European Directive on capital requirements, incorporating the provisions known as Basel 2 and 2.5, notably in respect of market risk: improvement in the incorporation of the risk of default or rating migration for assets in the trading book (tranched and untranched assets), and reduction in the procyclicality of Value at Risk (see definition).

CRD4/CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation): Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (“CRR”) constitute the corpus of the texts transposing Basel 3 in Europe. They therefore define the European regulations relating to the solvency ratio, large exposures, leverage and liquidity ratios, and are supplemented by the European Banking Authority’s (“EBA”) technical standards.

Credit and counterparty risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. Credit risk also includes the counterparty risk linked to market transactions, as well as that stemming from securitisation activities.

Credit Default Swaps (CDS): insurance mechanism against credit risk in the form of a bilateral financial contract, in which the protection buyer periodically pays the seller in return for a guarantee to compensate the buyer for losses on reference assets (government, bank or corporate bonds) if a credit event occurs (bankruptcy, payment default, moratorium, restructuring) (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Credit Value at Risk (CVaR): the largest loss that would be incurred after eliminating the top 1% of the most adverse occurrences, used to set the risk limits for individual counterparties.

Derivative: a financial asset or financial contract, the value of which changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (agricultural or other commodities, etc.). Depending on the circumstances, this change may be accompanied by a leverage effect. Derivatives can take the form of securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Listed derivative contracts are called Futures.

Doubtful loan coverage rate: ratio between portfolio provision and depreciation and doubtful outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Expected Loss (EL): losses that may occur given the quality of a transaction’s structuring and all measures taken to reduce risk, such as collateral.

Exposure at default (EAD): Exposure in case of default, exposure incurred by the financial institution in the event of default of a counterparty. The EAD includes both balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. Off-balance sheet exposures are converted to their balance sheet equivalent using internal or regulatory conversion factors (drawdown assumption).

Fair value: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between informed and consenting parties under normal market conditions.

Government-backed loans (PGE): In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the French State set up an emergency financing scheme to help debtors manage their cash requirements for an amount capped at 25% of their revenue and with an initial bullet redemption phase over 12 months. At the end of this initial phase, the client may opt for a redemption period of up to five years.

Ninety percent of the loan amount for professional and VSB clients is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a 0.25% commission to the French Public Investment Bank (BPI).

For corporate clients, 70% to 90% of the loan amount is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a commission of between 0.25% and 0.50% paid to the French government and collected by the French Public Investment Bank (BPI) depending on the revenue bracket.

Gross rate of doubtful outstandings: the ratio between doubtful outstandings and gross book loan outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Haircut: percentage by which the market value of securities is reduced to reflect their value in the context of stress (counterparty or market stress risk). The extent of the reduction reflects the perceived risk.

Impairment: recording of probable loss on an asset (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC): capital cost incurred due to rating migration risk and risk of issuers’ default within a one-year horizon for trading book debt instruments (bonds and CDS). The IRC is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Insurance risk: beyond asset/liability risk management (interest-rate, valuation, counterparty and currency risk), insurance risk includes underwriting risk, mortality risk and structural risk of life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and catastrophic events (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial disasters, or acts of terrorism or war).

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): process outlined in Pillar 2 of the Basel Accord, by which the Group verifies its capital adequacy with regard to all risks incurred. Investment grade: long-term rating provided by an external ratings agency, ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 for a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower indicates a Non-Investment Grade instrument.

Leverage ratio: the leverage ratio is intended to be a simple ratio developed with a view to limiting the size of banks’ balance sheets. The leverage ratio compares the Tier 1 capital with the accounting balance sheet/off-balance sheet, after restatements of certain items. A new definition of leverage ratio has been implemented in accordance with the application of the CRR.

Liquidity: for a bank, the capacity to cover its short-term maturities. For an asset, this term indicates the potential to purchase or sell it quickly on the market, with a limited discount (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile. The LCR requires banks to hold risk-free assets that may be easily liquidated on markets in order to meet required payments for outflows net of inflows during a thirty-day crisis period without central bank support (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Loss Given Default (LGD): ratio between the loss incurred from exposure to default by a counterparty and the amount of the exposure at the time of default.

Market risk: risk of decline in the value of financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include but are not limited to exchange rates, interest rates, and the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets, including real estate.

Market stress tests: to assess market risks, alongside the internal VaR and SVaR model, the Group monitors its exposure using market stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market occurrences, based on 26 historical scenarios and eight hypothetical scenarios.

Mezzanine: form of financing between equity and debt. In terms of ranking, mezzanine debt is subordinate to senior debt, but it is still above equity.

Minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL): the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) requires compliance with a minimum ratio of “bail-inable” debt (i.e. debt that can be used in the event of the bank’s resolution). The MREL requirement is determined on a case-by-case basis for each bank.

Monoline insurer: insurance company participating in a credit enhancement transaction and which guarantees bond issues (for example, a securitisation transaction), in order to improve the issue’s credit rating.

Net earnings per share: net earnings of the company (adjusted for hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): this ratio aims to promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating additional incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding. This structural ratio has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Netting agreement: a contract in which two parties to a forward financial instrument, securities lending or resale contract agree to offset reciprocal claims arising from these contracts, with the settlement of these claims based only on the net balance, especially in the event of default or termination. A master netting agreement enables this mechanism to be extended to different kinds of transactions, subject to various framework agreements under a master agreement.

Operational risk (including accounting and environmental risk): risk of losses or sanctions, notably due to failures in procedures and internal systems, human error or external events, etc.

Own shares: shares held by the company, especially as part of the Share Buyback programme. Own shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share, with the exception of shares held as part of a liquidity contract.

Personal commitment: represented by a deposit, autonomous guarantee or letter of intent. Whoever makes themselves guarantor for an obligation binds themselves to the creditor to honour that obligation, if the debtor does not honour it themselves. An independent guarantee is an undertaking by which the guarantor binds himself, in consideration of a debt subscribed by a third party, to pay a sum either on first demand or subject to terms agreed upon. A letter of intent is an undertaking to do or not to do, the purpose of which is the support provided to a debtor in honouring their obligation.

Physical collateral: guarantees consisting of assets including tangible and intangible property and securities, including commodities, precious metals, cash, financial instruments and insurance contracts.

Prime Brokerage: a bundled package of services dedicated to hedge funds to facilitate and improve their activities. In addition to performing standard brokerage transactions on financial markets (buying and selling on the customer’s behalf), the prime broker offers securities lending and borrowing services and financing services specifically suited to hedge funds.

Probability of Default (PD): likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within one year.

Rating: assessment by a ratings agency (Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, Standard & Poor’s) of the financial solvency risk of an issuer (company, government or other public institution) or of a given transaction (bond loan, securitisation, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Resecuritisation: securitisation of an already securitised exposure where the risk associated with underlyings is divided into tranches and, therefore, at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitised exposure.

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS): see securitisation.

Return On Equity (ROE): ratio between the net income restated for interest on hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments and restated book equity (especially hybrid securities), which enables return on capital to be measured.

Risk appetite: level of risk, by type and by business line, that the Group is prepared to take on with regard to its strategic objectives. Risk appetite is derived using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The Risk Appetite exercise is one of the strategic steering tools available to the Group’s decision-making bodies.

Risk weight: percentage of weighting of exposures which is applied to a particular exposure in order to determine the related risk-weighted asset.

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA): value of a bank’s assets or exposures, weighted according to risk.

Securitisation: transaction that transfers a credit risk (loan outstandings) to an organisation that issues, for this purpose, tradable securities to which investors subscribe. This transaction may involve a transfer of outstandings (physical securitisation) or a transfer of risk only (credit derivatives). Securitisation transactions may, if applicable, enable securities subordination (tranches).

The following products are considered securitisations:

ABS: Asset Backed Securities.

CDO: Collateralised Debt Obligation, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio (bank loans (residential) or corporate bonds). Interest and principal payments may be subordinated (tranche creation).

CLO: Collateralised Loan Obligation, a CDO backed by an asset portfolio of bank loans.

CMBS: Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of corporate real estate loans leading to a mortgage.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of residential mortgage loans.

Share: equity stake issued by a company in the form of shares, representing a share of ownership and granting its holder (shareholder) the right to a proportional share in any distribution of profits or net assets as well as a right to vote in a General Meeting of Shareholders.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): identical to the VaR approach, the calculation method consists of a “historical simulation” with “one-day” shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Unlike the VaR, which uses 260 scenarios of daily variation year-on-year, the stressed VaR uses a fixed one-year window that corresponds to a historical period of significant financial tensions.

Structural interest rate and currency risk: risk of loss or of write-downs in the Group’s assets arising from variations in interest or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and exchange rate risks are incurred in commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Structured issue or structured product: a financial instrument combining a bond product and an instrument (an option for example) providing exposure to all types of asset (equities, currencies, interest rates, commodities). Instruments can include a total or partial guarantee in respect of the invested capital. The term “structured product” or “structured issue” also refers to securities resulting from securitisation transactions, where holders are subject to a ranking hierarchy.

Systemically Important Financial Institution (SIFI): the Financial Stability Board (FSB) coordinates all of the measures to reduce moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by Globally Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFI). These banks meet criteria defined in the Basel Committee rules included in the document titled “Global Systemically Important Banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement” and published as a list in November 2011. This list is updated by the FSB each November. Banks classified as G-SIBs are subject to increasingly strict capital requirements.

Tier 1 capital: comprises Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. The latter corresponds to perpetual debt instruments, with no incentive to redeem, less prudential deductions.

Tier 2 capital: supplementary capital consisting mainly of subordinated notes less prudential deductions.

Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total capital ratio or Solvency ratio: ratio between total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): on 10 November 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published for public consultation a term sheet proposing a “Pillar 1” type requirement regarding loss-absorbing capacity in the event of resolution. This new requirement only applies to G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks). It is a ratio of liabilities considered to be “bail-inable” in the event of resolution and calculated with respect to weighted risks or the leverage ratio denominator (Source: Revue de l’ACPR, No. 25).

Transformation risk: appears as soon as assets are financed through resources with a different maturity. Due to their traditional activity of transforming resources with a short maturity into longer-term maturities, banks are naturally faced with transformation risk which itself leads to liquidity and interest-rate risk. Transformation occurs when assets have a longer maturity than liabilities; anti-transformation occurs when assets are financed through longer-maturity resources.

Treasury shares: shares held by a company in its own equity through one or several intermediary companies in which it holds a controlling share either directly or indirectly. Treasury shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

Value at Risk (VaR): composite indicator used to monitor the Group’s daily market risk exposure, notably for its trading activities (99% VaR in accordance with the internal regulatory model). It corresponds to the greatest risk calculated after eliminating the top 1% of most unfavourable occurrences observed over a one-year period. Within the framework described above, it corresponds to the average of the second and third largest losses computed.